Legg Mason Partners Income Trust

June 28, 2022

LEGG MASON PARTNERS INCOME TRUST

 

Fund         Ticker Symbol
 
          Class A    Class C    Class C2    Class FI    Class R    Class I    Class IS    Class 1

WESTERN ASSET CALIFORNIA MUNICIPALS FUND

(“California Municipals Fund”)

        SHRCX    SCACX    N/A       N/A    LMCUX    SHRSX    N/A

WESTERN ASSET EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND

(“Emerging Markets Debt Fund”)

        LWEAX    WAEOX    N/A    LMWDX    WAERX    SEMDX    LWISX    N/A

WESTERN ASSET MANAGED MUNICIPALS FUND

(“Managed Municipals Fund”)

        SHMMX    SMMCX    N/A       N/A    SMMYX    SSMMX    SMMOX

WESTERN ASSET SHORT DURATION MUNICIPAL INCOME FUND

(“Short Duration Municipal Income Fund”)

        SHDAX    SHDLX    CIABX       N/A    SMDYX    SHDSX    N/A

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10018

877-6LM-FUND/656-3863

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the Prospectus of the Fund, dated June 28, 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time, and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into each Prospectus. This SAI contains additional information about each fund listed above (references to the “Fund” mean each Fund listed on this cover page, unless otherwise noted).

Additional information about the Fund’s investments is available in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference (California Municipals Fund https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/764624/000119312522126921/d243594dncsr.htm; Emerging Markets Debt Fund https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/0000764624/000119312522126980/d308477dncsr.htm; Managed Municipals Fund https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/0000764624/000119312522127009/d258187dncsr.htm; and Short Duration Municipal Income Fund https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/0000764624/000119312522126966/d272751dncsr.htm). The Fund’s Prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the Fund’s distributor to sell shares of the Fund (each called a “Service Agent”), by writing the Fund at Legg Mason Funds, P.O. Box 33030, St. Petersburg, FL 33733-8030, by calling the telephone number set forth above, by sending an e-mail request to [email protected] or by visiting www.franklintempleton.com/mutualfundsliterature. Franklin Distributors, LLC (“Franklin Distributors” or the “Distributor”), an indirect, wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc., serves as the Fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

THIS SAI IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in the Prospectus or this SAI in connection with the offering made by the Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Fund or the Distributor. The Prospectus and this SAI do not constitute an offering by the Fund or by the Distributor in any jurisdiction in which such offering may not lawfully be made.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

     1  

INVESTMENT POLICIES

     3  

Investment Objective and Strategies

     3  

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies—General

     4  

Fundamental Investment Policies

     4  

Diversification

     7  

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

     7  

Commodity Exchange Act Regulation—Exclusion from Commodity Pool Operator Definition

     7  

INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND RISK FACTORS

     8  

MANAGEMENT

     61  

Trustees and Officers

     61  

Qualifications of Trustees, Board Leadership Structure and Oversight and Standing Committees

     66  

Trustee Ownership of Securities

     68  

Trustee Compensation

     69  

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND SERVICE PROVIDER INFORMATION

     69  

Manager

     69  

Subadviser

     71  

Expenses

     72  

Investment Professionals

     73  

Other Accounts Managed by the Investment Professionals

     73  

Investment Professional Securities Ownership

     76  

Conflicts of Interest

     77  

Investment Professional Compensation

     78  

Custodian and Transfer Agent

     78  

Fund Counsel

     79  

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     79  

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

     79  

Portfolio Transactions

     79  

Brokerage and Research Services

     80  

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

     80  

Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers

     81  

Portfolio Turnover

     81  

SHARE OWNERSHIP

     82  

Principal Shareholders

     82  

DISTRIBUTOR

     91  

Dealer Commissions and Concessions

     94  

Sales Charges

     95  

Initial Sales Charges

     95  

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

     95  

Services and Distribution Plan

     97  

PURCHASE OF SHARES

     100  

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

     107  

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

     110  

VALUATION OF SHARES

     111  

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES

     111  

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

     112  

General Rules/Website Disclosure

     112  

Ongoing Arrangements

     112  

Release of Limited Portfolio Holdings Information

     114  

Exceptions to the Policy

     115  

Limitations of Policy

     115  

THE TRUST

     115  

TAXES

     118  

CODES OF ETHICS

     129  


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     129  

APPENDIX A—PROXY VOTING POLICIES

     A-1  

APPENDIX B—CREDIT RATINGS

     B-1  

APPENDIX C—ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

     C-1  

APPENDIX D—PROCEDURES FOR SHAREHOLDERS TO SUBMIT NOMINEE CANDIDATES

     D-1  

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Because the following is a combined glossary of terms used for all the Legg Mason Funds, certain terms below may not apply to your fund. Any terms used but not defined herein have the meaning ascribed to them in the applicable Fund’s prospectus.

“12b-1 Plans” means the Fund’s distribution and shareholder services plan.

“1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

“1940 Act Vote” means the vote of the lesser of: (a) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund; or (b) 67% or more of the shares of the Fund present at a shareholders’ meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of that Fund are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy.

“Advisers Act” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

“Board” means the Board of Trustees or Board of Directors, as applicable.

“CEA” means the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended.

“CFTC” means the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Corporation” (if applicable) means the corporation listed on the cover page of this SAI.

“Directors” means the directors of the Corporation.

“Distributor” means the party that is responsible for the distribution or sale of the Fund’s shares. Franklin Distributors, LLC (“Franklin Distributors”) is the Fund’s distributor.

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

“Franklin Resources” means Franklin Resources, Inc.

“Fund” means the Fund or Funds listed on the cover of this SAI unless stated otherwise.

“Fundamental Investment Policy” means an investment policy of the Fund that may be changed only by a 1940 Act Vote. Only those policies expressly designated as such are fundamental investment policies. All other policies and restrictions may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

“Independent Director” or “Independent Trustee” (as applicable) means a Director of the Corporation or a Trustee of the Trust who is not an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Corporation or Trust (as applicable).

“IRAs” means Individual Retirement Accounts.

“IRS” means Internal Revenue Service.

 

1


“Legg Mason” means Legg Mason, Inc.

“Legg Mason Funds” means the funds managed by Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC or an affiliate.

“Manager” or “LMPFA” means Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC.

“NAV” means net asset value.

“NRSROs” means nationally recognized (or non-U.S.) statistical rating organizations, including, but not limited to, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Fitch Ratings and S&P Global Ratings, a subsidiary of S&P Global Inc. (“S&P”).

“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

“Prospectus” means the prospectus of a Fund as referenced on the cover page of this SAI.

“SAI” means this Statement of Additional Information.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Service Agent” means each bank, broker, dealer, insurance company, investment adviser, financial consultant or adviser, mutual fund supermarket and any other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the Distributor to sell shares of the Fund.

“Subadviser” means Western Asset Management Company, LLC, Western Asset Management Company Limited and Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd., as applicable, and as referred to in the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI.

“Trust” (if applicable) means the trust listed on the cover page of this SAI.

“Trustees” means the trustees of the Trust.

 

2


INVESTMENT POLICIES

Investment Objective and Strategies

The Fund is registered under the 1940 Act as an open-end management investment company. The Fund’s Prospectus discusses the Fund’s investment objective and strategies. The following is a summary of the principal investment strategies and certain additional strategies and investment limitations of the Fund and supplements the description of the Fund’s investment strategies in its Prospectus. Additional information regarding investment practices and risk factors with respect to the Fund may also be found below in the section entitled Investment Practices and Risk Factors.

California Municipals Fund

 

 

Investment objective. The Fund seeks to provide California investors with as high a level of current income exempt from regular federal income taxes and California state personal income taxes as is consistent with the preservation of capital.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in California municipal securities and other investments with similar economic characteristics, the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax and California state personal income tax, but which may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). The Fund’s 80% investment policy may not be changed without a shareholder vote.

 

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in below investment grade bonds (commonly known as “high yield” or “junk” bonds).

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

 

 

Investment objective. The Fund seeks to maximize total return.

 

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in fixed income securities issued by governments, government-related entities and corporations located in emerging markets and related investments. The Fund’s 80% investment policy may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

 

 

The Fund may invest without limit in high yield debt securities and related investments rated below investment grade (commonly known as “high yield” or “junk” bonds).

 

 

The Fund may invest up to 50% of its assets in non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed income securities. These investments include, but are not limited to, instruments designed to restructure outstanding emerging market debt such as participations in loans between governments and financial institutions.

 

 

The Fund will invest in at least three emerging market countries, which are countries that, at the time of investment, are represented in the J.P. Morgan Emerging Markets Bond Index Global or the J.P. Morgan Corporate Emerging Market Bond Index Broad or categorized by the World Bank in its annual categorization as middle- or low-income.

 

 

The Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in common stock, convertible securities, warrants or other equity securities.

 

 

The Subadviser attempts to maintain the dollar-weighted average effective duration of the Fund’s portfolio, as estimated by the Fund’s Subadviser, within a range of 20% (above or below) of the duration of the J.P. Morgan Emerging Markets Bond Index Global Diversified.

Managed Municipals Fund

 

 

Investment objective. The Fund seeks to maximize current interest income that is excluded from gross income for regular federal income tax purposes to the extent consistent with prudent investment management and the preservation of capital.

 

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in municipal securities and other investments with similar economic characteristics, the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax but may be subject to AMT. The Fund’s 80% investment policy may not be changed without a shareholder vote.

 

 

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in below investment grade bonds (commonly known as “high yield” or “junk” bonds).

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund

 

 

Investment objective. The Fund seeks to generate high current income exempt from regular federal income tax while preserving capital.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in municipal securities and in participation or other interests in municipal securities issued by banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions. The Fund’s 80% investment policy may not be changed without a shareholder vote.

 

3


 

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in below investment grade bonds (commonly known as “high yield” or “junk” bonds).

 

Although the Fund seeks to minimize risk by investing in municipal securities from a number of different states and localities, the Fund may, from time to time, invest over 25% of its assets in municipal securities from one state or region.

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

General

The Fund has adopted the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies below for the protection of shareholders. Fundamental investment policies of the Fund may not be changed without a 1940 Act Vote. The Board may change non-fundamental investment policies at any time without shareholder approval and upon notice to shareholders.

If any percentage restriction described below (other than the limitation on borrowing) is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in the percentage resulting from a change in asset values or characteristics will not constitute a violation of such restriction, unless otherwise noted below.

The Fund’s investment objective is non-fundamental.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund’s fundamental investment policies, as applicable, are as follows:

Borrowing: The Fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

Underwriting: The Fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

Lending: The Fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

Senior Securities: The Fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

Real Estate: The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

Commodities: The Fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

Concentration: Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the Fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the Fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

Municipal Securities:

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund: Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in municipal securities and in participation or other interests in municipal securities issued by banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions.

Managed Municipals Fund: The Fund may not, under normal circumstances, invest less than 80% of its assets (net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in municipal securities or other investments with similar economic characteristics, the income from which is exempt from regular federal income taxes. The Fund considers any investments in municipal obligations that pay interest subject to the AMT as part of the 80% of the Fund’s assets to be invested in municipal securities.

 

4


California Municipals Fund: The Fund may not, under normal circumstances, invest less than 80% of its assets (net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in California municipal securities or other investments with similar economic characteristics, the income from which is exempt from regular federal income taxes and California personal income taxes. The Fund considers any investments in municipal obligations that pay interest subject to the AMT as part of the 80% of the Fund’s assets to be invested in municipal securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the Fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (A fund’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires a fund to maintain an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings, provided that in the event that the fund’s asset coverage falls below 300%, the fund is required to reduce the amount of its borrowings so that it meets the 300% asset coverage threshold within three days (not including Sundays and holidays). Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of a fund’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowing, and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of the Fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the Fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the Fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the Fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the Fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate the Fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently, the Fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the Fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy above will be interpreted to permit the Fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the Fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to the Fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the Fund’s Manager or the Subadviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The Fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. The Fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and

 

5


loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities, except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of the Fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the Fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the Fund’s gross assets. The policy above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, an SEC rule limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, an SEC rule limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If the Fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the Fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. In addition, the term industry will be interpreted to include a related group of industries. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and for Emerging Markets Debt Fund, securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries or groups of industries. The Fund has been advised by the staff of the SEC that the staff currently views securities issued by a foreign government to be in a single industry for purposes of calculating applicable limits on concentration.

The Fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides

 

6


that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Diversification

California Municipal Fund and Emerging Markets Debt Fund

The Fund is currently classified as a non-diversified fund under the 1940 Act. A non-diversified fund can invest a greater portion of its assets in a single issuer or a limited number of issuers than may a diversified fund. In this regard, the Fund is subject to greater risk than a diversified fund. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may change its classification from non-diversified to diversified without shareholder approval.

The Fund intends to continue to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company under the Code. Compliance with the diversification requirements of the Code may limit the flexibility of the Fund.

Managed Municipals Fund and Short Duration Municipal Income Fund

The Fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the Fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer or (b) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the Fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The following are some of the non-fundamental investment limitations that the Fund, as applicable, currently observes:

 

 

If at any time another registered open-end investment company that is part of the same group of investment companies as the Fund invests in the Fund in reliance upon the provisions of subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act, the Fund will not invest in other registered open-end investment companies and registered unit investment trusts in reliance upon the provisions of subparagraphs (G) or (F) of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act.

 

California Municipals Fund and Managed Municipals Fund: The Fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are illiquid. The Fund monitors the portion of the Fund’s total assets that is invested in illiquid securities on an ongoing basis, not only at the time of investment in such securities.

Commodity Exchange Act Regulation- Exclusion from Commodity Pool Operator Definition

The Fund is operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion, granted to operators of registered investment companies like the Fund, from registration as a “commodity pool operator” with respect to the Fund under the CEA and, therefore are not subject to registration or regulation with respect to the Fund under the CEA. As a result, the Fund is limited in its ability to trade instruments subject to the CFTC’s jurisdiction, including commodity futures (which include futures on broad-based securities indexes, interest rate futures and currency futures), options on commodity futures, and certain swaps or other investments, either directly or indirectly through investments in other investment vehicles (collectively, “Commodity Interests”).

Under this exclusion, the Fund must satisfy one of the following two trading limitations whenever it establishes a new Commodity Interest position: (1) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish the Fund’s Commodity Interest positions does not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments); or (2) the aggregate net notional value of the Fund’s Commodity Interests, determined at the time the most recent position was established, does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). The Fund is not required to consider its exposure to such instruments if they are held for “bona fide hedging” purposes, as such term is defined in the rules of the CFTC. In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the Fund may not be marketed as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the markets for Commodity Interests.

If the Fund’s operators were to lose their ability to claim this exclusion with respect to the Fund, such persons would be required to comply with certain CFTC rules regarding commodity pools that could impose additional regulatory requirements and compliance obligations.

 

7


INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND RISK FACTORS

In addition to the investment strategies and the risks described in the Fund’s Prospectus and in this SAI under Investment Objective and Strategies, the Fund may employ other investment practices and may be subject to other risks, which are described below. The Fund may engage in the practices described below to the extent consistent with its investment objectives, strategies, policies and restrictions. However, as with any investment or investment technique, even when the Fund’s Prospectus or this discussion indicates that the Fund may engage in an activity, the Fund may not actually do so for a variety of reasons. In addition, new types of instruments and other securities may be developed and marketed from time to time. Consistent with its investment limitations, the Fund expects to invest in those new types of securities and instruments that its portfolio manager believes may assist the Fund in achieving its investment objective.

This discussion is not intended to limit the Fund’s investment flexibility, unless such a limitation is expressly stated, and therefore will be construed by the Fund as broadly as possible. Statements concerning what the Fund may do are not intended to limit any other activity.

Alternative Investment Strategies and Temporary Defensive Investments

At times the Fund’s portfolio manager may judge that conditions in the securities markets make pursuing the Fund’s typical investment strategy inconsistent with the best interest of its shareholders. At such times, the portfolio manager may temporarily use alternative strategies, primarily designed to reduce fluctuations in the value of the Fund’s assets. In implementing these defensive strategies, the Fund may invest without limit in securities that the portfolio manager believes present less risk to the Fund, including equity securities, debt and fixed income securities, preferred stocks, U.S. government and agency obligations, cash or money market instruments, certificates of deposit, demand and time deposits, bankers’ acceptance or other securities the portfolio manager considers consistent with such defensive strategies, such as, but not limited to, options or futures. During periods in which such strategies are used, the duration of the Fund may diverge from the duration range for the Fund disclosed in its Prospectus (if applicable). It is impossible to predict when, or for how long, the Fund will use these alternative strategies. As a result of using these alternative strategies, the Fund may not achieve its investment objective. Additionally, although the portfolio manager has the ability to take defensive positions, the portfolio manager may choose not to do so for a variety of reasons, even during volatile market conditions.

Bank Obligations

The Fund may invest in all types of bank obligations, including certificates of deposit (“CDs”), time deposits and bankers’ acceptances. CDs are short-term negotiable obligations of commercial banks. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers usually in connection with international transactions.

U.S. commercial banks organized under federal law are supervised and examined by the Comptroller of the Currency and are required to be members of the Federal Reserve System and to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). U.S. banks organized under state law are supervised and examined by state banking authorities, but are members of the Federal Reserve System only if they elect to join. Most state banks are insured by the FDIC (although such insurance may not be of material benefit to the Fund, depending upon the principal amount of CDs of each bank held by the Fund) and are subject to federal examination and to a substantial body of federal law and regulation. As a result of federal and state laws and regulations, U.S. branches of U.S. banks are, among other things, generally required to maintain specified levels of reserves, and are subject to other supervision and regulation designed to promote financial soundness. Banks may be particularly susceptible to certain economic factors, such as interest rate changes and adverse developments in the market for real estate. Fiscal and monetary policy and general economic cycles can affect the availability and cost of funds, loan demand and asset quality and thereby impact the earnings and financial conditions of banks.

Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, such as CDs and time deposits, may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and governmental regulation. Such obligations are subject to different risks than are those of U.S. banks or U.S. branches of foreign banks. These risks relate to foreign economic and political developments, foreign governmental restrictions that may adversely affect payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign exchange controls and foreign withholding and other taxes on interest income. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign branches of foreign banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory

 

8


requirements that apply to U.S. banks, such as mandatory reserve requirements, loan limitations and accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements. In addition, less information may be publicly available about a foreign branch of a U.S. bank or about a foreign bank than about a U.S. bank.

Obligations of U.S. branches of foreign banks may be general obligations of the parent bank, in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by federal and state regulation as well as governmental action in the country in which the foreign bank has its head office. A U.S. branch of a foreign bank with assets in excess of $1 billion may or may not be subject to reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System or by the state in which the branch is located if the branch is licensed in that state. In addition, branches licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency and branches licensed by certain states (“State Branches”) may or may not be required to: (a) pledge to the regulator, by depositing assets with a designated bank within the state; and (b) maintain assets within the state in an amount equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate amount of liabilities of the foreign bank payable at or through all of its agencies or branches within the state. The deposits of State Branches may not necessarily be insured by the FDIC. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a U.S. branch of a foreign bank than about a U.S. bank.

Borrowings

The Fund may engage in borrowing transactions as a means of raising cash to satisfy redemption requests, for other temporary or emergency purposes or, to the extent permitted by its investment policies, to raise additional cash to be invested by the Fund in other securities or instruments in an effort to increase the Fund’s investment returns. Reverse repurchase agreements may be considered to be a type of borrowing.

When the Fund invests borrowing proceeds in other securities, the Fund will be at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of the securities in which the proceeds are invested. Like other leveraging risks, this makes the value of an investment in the Fund more volatile and increases the Fund’s overall investment exposure. In addition, if the Fund’s return on its investment of the borrowing proceeds does not equal or exceed the interest that the Fund is obligated to pay under the terms of a borrowing, engaging in these transactions will lower the Fund’s return.

The Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to its borrowing obligations. Interest on any borrowings will be an expense to the Fund and will reduce the value of the Fund’s shares. The Fund may borrow on a secured or on an unsecured basis. If the Fund enters into a secured borrowing arrangement, a portion of the Fund’s assets will be used as collateral. During the term of the borrowing, the Fund will remain at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of these assets in addition to any securities purchased with the proceeds of the loan. In addition, the Fund may be unable to sell the collateral at a time when it would be advantageous to do so, which could result in lower returns. The Fund would also be subject to the risk that the lender may file for bankruptcy, become insolvent, or otherwise default on its obligations to return the collateral to the Fund. In the event of a default by the lender, there may be delays, costs and risks of loss involved in the Fund’s exercising its rights with respect to the collateral or those rights may be limited by other contractual agreements or obligations or by applicable law.

The 1940 Act requires the Fund to maintain an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings, provided that in the event that the Fund’s asset coverage falls below 300%, the Fund is required to reduce the amount of its borrowings so that it meets the 300% asset coverage threshold within three days (not including Sundays and holidays). Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the Fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings and other senior securities, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Although complying with this guideline would have the effect of limiting the amount that the Fund may borrow, it does not otherwise mitigate the risks of entering into borrowing transactions.

Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”), Collateralized Loan Obligations (“CLOs”) and Collateralized Bond Obligations (“CBOs”)

The Fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CDOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) which is typically backed by a diversified pool of fixed income securities (which may include high risk, below investment grade securities). A CLO is a trust or other SPE that is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Although certain CDOs may receive credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, over-collateralization or bond

 

9


insurance, such enhancement may not always be present, and may fail to protect the Fund against the risk of loss on default of the collateral. Certain CDOs may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic” exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly, which entails the risks of derivative instruments described elsewhere in this SAI. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to those of the Fund.

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cashflows from the SPE are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the first loss from defaults from the bonds or loans in the SPE and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default (though such protection is not complete). Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO or CLO typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as investor aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class. Interest on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in kind (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities. However, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs, allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the Prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the collateral may decline in value or default or its credit rating may be downgraded, if rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization; (iii) the Fund may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other tranches; (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results; and (v) the CDO’s manager may perform poorly.

Commercial Paper

Commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes and funding agreements) consists of short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations, partnerships, trusts and other entities to finance short-term credit needs.

Contingent Convertible Securities (“CoCos”)

CoCos are a form of hybrid debt security, typically issued by banking institutions, and are intended to either convert into equity or have their principal written down upon the occurrence of certain “triggers.” The triggers are generally linked to regulatory capital requirements or regulatory actions calling into question the issuing banking institution’s continued viability as a going-concern. CoCos’ unique equity conversion or principal write-down features are tailored to the issuing banking institution and its regulatory requirements. Some additional risks associated with CoCos include, but are not limited to:

Loss absorption risk. CoCos have fully discretionary coupons. This means coupons can potentially be cancelled or adjusted downward to below the original par value upon the occurrence of a trigger at the banking institution’s discretion or at the request of the relevant regulatory authority in order to help the bank absorb losses. A write down of the par value would occur automatically and would not entitle the holders to seek bankruptcy of the company. In addition, an automatic write-down could result in a reduced income rate if the dividend or interest payment is based on the security’s par value. Such securities may, but are not required to, provide for circumstances under which the liquidation value may be adjusted back up to par, such as an improvement in capitalization and/or earnings. Similarly, if a CoCo provides for a mandatory conversion of the security into the issuer’s equity securities in the event of certain circumstances, the Fund could experience a reduced income rate (even to zero) if such conversion event occurs and the issuer’s equity securities pay little or no dividend.

Subordination risk. CoCos will, in the majority of circumstances, be issued in the form of subordinated debt instruments in order to provide the appropriate regulatory capital treatment prior to a conversion. Accordingly, in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of an issuer prior to a conversion having occurred, the rights and claims of the holders of the CoCos, such as the Fund, against the issuer in respect of or arising under the terms of the CoCos will generally rank junior to the claims of all holders of unsubordinated obligations of the issuer. In addition, if the CoCos are converted into the issuer’s underlying equity securities following a conversion event, each holder will be subordinated due to their conversion from being the holder of a debt instrument to being the holder of an equity instrument, hence worsening the holder’s standing in a bankruptcy. In addition,

 

10


some CoCos also provide for an automatic write-down if the price of the common stock is below the conversion price on the conversion date.

Market risk. The value of CoCos is unpredictable and will be influenced by many factors including, without limitation: (i) the creditworthiness of the issuer and/or fluctuations in such issuer’s applicable capital ratios; (ii) supply and demand for the CoCos; (iii) general market conditions and available liquidity; and (iv) economic, financial and political events that affect the issuer, its particular market or the financial markets in general. It is often difficult to predict when, if at all, an automatic write-down or conversion event will occur, but any indication that an automatic write-down or conversion event may occur can be expected to have a material adverse effect on the market price of affected CoCos. Accordingly, the trading behavior of CoCos may not follow the trading behavior of other types of debt and preferred securities. CoCos are a relatively new form of security and the full effects of an automatic write-down or conversion event have not been experienced broadly in the marketplace. The occurrence of an automatic write-down or conversion event may be unpredictable and the potential effects of such event on the Fund’s yield, NAV and/or market price may be adverse.

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities are fixed income securities (usually debt or preferred stock) that may be converted or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion or exchange, convertible securities ordinarily provide a stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower than the yield of nonconvertible debt. However, there can be no assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities may default on their obligations. Convertible securities are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible debt or preferred stock, but rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure.

The value of a convertible security is generally related to (1) its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and/or (2) its worth, at market value, if converted or exchanged into the underlying common stock. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument, which may be less than the ultimate conversion or exchange value.

Convertible securities are subject both to the stock market risk associated with equity securities and to the credit and interest rate risks associated with fixed income securities. As the market price of the equity security underlying a convertible security falls, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its yield and other fixed income characteristics. As the market price of such equity security rises, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its equity conversion features. Investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in common stock of the same issuer.

Synthetic Convertible Securities

A synthetic convertible security is comprised of two distinct securities that together resemble convertible securities in certain respects. Synthetic convertible securities are created by combining non-convertible bonds or preferred shares with common stocks, warrants or stock call options. The options that will form elements of synthetic convertible securities will be listed on a securities exchange. The two components of a synthetic convertible security, which will be issued with respect to the same entity, generally are not offered as a unit, and may be purchased and sold by the Fund at different times. Synthetic convertible securities differ from convertible securities in certain respects, including that each component of a synthetic convertible security has a separate market value and responds differently to market fluctuations. Investing in synthetic convertible securities involves the risk normally involved in holding the securities comprising the synthetic convertible security.

Custodial Receipts

The Fund may acquire custodial receipts or certificates underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain municipal obligations. The underwriter of these certificates or receipts typically purchases municipal obligations and deposits the obligations in an irrevocable trust or custodial account with a custodian bank, which then issues receipts or certificates that evidence ownership of the periodic unmatured coupon payments and the final principal payment on the obligations. Although under the terms of a custodial receipt, the Fund

 

11


would be typically authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the Fund could be required to assert through the custodian bank those rights as may exist against the underlying issuer. Thus, in the event the underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, the Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying security has been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the yield on the underlying security would be reduced by any entity-level corporate taxes paid by the issuer.

Custodial receipts may also evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain U.S. government obligations. Such obligations are held in custody by a bank on behalf of the owners. Custodial receipts are generally not considered obligations of the U.S. government for purposes of securities laws.

Cybersecurity Risk

With the increased use of technologies such as mobile devices and Web-based or “cloud” applications, and the dependence on the Internet and computer systems to conduct business, the Fund is susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cybersecurity incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events (arising from external or internal sources) that may cause the Fund to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, physical damage to a computer or network system or lose operational capacity. Cybersecurity attacks include, but are not limited to, infection by malicious software, such as malware or computer viruses or gaining unauthorized access to digital systems, networks or devices that are used to service the Fund’s operations (e.g., through “hacking,” “phishing” or malicious software coding) or other means for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cybersecurity attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on the Fund’s websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Recently, geopolitical tensions may have increased the scale and sophistication of deliberate cybersecurity attacks, particularly those from nation-states or from entities with nation-state backing. In addition, authorized persons could inadvertently or intentionally release confidential or proprietary information stored on the Fund’s systems.

Cybersecurity incidents affecting the Fund’s Manager, the Subadviser, and other service providers to the Fund or its shareholders (including, but not limited to, Fund accountants, custodians, sub-custodians, transfer agents and financial intermediaries) have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses to both the Fund and its shareholders, interference with the Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value, impediments to trading, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business and the Fund to process transactions (including fulfillment of Fund share purchases and redemptions), violations of applicable privacy and other laws (including the release of private shareholder information) and attendant breach notification and credit monitoring costs, regulatory fines, penalties, litigation costs, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, forensic investigation and remediation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. Similar adverse consequences could result from cybersecurity incidents affecting issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, counterparties with which the Fund engages in transactions, governmental and other regulatory authorities, exchange and other financial market operators, banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies and other financial institutions (including financial intermediaries and other service providers) and other parties. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to safeguard against and reduce the risk of any cybersecurity incidents in the future. In addition to administrative, technological and procedural safeguards, the Fund’s Manager and the Subadviser have established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent or reduce the impact of, such cybersecurity incidents. However, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified, as well as the rapid development of new threats. Furthermore, the Fund cannot control the cybersecurity plans and systems put in place by its service providers or any other third parties whose operations may affect the Fund and its shareholders. The Fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

Because technology is frequently changing, new ways to carry out cyber attacks are always developing. Therefore, there is a chance that some risks have not been identified or prepared for, or that an attack may not be detected, which puts limitations on the Fund’s ability to plan for or respond to a cyber attack. Like other funds and business enterprises, the Fund, the Manager and the Subadviser and their service providers are subject to the risk of cyber incidents occurring from time to time.

 

12


Debt and Fixed Income Securities

The Fund may invest in a variety of debt and fixed income securities, which may be issued by governmental, corporate or other issuers. Debt securities may pay fixed, floating or variable rates of interest or interest at a rate contingent upon some other factor. Variable rate securities reset at specified intervals, while floating rate securities reset whenever there is a change in a specified index rate. In most cases, these reset provisions reduce the effect of market interest rates on the value of the security. However, some securities do not track the underlying index directly, but reset based on formulas that can produce an effect similar to leveraging; others may provide for interest payments that vary inversely with market rates. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate significantly when interest rates change.

These securities share principal risks. For example, the level of interest income generated by the Fund’s fixed income investments may decline due to a decrease in market interest rates. Thus, when fixed income securities mature or are sold, they may be replaced by lower-yielding investments. Also, their values fluctuate with changes in interest rates. A decrease in interest rates will generally result in an increase in the value of the Fund’s fixed income investments. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the value of the Fund’s fixed income investments will generally decline. However, a change in interest rates will not have the same impact on all fixed rate securities. For example, the magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater when the Fund’s duration or average maturity is longer. In addition, certain fixed income securities are subject to credit risk, which is the risk that an issuer of securities will be unable to pay principal and interest when due, or that the value of the security will suffer because investors believe the issuer is unable to pay. Recently, there have been signs of inflationary price movements. As such, fixed income securities markets may experience heightened levels of interest rate volatility and liquidity risk.

Low or Negative Interest Rates. In a low or negative interest rate environment, debt securities may trade at, or be issued with, negative yields, which means the purchaser of the security may receive at maturity less than the total amount invested. To the extent the Fund holds a negatively-yielding debt security, the Fund would generate a negative return on that investment. Cash positions may also subject the Fund to increased counterparty risk to the Fund’s bank. Debt market conditions are highly unpredictable and some parts of the market are subject to dislocations. If low or negative interest rates become more prevalent in the market and/or if low or negative interest rates persist for a sustained period of time, some investors may seek to reallocate assets to other income-producing assets. This may cause the price of such higher yielding instruments to rise, could further reduce the value of instruments with a negative yield, and may limit the Fund’s ability to locate fixed income instruments containing the desired risk/return profile. Changing interest rates, including rates that fall below zero, could have unpredictable effects on the markets and may expose fixed income markets to heightened volatility, increased redemptions, and potential illiquidity.

Fixed Income Securities Ratings. Securities rated in the fourth highest ratings category by a NRSRO, such as those rated BBB by S&P, or Baa by Moody’s, and unrated securities of comparable quality, are generally regarded as having adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal but may have some speculative characteristics. Securities rated below the fourth highest ratings category by an NRSRO, including those rated below Baa by Moody’s or BBB by S&P, and unrated securities of comparable quality, are generally considered below “investment grade,” and may have speculative characteristics, including a greater possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities, market price volatility based upon interest rate sensitivity, questionable creditworthiness and relative liquidity of the secondary trading market. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity for lower rated securities to make principal and interest payments, including a greater possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuer, than is the case for high rated securities. Appendix B to this SAI contains further information concerning the rating categories of NRSROs and their significance.

Derivatives — Generally

A derivative is a financial instrument that has a value based on, or derived from, the value of one or more underlying reference instruments or measures of value or interest rates (“underlying instruments”), such as a security, a commodity, a currency, an index, an interest rate or a currency exchange rate. A derivative can also have a value based on the likelihood that an event will or will not occur. Derivatives include futures contracts, forward contracts, options and swaps.

The Fund may use derivatives for any purpose, including but not limited to, to attempt to enhance income, yield or return, as a substitute for investing directly in a security or asset, or as a hedging technique in an attempt to manage risk in the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund may choose not to make use of derivatives for a variety of reasons, and no assurance can be given that

 

13


any derivatives strategy employed will be successful. The Fund’s use of derivative instruments may be limited from time to time by applicable law, availability or by policies adopted by the Board or Manager.

The Fund may utilize multiple derivative instruments and combinations of derivative instruments to seek to adjust the risk and return characteristics of its overall position. Combined positions will typically contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. It is possible that the combined position will not achieve its intended goal and will instead increase losses or risk to the Fund. Because combined positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

The Fund may enter into derivatives with standardized terms that have no or few special or unusual components, which are generally traded on an exchange, as well as derivatives with more complex features, singly or in combination. Non-standardized derivatives are generally traded over the counter (“OTC”). OTC derivatives may be standardized or have customized features and may have limited or no liquidity. The Fund’s derivatives contracts may be centrally cleared or settled bilaterally directly with a counterparty. The Fund’s derivatives contracts may be cash settled or physically settled.

In addition to the instruments and strategies discussed in this section, additional opportunities in connection with derivatives and other similar or related techniques may become available to the Fund as a result of the development of new techniques, the development of new derivative instruments or a regulatory authority broadening the range of permitted transactions. The Fund may utilize these opportunities and techniques to the extent that they are consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and permitted by its investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities. These opportunities and techniques may involve risks different from or in addition to those summarized herein.

 

-

Risks of Derivatives Generally. The use of derivatives involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are summarized below, and may result in losses to the Fund. In general, derivatives may increase the volatility of the Fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk or exposure assumed. Even a small investment in derivatives may magnify or otherwise increase investment losses to the Fund.

-

Market risk. Derivatives can be complex, and their success depends in part upon the portfolio manager’s ability to forecast correctly future market or other trends or occurrences or other financial or economic factors or the value of the underlying instrument. Even if the portfolio manager’s forecasts are correct, other factors may cause distortions or dislocations in the markets that result in losses or otherwise unsuccessful transactions. Derivatives may behave in unexpected ways, especially in abnormal or volatile market conditions. The market value of the derivative itself or the market value of underlying instruments may change in a way that is adverse to the Fund’s interest. There is no assurance that the use of derivatives will be advantageous to the Fund or that the portfolio manager will use derivatives to hedge at an appropriate time.

-

Illiquidity risk. The Fund’s ability to close out or unwind a derivative prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the other party to the transaction (the “counterparty”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position. If there is no market or the Fund is not successful in its negotiations, the Fund may not be able to sell or unwind the derivative position at an advantageous or anticipated time or price. This may also be the case if the counterparty becomes insolvent. The Fund may be required to make delivery of portfolio securities or other underlying instruments in order to close out a position or to sell portfolio securities or assets at a disadvantageous time or price in order to obtain cash to close out the position. While a position remains open, the Fund continues to be subject to investment risk on a derivative. The Fund may or may not be able to take other actions or enter into other transactions, including hedging transactions, to limit or reduce its exposure to the derivative. Illiquidity risk may be enhanced if a derivative transaction is particularly large. Certain derivatives, including certain OTC options and swaps, may be considered illiquid and therefore subject to the Fund’s limitation on illiquid investments.

-

Leverage risk. Certain derivative transactions may have a leveraging effect on the Fund, meaning that the Fund can obtain significant investment exposure in return for meeting a relatively small margin or other investment requirement. An adverse change in the value of an underlying instrument can result in losses substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. When the Fund engages in transactions that have a leveraging effect, the value of the Fund is likely to be more volatile and certain other risks also are likely to be compounded. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of an investment. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment.

-

Margin risk. Certain derivatives require the Fund to make margin payments, a form of security deposit intended to protect against nonperformance of the derivative contract. The Fund may have to post additional margin if the value of the

 

14


  derivative position changes in a manner adverse to the Fund. Derivatives may be difficult to value, which may result in increased payment requirements to counterparties or a loss of value to the Fund. If the Fund has insufficient cash to meet additional margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a disadvantageous time.
-

Speculation risk. Derivatives used for non-hedging purposes may result in losses which are not offset by increases in the value of portfolio holdings or declines in the cost of securities or other assets to be acquired. In the event that the Fund uses a derivative as an alternative to purchasing or selling other investments or in order to obtain desired exposure to an index or market, the Fund will be exposed to the same risks as are incurred in purchasing or selling the other investments directly, as well as the risks of the derivative transaction itself, such as counterparty risk.

-

Cover risk. As described below, the Fund may be required to maintain segregated assets as “cover,” or make margin payments when it takes positions in derivatives involving obligations to third parties (i.e., derivatives other than purchased options). If the Fund were unable to close out its positions in such derivatives, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured. These requirements might impair the Fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the Fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.

-

Counterparty risk. Certain derivatives involve the risk of loss resulting from the actual or potential insolvency or bankruptcy of the counterparty or the failure by the counterparty to make required payments or otherwise comply with the terms of the contract. In the event of default by a counterparty, the Fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, which may be limited by applicable law in the case of the counterparty’s bankruptcy. The Fund may not be able to recover amounts owed to it by an insolvent counterparty.

-

Operational risk. There may be incomplete or erroneous documentation or inadequate collateral or margin, or transactions may fail to settle. The Fund may have only contractual remedies in the event of a counterparty default, and there may be delays, costs or disagreements as to the meaning of contractual terms and litigation in enforcing those remedies.

-

OTC risk. Derivative transactions that are traded OTC, such as options, swaps, forward contracts, and options on foreign currencies, are entered into directly with counterparties or financial institutions acting as market makers, rather than being traded on exchanges or centrally cleared. Because OTC derivatives and other transactions are traded between counterparties based on contractual relationships, the Fund is subject to the risk that a counterparty will not perform its obligations under the related contracts. Although the Fund intends to enter into transactions only with counterparties which the Fund believes to be creditworthy, there can be no assurance that a counterparty will not default and that the Fund will not sustain a loss on a transaction as a result. Information available on counterparty creditworthiness may be incomplete or outdated, thus reducing the ability to anticipate counterparty defaults. The Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under an OTC derivative in the event of the default or bankruptcy of the counterparty to the OTC derivative. When a counterparty’s obligations are not fully secured by collateral, then the Fund is essentially an unsecured creditor of the counterparty. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there is no assurance that a counterparty will be able to meet its obligations pursuant to such contracts or that, in the event of default, the Fund will succeed in enforcing contractual remedies. Credit/counterparty risk still exists even if a counterparty’s obligations are secured by collateral because the Fund’s interest in collateral may not be perfected or additional collateral may not be promptly posted as required. Credit/counterparty risk also may be more pronounced if a counterparty’s obligations exceed the amount of collateral held by the Fund (if any), the Fund is unable to exercise its interest in collateral upon default by the counterparty, or the termination value of the instrument varies significantly from the marked-to-market value of the instrument.

-

Non-U.S. derivatives risk. Derivative transactions may be conducted OTC outside of the United States or traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the price of, foreign securities or currencies. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (1) other foreign political, legal and economic factors, (2) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (3) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (4) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms, procedures, margin requirements, fees, taxes or other charges than in the United States and (5) lesser trading volume. Many of the risks of OTC derivatives transactions are also applicable to derivative transactions conducted outside the United States, including counterparty risk.

 

15


-

Currency derivatives risk. Currency related transactions may be negatively affected by government exchange controls, blockages, and manipulations. Exchange rates may be influenced by factors extrinsic to a country’s economy. Also, there is no systematic reporting of last sale information with respect to foreign currencies. As a result, the information on which trading in currency derivatives is based may not be as complete as, and may be delayed beyond, comparable data for other types of transactions.

-

Turnover risk. Use of derivatives involves transaction costs, which may be significant. The Fund may be required to sell or purchase investments in connection with derivative transactions, potentially increasing the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs. Use of derivatives also may increase the amount of taxable income to shareholders.

Risks Associated with Hedging with Derivatives. If the portfolio manager uses a hedging strategy at the wrong time or judges market conditions incorrectly, hedging strategies may reduce the Fund’s return. Successful use of derivatives to hedge positions depends on the correlation between the price of the derivative and the price of the hedged asset.

The Fund may attempt to protect against declines in the value of the Fund’s portfolio assets by entering into a variety of derivatives transactions, including selling futures contracts, entering into swaps or purchasing puts on indices or futures contracts (short hedging). Short hedging involves the risk that the prices of the futures contracts or the value of the swap or the applicable index will correlate imperfectly with price movements in the Fund’s assets. If the value of the assets held in the Fund’s portfolio declines while the Fund has used derivative instruments in a short hedge, and the prices referenced in the short hedge do not also decline, the value of the Fund’s assets would decline, and the short hedge would not hedge or mitigate the loss in the value of the assets. With respect to a derivative transaction based on an index, the risk of imperfect correlation increases as the composition of the Fund’s portfolio diverges from the assets included in the applicable index. To compensate for the imperfect correlation of movements in the price of the portfolio securities being hedged and movements in the price of the hedging instruments, the Fund may use derivative instruments in a greater dollar amount than the dollar amount of portfolio assets being hedged. It might do so if the historical volatility of the prices of the portfolio assets being hedged is more than the historical volatility of the applicable index.

If the Fund has used derivatives to hedge or otherwise reduce the Fund’s risk exposure to a particular position and then disposes of that position at a time at which it cannot also settle, terminate or close out the corresponding hedge position, this may create short investment exposure. Certain “short” derivative positions involve investment leverage, and the amount of the Fund’s potential loss is theoretically unlimited.

The Fund can use derivative instruments to establish a position in the market as a temporary substitute for the purchase of individual securities or other assets (long hedging) by buying futures contracts and/or calls on such futures contracts, indices or on securities or other assets, or entering into swaps. It is possible that when the Fund does so the market might decline. If the Fund then decides not to invest in the assets because of concerns that the market might decline further or for other reasons, the Fund will realize a loss on the hedge position that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the asset the Fund had intended to purchase.

Risk of Government Regulation of Derivatives. The regulation of derivatives transactions and funds that engage in such transactions is an evolving area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action. In October 2020, the SEC adopted new Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act, which governs the use of derivative investments and certain financing transactions (e.g. reverse repurchase agreements) by registered investment companies. Among other things, Rule 18f-4 will require funds that invest in derivative instruments beyond a specified limited amount to apply a value-at-risk based limit to their use of certain derivative instruments and financing transactions and to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program. A fund that uses derivative instruments in a limited amount will not be subject to the full requirements of Rule 18f-4. In connection with the adoption of Rule 18f-4, funds will no longer be required to comply with the asset segregation framework arising from prior SEC guidance for covering certain derivative instruments and related transactions. Compliance with Rule 18f-4 will not be required until August 2022.    As the Fund comes into compliance, the approach to asset segregation and coverage requirements described in this SAI will be impacted. Compliance with the new rule by the Fund could, among other things, make derivatives more costly, limit their availability or utility, or otherwise adversely affect their performance. The new rule may limit the Fund’s ability to use derivatives as part of its investment strategy.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) has caused broad changes to the OTC derivatives market and granted significant authority to the SEC and the CFTC to regulate OTC derivatives and market participants. Pursuant to such authority, rules have been enacted that currently require clearing of many OTC derivatives

 

16


transactions and may require clearing of additional OTC derivatives transactions in the future and that impose minimum margin and capital requirements for uncleared OTC derivatives transactions. Similar regulations are being adopted in other jurisdictions around the world. The implementation of the clearing requirement has increased the costs of derivatives transactions since investors have to pay fees to clearing members and are typically required to post more margin for cleared derivatives than had historically been the case. The costs of derivatives transactions are expected to increase further as clearing members raise their fees to cover the costs of additional capital requirements and other regulatory changes. While the new rules and regulations and central clearing of some derivatives transactions are designed to reduce systemic risk (i.e., the risk that the interdependence of large derivatives dealers could cause them to suffer liquidity, solvency or other challenges simultaneously), there is no assurance that they will achieve that result, and in the meantime, mandatory clearing of derivatives may expose the Fund to new kinds of costs and risks.

Additionally, new regulations may result in increased uncertainty about credit/counterparty risk and may limit the flexibility of the Fund to protect its interests in the event of an insolvency of a derivatives counterparty. In the event of a counterparty’s (or its affiliate’s) insolvency, the Fund’s ability to exercise remedies, such as the termination of transactions, netting of obligations and realization on collateral, could be stayed or eliminated under the rules of the applicable exchange or clearing corporation or under new special resolution regimes adopted in the United States, the European Union and various other jurisdictions. Such regimes provide government authorities with broad authority to intervene when a financial institution is experiencing financial difficulty. In particular, with respect to counterparties who are subject to such proceedings in the European Union, the liabilities of such counterparties to the Fund could be reduced, eliminated, or converted to equity in such counterparties (sometimes referred to as a “bail in”).

Cover. The Fund’s use of derivatives may create financial obligations to third parties which if not covered could be construed as “senior securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act). To the extent that the Fund determined that such obligations may be deemed to create “senior securities,” the Fund intends to segregate or earmark liquid assets or otherwise “cover” such obligations. The Fund may cover such obligations using methods that are currently or in the future permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or orders issued by the SEC thereunder and to the extent deemed appropriate by the Fund, interpretations and guidance of the SEC staff.

The Fund segregates with its custodian or otherwise earmarks cash, cash equivalents or liquid assets in an amount the Fund believes to be adequate to ensure that it has sufficient liquid assets to meet its obligations under its derivatives contracts, or the Fund may engage in other measures to “cover” its obligations with respect to such transactions. The amounts that are segregated or earmarked may be based on the derivative’s notional value or on the daily mark-to-market obligation under the derivatives contract and may be reduced by amounts on deposit with the applicable broker or counterparty to the derivatives transaction. The Fund may segregate or earmark amounts in addition to the amounts described above. For example, if the Fund writes a physically settled put option, it may segregate or earmark liquid assets equal to the exercise price of the option, less margin on deposit, or hold the underlying instrument directly; if the Fund writes a cash settled put option, it may segregate or earmark liquid assets equal to the amount the option is in the money (meaning the difference between the exercise price of the option and the current market price of the underlying instrument, when the exercise price of the option is higher than the market price of the underlying instrument), marked to market on a daily basis, less margin on deposit. Alternatively, the Fund may, in certain circumstances, enter into an offsetting position rather than segregating or designating liquid assets (e.g., the Fund may cover a written put option with a purchased put option with the same or higher exercise price or cover a written call option with a purchased call option with the same or lower exercise price).

The segregation of assets does not reduce the risks to the Fund of entering into transactions in derivatives. Additionally, although the portfolio manager attempts to ensure that the Fund has sufficient liquid assets in respect of its obligations under its derivative contracts, it is possible that the Fund’s liquid assets may be insufficient to support such obligations under its derivatives positions. The Fund may modify its asset segregation policies from time to time.

Foreign Currency Instruments and Hedging Strategies

The Fund may use options and futures contracts on foreign currencies and forward currency contracts and currency swap agreements (collectively, “Currency Instruments”), deliverable and non-deliverable, to attempt to hedge against movements in the values of the foreign currencies in which the Fund’s securities are denominated or to attempt to enhance the Fund’s return or yield. The Fund may also use such investments to attempt to establish a short position or to gain exposure to a market that would be more costly or difficult to access with other types of investments, such as bonds or currency. The Fund may also engage

 

17


in foreign currency transactions on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time of the transaction. The Fund may determine not to hedge, and the Fund may be completely unhedged at any point in time. In cases when a particular currency is difficult to hedge or difficult to hedge against the U.S. dollar, the Fund may seek to hedge against price movements in that currency by entering into transactions using Currency Instruments on another currency or a basket of currencies, the value of which the portfolio manager believes will have a high degree of positive correlation to the value of the currency being hedged. The risk that movements in the price of the Currency Instrument will not correlate perfectly with movements in the price of the currency subject to the hedging transaction is magnified when this strategy is used.

Currency Instruments Risks. In addition to the risks found under “Derivatives – Risks of Derivatives Generally,” Currency Instruments are subject to the following risks:

The value of Currency Instruments depends on the value of the underlying foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar. Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market might involve substantially larger amounts than those involved in the Fund’s use of such Currency Instruments, the Fund could be disadvantaged by having to deal in the odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots. There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Quotation information generally is representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus might not reflect odd-lot transactions where rates might be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, round-the-clock market. To the extent the U.S. options or futures markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements might take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the U.S. markets for the Currency Instruments until they reopen.

Settlement of hedging transactions involving foreign currencies might be required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency. Thus, the Fund might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying foreign currency in accordance with any U.S. or foreign regulations regarding the maintenance of foreign banking arrangements by U.S. residents and might be required to pay any fees, taxes and charges associated with such delivery assessed in the issuing country.

Forward Currency Contracts

The Fund may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another currency at a future date and at a price set by the parties to the forward currency contract. Forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers (such as the Fund).

The Fund may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a foreign currency that the Fund intends to acquire (a long hedge). The Fund may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security, dividend or interest payment denominated in a foreign currency (a short hedge). A “position hedge” is when the Fund owns a security denominated in, for example, euros and to protect against a possible decline in the euro’s value, the Fund enters into a forward currency contract to sell euros in return for U.S. dollars. A “position hedge” tends to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. A “proxy hedge” is when the Fund owns a security denominated in, for example, euros and to protect against a possible decline in the euro’s value, the Fund enters into a forward currency contract to sell a currency expected to perform similarly to the euro in return for U.S. dollars. A “proxy hedge” could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a position hedge to the extent the proxy currency does not perform similarly to the targeted currency. The Fund could, in fact, lose money on both legs of the hedge, i.e., between the euro and proxy currency, and between the proxy currency and the dollar. The Fund also may use forward currency contracts to attempt to enhance return or yield. The Fund could use forward currency contracts to increase its exposure to foreign currencies that the portfolio manager believes might rise in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or shift its exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. For example, if the Fund’s portfolio manager believes that the U.S. dollar will increase in value relative to the euro, the Fund could write a forward contract to buy U.S. dollars in three months at the current price in order to sell those U.S. dollars for a profit if the U.S. dollar does in fact appreciate in value relative to the euro. The cost to the Fund of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. When the Fund enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the counterparty

 

18


to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts, and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will change after the forward currency contract has been established. Thus, the Fund may need to purchase or sell foreign currencies in the spot (i.e., cash) market to the extent such foreign currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

Successful use of forward currency contracts depends on the portfolio manager’s skill in analyzing and predicting currency values. Forward currency contracts may substantially change the Fund’s exposure to changes in currency exchange rates and could result in losses to the Fund if currencies do not perform as the portfolio manager anticipates. There is no assurance that the portfolio manager’s use of forward currency contracts will be advantageous to the Fund or that the portfolio manager will hedge at an appropriate time.

Non-deliverable Forwards. The consummation of a deliverable foreign exchange forward requires the actual exchange of the principal amounts of the two currencies in the contract (i.e., settlement on a physical basis). Forward currency contracts in which the Fund may engage also include non-deliverable forwards (“NDFs”). NDFs are cash-settled, short-term forward contracts on foreign currencies (each a “Reference Currency”) that are non-convertible and that may be thinly traded or illiquid. NDFs involve an obligation to pay an amount equal to the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate for the Reference Currency and the agreed upon exchange rate, with respect to an agreed notional amount. NDFs are subject to many of the risks associated with derivatives in general and forward currency transactions, including risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency and the risk that the counterparty will fail to fulfill its obligations.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, NDFs are classified as “swaps” and are therefore subject to the full panoply of CFTC swap regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act. Although NDFs have historically been traded OTC, in the future, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, they may be subject to mandatory clearing. Non-centrally-cleared NDFs are subject to mandatory minimum margin requirements for uncleared swaps. Deliverable foreign exchange forwards that solely involve the exchange of two different currencies on a specific future date at a fixed rate agreed upon by the parties are not considered “swaps” and accordingly are not subject to many of the regulations that apply to NDFs. However, as mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act and set forth in CFTC regulations adopted thereunder, foreign exchange forwards must be reported to a swap data repository, and swap dealers and major swap participants who are party to such transactions remain subject to the business conduct standards pertaining to swaps in connection with such deliverable foreign exchange forwards.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

Generally, a futures contract is an exchange-traded, standardized agreement that obligates the seller of the contract to deliver a specified quantity of an underlying instrument, such as a security, currency or commodity, to the purchaser of the contract, who has the obligation to take delivery of the underlying instrument, at a specified price and date. In the case of futures on indices, the two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the level of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the contract originally was written. Options on futures give the purchaser the right to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option.

Futures contracts, by their terms, have stated expirations and, at a specified point in time prior to expiration, trading in a futures contract for the current delivery month will cease. As a result, an investor wishing to maintain exposure to a futures contract with the nearest expiration must close out the position in the expiring contract and establish a new position in the contract for the next delivery month, a process referred to as “rolling.” The process of rolling a futures contract can be profitable or unprofitable depending in large part on whether the futures price for the subsequent delivery month is less than or more than the price of the expiring contract.

Futures contracts may be used for hedging and non-hedging purposes, such as to simulate full investment in the underlying instrument while retaining a cash balance for portfolio management purposes, as a substitute for direct investment in the underlying instrument, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs, or to seek higher investment returns (e.g., when a futures contract or option is priced more attractively than the underlying instrument). In addition, futures strategies can be used to manage the average duration of the Fund’s fixed income portfolio, if applicable. The Fund may sell a debt futures contract or a

 

19


call option thereon or purchase a put option on that futures contract to attempt to shorten the portfolio’s average duration. Alternatively, the Fund may buy a debt futures contract or a call option thereon or sell a put option thereon to attempt to lengthen the portfolio’s average duration.

At the inception of a futures contract the Fund is required to deposit “initial margin” with a futures commission merchant (“FCM”) in an amount at least equal to the amount designated by the futures exchange (typically equal to 10% or less of the contract value). Margin must also be deposited when writing a call or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures contracts does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is required to be returned to the Fund at the termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, the Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

In addition to initial margin payments, during the life of the transaction “variation margin” payments are made to and from the FCM as the value of the margin and the underlying derivative transaction varies, a process known as “marking-to-market.” Variation margin is intended to represent a daily settlement of the Fund’s obligations to or from an FCM. When the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, the premium paid plus transaction costs is all that is at risk. However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Fund when the use of a futures contract would not, such as when there is no movement in the value of the securities or currencies being hedged. In that case, the Fund would lose the premium it paid for the option plus transaction costs. In contrast, when the Fund purchases or sells a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. If the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous.

Although some futures and options on futures call for making or taking delivery of the underlying instrument, generally those contracts are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures or options (involving the same instrument and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a loss. If an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a gain, or if it is less, the Fund realizes a loss. The Fund will also bear transaction costs for each contract, which will be included in these calculations. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures contract or options position.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract can vary from the previous day’s settlement price; once that limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. Daily price limits do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of unfavorable positions. If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it could incur substantial losses. The Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. In addition, except in the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the position being hedged by the future or option or to segregate cash or securities (or designate these assets on its books as segregated).

Risks of Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. In addition to the risks found under “Derivatives – Risks of Derivatives Generally,” futures contracts and options on futures contracts are subject to the following risks:

Successful use of futures contracts and related options depends upon the ability of the portfolio manager to assess movements in the direction of prices of securities, commodities, measures of value, or interest or exchange rates, which requires different skills and techniques than assessing the value of individual securities. Moreover, futures contracts relate not to the current price level of the underlying instrument, but to the anticipated price level at some point in the future; accordingly trading of stock index futures may not reflect the trading of the securities that are used to formulate the index or even actual fluctuations in the index itself. There is, in addition, the risk that movements in the price of the futures contract will not correlate with the movements in the prices of the securities being hedged. Price distortions in the marketplace, resulting from increased participation by speculators in the futures market (among other things), may also impair the correlation between movements in the prices of futures contracts and movements in the prices of the hedged securities. If the price of the futures contract moves

 

20


less than the price of securities that are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully effective; but if the price of the securities being hedged has moved in an unfavorable direction, the Fund would be in a better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price of the securities being hedged has moved in a favorable direction, this advantage may be partially offset by losses on the futures position.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a market for such futures contracts. Although the Fund intends to purchase and sell futures only on exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be a liquid market, there is no assurance that such a market will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make variation margin payments. Options have a limited life and thus can be disposed of only within a specific time period.

Purchasers of options on futures contracts pay a premium in cash at the time of purchase which, in the event of adverse price movements, could be lost. Sellers of options on futures contracts must post initial margin and are subject to additional margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. Because of the low margin deposits required, futures trading involves a high degree of leverage; as a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss, or gain, to the Fund. In addition, the Fund’s activities in the futures markets may result in a higher portfolio turnover rate (see “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage”) and additional transaction costs in the form of added brokerage commissions.

As noted above, exchanges may impose limits on the amount by which the price of a futures contract or related option is permitted to change in a single day. If the price of a contract moves to the limit for several consecutive days, the Fund may be unable during that time to close its position in that contract and may have to continue making payments of variation margin. The Fund may also be unable to dispose of securities or other instruments being used as “cover” during such a period. The CFTC and domestic exchanges have also established speculative position limits on the maximum speculative position that any person, or group of persons acting in concert, may hold or control in particular contracts. Under current regulations, other accounts managed by the Manager or, if applicable, Subadviser are combined with the positions held by the Fund under the Manager’s or, if applicable, Subadviser’s management for position limit purposes. This trading could preclude additional trading by the Fund in such contracts.

When the Fund engages in futures transactions, it will also be exposed to the credit risk of its FCM. If the Fund’s FCM becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or otherwise defaults on its obligations to the Fund, the Fund may not receive all amounts owed to it in respect of its trading, even if the clearinghouse fully discharges all of its obligations. If an FCM were not to appropriately segregate client assets to the full extent required by the CEA, the Fund might not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of an FCM. In the event of an FCM’s bankruptcy, the Fund would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of an FCM’s combined customer accounts, even if certain property held by an FCM is specifically traceable to the Fund (for example, U.S. Treasury bills deposited by the Fund). Such situations could arise due to various factors, or a combination of factors, including inadequate FCM capitalization, inadequate controls on customer trading and inadequate customer capital. In addition, in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a clearinghouse, the Fund might experience a loss of funds deposited through its FCM as margin with the clearinghouse, a loss of unrealized profits on its open positions and the loss of funds owed to it as realized profits on closed positions. Such a bankruptcy or insolvency might also cause a substantial delay before the Fund could obtain the return of funds owed to it by an FCM who is a member of such clearinghouse.

Options

A call option gives the purchaser the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, an underlying investment (such as a specified security, commodity, currency, interest rate, currency exchange rate or index) at an agreed-upon price (“strike price”). A put option gives the purchaser the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, an underlying investment at an agreed-upon price. An American-style option may be exercised at any time during the term of the option, while a European-style option may be exercised only at the expiration of the option. Purchasers of options pay an amount, known as a premium, to the option writer in exchange for the right granted under the option contract.

The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market value of the underlying instrument, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the strike price to the market price of the underlying instrument, the historical price volatility of the underlying instrument and general market conditions. If the purchaser does not exercise the

 

21


option, it will expire and the purchaser will have only lost the premium paid. If a secondary market exists, a purchaser or the writer may terminate a put option position prior to its exercise by selling it in the secondary market at its current price. The Fund will pay a brokerage commission each time it buys or sells an option. Such commissions may be higher than those that would apply to direct purchases or sales of the underlying instrument.

Exchange-traded options in the United States are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed and are standardized with respect to the underlying instrument, expiration date, contract size and strike price. In contrast, OTC options (options not traded on exchanges) are contracts between the Fund and a counterparty (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee. The terms of OTC options generally are established through negotiation with the other party to the option contract (the counterparty). For a discussion on options on futures see “Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts”.

Put Options. In return for receipt of the premium, the writer of a put option assumes the obligation to pay the strike price for the option’s underlying instrument if the buyer exercises the option. A put writer would generally expect to profit, although its gain would be limited to the amount of the premium it received, if the underlying instrument’s price remains greater than or equal to the strike price. If the underlying instrument’s price falls below the strike price, the put writer would expect to suffer a loss. The buyer of a put option can expect to realize a gain if the underlying instrument’s price falls enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option. Any losses suffered by the buyer would be limited to the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs.

Optional delivery standby commitments are a type of put that gives the buyer of an underlying instrument the right to sell the underlying instrument back to the seller on specified terms to induce a purchase of the underlying instrument.

Call Options. In return for the receipt of the premium, the writer of a call option assumes the obligation to sell the underlying instrument at the strike price to the buyer upon exercise of the option. A call writer would generally expect to profit, although its gain would be limited to the amount of the premium it received, if the option goes unexercised, which typically occurs when the underlying instrument’s price remains less than or equal to the strike price. If the underlying instrument’s prices were to rise above the strike price, the writer of the call option would generally expect to suffer a loss, which is theoretically unlimited. A call buyer’s maximum loss is the premium paid for the call option, whereas the buyer’s maximum profit is theoretically unlimited.

Straddles. A long straddle is the purchase of a call and a put option with the same expiration date and relating to the same underlying instrument where the strike price of the put is less than or equal to the strike price of the call. The Fund may enter into a long straddle when its portfolio manager believes that the underlying instrument’s price will move significantly during the term of the options. A short straddle is a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying instrument with the same expiration date where the strike price of the put is less than or equal to the strike price of the call. In a covered short straddle, the underlying instrument is considered cover for both the put and the call that the Fund has written. The Fund may enter into a short straddle when the portfolio manager believes that it is unlikely that the underlying instrument’s prices will experience volatility during the term of the options.

Options on Indices. Puts and calls on indices are similar to puts and calls on other underlying instruments except that all settlements are in cash and gains or losses depend on changes in the level of the index rather than on price movements of individual underlying instruments. The writer of a call on an index receives a premium and the obligation to pay the purchaser an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and the strike price times a specified multiple (“multiplier”), if the closing level of the index is greater than the strike price of the call. The writer of a put on an index receives a premium and the obligation to deliver to the buyer an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and strike price times the multiplier if the closing level is less than the strike price.

Risks of Options – In addition to the risks described under “Derivatives – Risks of Derivatives Generally,” options are also subject to the following risks:

Options on Indices Risk. The risks of investment in options on indices may be greater than options on securities and other instruments. Because index options are settled in cash, when the Fund writes a call on an index it generally cannot provide in advance for other underlying instruments because it may not be practical for the call writer to hedge its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Fund can offset some of the risk of writing a call index option by holding a diversified portfolio of securities similar to those on which the underlying index is based. However, the Fund cannot,

 

22


as a practical matter, acquire and hold a portfolio containing exactly the same securities as underlie the index and, as a result, bears a risk that the value of the securities held will vary from the value of the index.

If the Fund exercises an index option before the closing index value for that day is available, there is the risk that the level of the underlying index may subsequently change. If such a change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the Fund will be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the strike price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer.

Timing Risk. The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying instrument are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying instrument, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Options are marked to market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value of the underlying instrument, changes in the dividend rates of the underlying securities, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying instrument and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate or other events affecting the underlying instrument, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the Fund’s capital appreciation potential on an underlying instrument.

Swaps

Generally, a swap agreement involves the exchange between two parties of their respective commitments to pay or receive cash flows, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed-rate payments. Swaps may be negotiated bilaterally and traded OTC (OTC swaps) or, for certain types of swaps, must be executed through a centralized exchange or regulated facility and be cleared through a regulated clearinghouse (cleared swaps). Swaps include but are not limited to, interest rate swaps, total return swaps, index swaps, inflation indexed swaps, currency swaps, credit default swaps and options on swaps or “swaptions”.

OTC swap agreements can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments (such as individual securities, baskets of securities and securities indices) or market factors. The swapped returns are generally calculated with respect to a notional amount, that is, the nominal or face amount used to calculate the payments to be made between the parties to the OTC swap.

The Fund may enter into a swap agreement for hedging or non-hedging purposes, including but not limited to, to enhance returns, increase liquidity, protect against currency and security price fluctuations, manage duration and gain exposure to certain markets or securities in a more cost-efficient manner.

When the Fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of cash, cash equivalent or liquid assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated in an account with the Fund’s custodian that satisfies the requirements of the 1940 Act. The Fund will take similar action with respect to its total obligations under any swaps that are not entered into on a net basis and with respect to any caps or floors that are written by the Fund. See “Interest Rate Swaps, Caps and Floors” below.

Risks of Swaps Generally. In addition to the risks found under “Derivatives – Risks of Derivatives Generally,” swaps are subject to the following risks:

Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the Fund’s investments and its share price and yield and may affect the Fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates (in the United States or abroad), foreign currency values, mortgage-backed security values, corporate borrowing rates or other market factors such as security prices or inflation rates.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the Fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if the Fund agrees to exchange payments in U.S. dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.

The swap market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. The absence of a central exchange or market for swap transactions may lead, in some instances, to difficulties in trading and valuation, especially in the event of market disruptions.

 

23


Cleared Swaps. Recent legislation and implementing regulation require certain swaps to be cleared through a regulated clearinghouse. Although this clearing mechanism is generally intended to reduce counterparty credit risk, it may disrupt or limit the swap market and may result in swaps being more difficult to trade or value. As swaps become more standardized, the Fund may not be able to enter into swaps that meet its investment needs. The Fund also may not be able to find a clearinghouse willing to accept a swap for clearing. In a cleared swap, a central clearing organization will be the counterparty to the transaction. The Fund will assume the risk that the clearinghouse may be unable to perform its obligations.

When the Fund enters into a cleared swap transaction, the Fund is subject to the credit and counterparty risk of the clearinghouse and the clearing member through which it holds its cleared position. Credit/counterparty risk of market participants with respect to centrally cleared swaps is concentrated in a few clearinghouses, and it is not clear how an insolvency proceeding of a clearinghouse would be conducted and what impact an insolvency of a clearinghouse would have on the financial system. A clearing member is obligated by contract and by applicable regulation to segregate all funds received from customers with respect to cleared derivatives transactions from the clearing member’s proprietary assets. However, all funds and other property received by a clearing broker from its customers generally are held by the clearing broker on a commingled basis in an omnibus account, and the clearing member may invest those funds in certain instruments permitted under the applicable regulations. The assets of the Fund might not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the Fund’s clearing member, because the Fund would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of the clearing broker’s customers for a relevant account class. Also, the clearing member is required to transfer to the clearing organization the amount of margin required by the clearing organization for cleared derivatives, which amounts generally are held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization for all customers of the clearing member. Regulations promulgated by the CFTC require that the clearing member notify the clearinghouse of the amount of initial margin provided by the clearing member to the clearing organization that is attributable to each customer. However, if the clearing member does not provide accurate reporting, the Fund is subject to the risk that a clearing organization will use the Fund’s assets held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization to satisfy payment obligations of a defaulting customer of the clearing member to the clearing organization. In addition, clearing members generally provide to the clearing organization the net amount of variation margin required for cleared swaps for all of its customers in the aggregate, rather than the gross amount of each customer. The Fund is therefore subject to the risk that a clearing organization will not make variation margin payments owed to the Fund if another customer of the clearing member has suffered a loss and is in default, and the risk that the Fund will be required to provide additional variation margin to the clearinghouse before the clearinghouse will move the Fund’s cleared derivatives transactions to another clearing member. In addition, if a clearing member does not comply with the applicable regulations or its agreement with the Fund, or in the event of fraud or misappropriation of customer assets by a clearing member, the Fund could have only an unsecured creditor claim in an insolvency of the clearing member with respect to the margin held by the clearing member.

In some ways, centrally cleared swaps arrangements are less favorable to the Fund than OTC swaps arrangements. For example, the Fund may be required to provide greater amounts of margin for cleared swaps than for OTC swaps. Also, in contrast to OTC swaps, following a period of notice to the Fund, a clearing member generally can require termination of existing cleared swaps at any time or increases in margin requirements above the margin that the clearing member required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearinghouses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing transactions or to terminate transactions at any time. Any increase in margin requirements or termination by the clearing member or the clearinghouse could interfere with the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment strategy. Further, any increase in margin requirements by a clearing member could also expose the Fund to greater credit risk of its clearing member, because margin for cleared swaps in excess of clearinghouse margin requirements typically is held by the clearing member. While the documentation in place between the Fund and its clearing members generally provides that the clearing members will accept for clearing all transactions submitted for clearing that are within credit limits (specified in advance) for the Fund, the Fund is still subject to the risk that no clearing member will be willing or able to clear a transaction. In those cases, the transaction might have to be terminated, and the Fund could lose some or all of the benefit of the transaction, including loss of an increase in the value of the transaction and/or loss of hedging protection offered by the transaction. In addition, the documentation governing the relationship between the Fund and its clearing members is developed by the clearing members and generally is less favorable to the Fund than typical OTC swap documentation. For example, this documentation generally includes a one-way indemnity by the Fund in favor of the clearing member, indemnifying the clearing member against losses it incurs in connection with acting as the Fund’s clearing member, and the documentation typically does not give the Fund any rights to exercise remedies if the clearing member defaults or becomes insolvent.

 

24


Some types of cleared swaps are required to be executed on an exchange or on a swap execution facility (“SEF”). A SEF is a trading platform where multiple market participants can execute swaps by accepting bids and offers made by multiple other participants in the platform. While this execution requirement is designed to increase transparency and liquidity in the cleared swap market, trading on a SEF can create additional costs and risks for the Fund. For example, SEFs typically charge fees, and if the Fund executes swaps on a SEF through a broker intermediary, the intermediary may impose fees as well. Also, the Fund may indemnify a SEF, or a broker intermediary who executes cleared swaps on a SEF on the Fund’s behalf, against any losses or costs that may be incurred as a result of the Fund’s transactions on the SEF.

The Fund may enter into swap transactions with certain counterparties pursuant to master netting agreements. A master netting agreement provides that all swaps entered into between the Fund and that counterparty shall be regarded as parts of an integral agreement. If amounts are payable on a particular date in the same currency in respect of more than one swap transaction, the amount payable shall be the net amount. In addition, the master netting agreement may provide that if one party defaults generally or on any swap, the counterparty can terminate all outstanding swaps with that party. As a result, to the extent the Fund enters into master netting agreements with a counterparty, the Fund may be required to terminate a greater number of swap agreements than if it had not entered into such an agreement, which may result in losses to the Fund.

Interest Rate Swaps, Caps and Floors. Interest rate swaps are agreements between two parties to exchange interest rate payment obligations. Typically, one party’s obligation is based on a fixed interest rate while the other party’s obligation is based on an interest rate that fluctuates with changes in a designated benchmark. An interest rate cap transaction entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap. An interest rate floor transaction entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the floor. A collar combines elements of buying a cap and a floor. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. Caps and floors typically have lower liquidity than swaps.

Options on Swaps (Swaptions). A swaption is a contract that gives the counterparty the right, but not the obligation to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. Swaptions are generally subject to the same risks involved in the use of options and swaps. Depending on the terms of the option agreement, the Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When the Fund purchases a swaption, only the amount of premium the Fund paid is at risk should the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement, which may result in losses to the Fund in excess of the premium it received.

Credit Default Swaps and Related Investments. The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for investment purposes and to add leverage to its investment portfolio. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a debt-reference obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the swap. Credit default swap contracts involve special risks and may result in losses to the Fund. Credit default swaps may in some cases be illiquid, and they increase credit risk since the Fund has exposure to both the issuer of the referenced obligation and the counterparty to the credit default swap. As there is no central exchange or market for certain credit default swap transactions, they may be difficult to trade or value, especially in the event of market disruptions. It is possible that developments in the swap market, including new or modified government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to terminate existing credit default swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

The Fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts to attempt to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held in its portfolio, in which case the Fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk—that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund in the event of a default.

 

25


The Fund may invest in credit default swap index products that provide exposure to multiple credit default swaps. The Fund can either buy the index (take on credit exposure) or sell the index (pass credit exposure to a counterparty). Such investments are subject to the associated risks with investments in credit default swaps discussed above.

Duration

For the simplest fixed income securities, “duration” indicates the average time at which the security’s cash flows are to be received. For simple fixed income securities with interest payments occurring prior to the payment of principal, duration is always less than maturity. For example, a current coupon “bullet” bond with a maturity of 3.5 years (i.e., a bond that pays interest at regular intervals and that will have a single principal payment of the entire principal amount in 3.5 years) might have a duration of approximately three years. In general, the lower the stated or coupon rate of interest of a fixed income security, the closer its duration will be to its final maturity; conversely, the higher the stated or coupon rate of interest of a fixed income security, the shorter its duration will be compared to its final maturity.

Determining duration becomes more complex when fixed income security features like floating or adjustable coupon payments, optionality (for example, the right of the issuer to prepay or call the security), and structuring (for example, the right of the holders of certain securities to receive priority as to the issuer’s cash flows) are considered. The calculation of “effective duration” attempts to take into account optionality and other complex features. Generally, the longer the effective duration of a security, the greater will be the expected change in the percentage price of the security with respect to a change in the security’s own yield. By way of illustration, a security with an effective duration of 3.5 years might normally be expected to go down in price by 35 bps if its yield goes up by 10 bps, while another security with an effective duration of 4.0 years might normally be expected to go down in price by 40 bps if its yield goes up by 10 bps. The assumptions that are made about a security’s features and options when calculating effective duration may prove to be incorrect. For example, many mortgage pass-through securities may have stated final maturities of 30 years, but current prepayment rates, which can vary widely under different economic conditions, may have a large influence on the pass-through security’s response to changes in yield. In these situations, the Fund’s portfolio manager may consider other analytical techniques that seek to incorporate the security’s additional features into the determination of its response to changes in its yield.

A security may change in price for a variety of reasons. For example, floating rate securities may have final maturities of ten or more years, but their effective durations will tend to be very short. If there is an adverse credit event, or a perceived change in the issuer’s creditworthiness, these securities could experience a far greater negative price movement than would be predicted by the change in the security’s yield in relation to its effective duration. As a result, investors should be aware that effective duration is not an exact measurement and may not reliably predict a security’s price sensitivity to changes in yield or interest rates.

Equity Securities

Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter common and preferred stocks, warrants and rights, and securities convertible into common stocks. Equity securities fluctuate in price based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The value of a particular security may decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as an increase in production costs, competitive conditions or labor shortages; or due to general market conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or generally adverse investor sentiment. The value of an equity security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole. The value of a company’s equity securities may deteriorate because of a variety of factors, including disappointing earnings reports by the issuer, unsuccessful products or services, loss of major customers, major litigation against the issuer or changes in government regulations affecting the issuer or the competitive environment.

Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”)

ETFs are ownership interests in investment companies, unit investment trusts, depositary receipts and other pooled investment vehicles that are traded on an exchange and that hold a portfolio of securities or other financial instruments (the “Underlying Assets”). The Underlying Assets are typically selected to correspond to the securities that comprise a particular broad based sector or international index, or to provide exposure to a particular industry sector or asset class, including precious metals or other commodities. “Short ETFs” seek a return similar to the inverse, or a multiple of the inverse, of a reference index. Short ETFs carry additional risks because their Underlying Assets may include a variety of financial instruments, including futures

 

26


and options on futures, options on securities and securities indexes, swap agreements and forward contracts, and a short ETF may engage in short sales. An ETF’s losses on short sales are potentially unlimited; however, the Fund’s risk would be limited to the amount it invested in the ETF. Certain ETFs are actively managed by a portfolio manager or management team that makes investment decisions on Underlying Assets without seeking to replicate the performance of a reference index or industry sector or asset class.

Unlike shares of typical open-end management investment companies or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout the trading day and bought and sold based on market price rather than net asset value. Shares can trade at either a premium or discount to net asset value. The portfolios held by ETFs are typically publicly disclosed on each trading day and an approximation of actual net asset value is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this transparency, the trading prices of ETFs tend to closely track the actual net asset value of the Underlying Assets and the ETF will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the Underlying Assets. In the future, as new products become available, the Fund may invest in ETFs that do not have this same level of transparency and, therefore, may be more likely to trade at a larger discount or premium to actual net asset values.

Gains or losses on the Fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. An active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained and trading of an ETF’s shares may be halted if the listing exchange’s officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are delisted from the exchange or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts stock trading generally. The performance of an ETF will be reduced by transaction and other expenses, including fees paid by the ETF to service providers. Investors in ETFs are eligible to receive their portion of income, if any, accumulated on the securities held in the portfolio, less fees and expenses of the ETF.

An investment in an ETF involves risks similar to investing directly in the Underlying Assets, including the risk that the value of the Underlying Assets may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of their issuers, the value of securities and other financial instruments generally, and other market factors.

If an ETF is a registered investment company (as defined in the 1940 Act), the limitations applicable to the Fund’s ability to purchase securities issued by other investment companies apply absent certain exemptive rules or other available exemptive relief. However, under Rule 12d1-4, the Fund may invest in other investment companies, including ETFs, in excess of these limits, subject to certain conditions. These restrictions may limit the Fund’s ability to invest in ETFs to the extent desired. Some ETFs are not structured as investment companies and thus are not regulated under the 1940 Act.

Foreign Securities

The risks of investing in securities of non-U.S. issuers or issuers with significant exposure to non-U.S. markets may be related, among other things, to (i) differences in size, liquidity and volatility of, and the degree and manner of regulation of, the securities markets of certain non-U.S. markets compared to the securities markets in the U.S.; (ii) economic, political and social factors; and (iii) foreign exchange matters, such as restrictions on the repatriation of capital, fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the Fund’s portfolio securities are quoted or denominated, exchange control regulations and costs associated with currency exchange. The political and economic structures in certain foreign countries, particularly emerging markets, are expected to undergo significant evolution and rapid development, and such countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of more developed countries.

Unanticipated political or social developments may affect the values of the Fund’s investments in such countries. The economies and securities and currency markets of many emerging markets have experienced significant disruption and declines. There can be no assurances that these economic and market disruptions will not continue.

Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the U.S. or other foreign countries. Accounting standards in other countries are also not necessarily the same as in the United States. If the accounting standards in another country do not require as much detail as U.S. accounting standards, it may be harder for the portfolio manager to completely and accurately determine a company’s financial condition. In addition, the U.S. Government has from time to time in the past imposed restrictions, through penalties and otherwise, on foreign investments by U.S. investors such as the Fund. Also, brokerage commissions and other costs of buying or selling securities often are higher in foreign countries than they are in the U.S. This reduces the amount the Fund can earn on its investments.

 

27


The Fund generally holds its foreign securities and cash in foreign banks and securities depositories. Some foreign banks and securities depositories may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In addition, there may be limited or no regulatory oversight over their operations. Also, the laws of certain countries may put limits on the Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or any of their agents goes bankrupt. In addition, it is often more expensive for the Fund to buy, sell and hold securities in certain foreign markets than in the U.S. The increased expense of investing in foreign markets reduces the amount the Fund can earn on its investments and typically results in a higher operating expense ratio for the Fund as compared to investment companies that invest only in the United States.

Securities of some foreign companies have lower liquidity, and their prices are more volatile, than securities of comparable domestic companies. Certain foreign countries are known to experience long delays between the trade and settlement dates of securities purchased or sold resulting in increased exposure of the Fund to market and foreign exchange fluctuations brought about by such delays, and to the corresponding negative impact on Fund liquidity.

Foreign Currency Risks

The U.S. dollar value of securities denominated in a foreign currency will vary with changes in currency exchange rates, which can be volatile. Accordingly, changes in the value of the currency in which the Fund’s investments are denominated relative to the U.S. dollar will affect the Fund’s net asset value. Exchange rates are generally affected by the forces of supply and demand in the international currency markets, the relative merits of investing in different countries and the intervention or failure to intervene of U.S. or foreign governments and central banks. However, currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors intrinsic to a country’s economy. Some emerging market countries also may have managed currencies, which are not free floating against the U.S. dollar. In addition, emerging markets are subject to the risk of restrictions upon the free conversion of their currencies into other currencies. Any devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar in the currencies in which the Fund’s securities are quoted would reduce the Fund’s net asset value per share.

Investment in Emerging Markets

Investors are strongly advised to consider carefully the special risks involved in emerging markets, which are in addition to the usual risks of investing in developed foreign markets around the world.

The risks of investing in securities in emerging countries include: (i) less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the markets for such securities and lower volume of trading, which result in a lack of liquidity and in greater price volatility; (iii) certain national policies that may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; (iv) foreign taxation; (v) the absence of developed structures governing private or foreign investment or allowing for judicial redress for injury to private property; and (vi) military unrest, war and terrorism.

Investors should note that upon the accession to power of authoritarian regimes, the governments of a number of emerging market countries previously expropriated large quantities of real and personal property similar to the property which may be represented by the securities purchased by the Fund. The claims of property owners against those governments were never finally settled. There can be no assurance that any property represented by securities purchased by the Fund will not also be expropriated, nationalized, or otherwise confiscated at some time in the future. If such confiscation were to occur, the Fund could lose a substantial portion or all of its investments in such countries. The Fund’s investments would similarly be adversely affected by exchange control regulation in any of those countries.

Certain countries in which the Fund may invest may have vocal groups that advocate radical religious or revolutionary philosophies or support ethnic independence. Any disturbance on the part of such individuals could carry the potential for widespread destruction or confiscation of property owned by individuals and entities foreign to such country and could cause the loss of the Fund’s investment in those countries.

Settlement mechanisms in emerging market securities may be less efficient and reliable than in more developed markets. In such emerging securities markets there may be delays and failures in share registration and delivery. In certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. The inability of the Fund to make intended securities purchases due to settlement problems could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of a portfolio security caused by settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of the portfolio security or,

 

28


if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, in possible liability to the purchaser. There may also be a danger that, because of uncertainties in the operation of settlement systems in individual markets, competing claims may arise in respect of securities held by or to be transferred to the Fund. Furthermore, compensation schemes may be non-existent, limited or inadequate to meet the Fund’s claims in any of these events.

Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, very negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging markets. While some emerging market countries have sought to develop a number of corrective mechanisms to reduce inflation or mitigate its effects, inflation may continue to have significant effects both on emerging market economies and their securities markets. In addition, many of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced steady devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar and major devaluations have occurred in certain countries. Economies in emerging markets generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be affected adversely by economic conditions, trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.

Because of the high levels of foreign-denominated debt owed by many emerging market countries, fluctuating exchange rates can significantly affect the debt service obligations of those countries. This could, in turn, affect local interest rates, profit margins and exports, which are a major source of foreign exchange earnings.

To the extent an emerging market country faces a liquidity crisis with respect to its foreign exchange reserves, it may increase restrictions on the outflow of any foreign exchange. Repatriation is ultimately dependent on the ability of the Fund to liquidate its investments and convert the local currency proceeds obtained from such liquidation into U.S. dollars. Where this conversion must be done through official channels (usually the central bank or certain authorized commercial banks), the ability to obtain U.S. dollars is dependent on the availability of such U.S. dollars through those channels and, if available, upon the willingness of those channels to allocate those U.S. dollars to the Fund. The Fund’s ability to obtain U.S. dollars may be adversely affected by any increased restrictions imposed on the outflow of foreign exchange. If the Fund is unable to repatriate any amounts due to exchange controls, it may be required to accept an obligation payable at some future date by the central bank or other governmental entity of the jurisdiction involved. If such conversion can legally be done outside official channels, either directly or indirectly, the Fund’s ability to obtain U.S. dollars may not be affected as much by any increased restrictions except to the extent of the price which may be required to be paid in U.S. dollars. Furthermore, repatriation of investment income, capital and the proceeds of sales by foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in some countries.

Many emerging market countries have little experience with the corporate form of business organization and may not have well-developed corporation and business laws or concepts of fiduciary duty in the business context. The Fund may encounter substantial difficulties in obtaining and enforcing judgments against individuals and companies located in certain emerging market countries. It may be difficult or impossible to obtain or enforce legislation or remedies against governments, their agencies and sponsored entities.

Disclosure and regulatory standards in emerging markets in many respects are less stringent than in the United States and other major markets. There also may be a lower level of monitoring and regulation of emerging markets and the activities of investors in such markets; enforcement of existing regulations has been extremely limited. Additionally, accounting, auditing and financial reporting and recordkeeping standards in emerging markets may not provide the same degree of investor protection or information to investors as would generally apply in more developed markets. The Public Accounting Oversight Board, which regulates auditors of U.S. public companies, is unable to inspect audit work papers in certain foreign or emerging market countries.

Trading in the securities of emerging markets presents additional credit and financial risks. The Fund may have limited access to, or there may be a limited number of, potential counterparties that trade in the securities of emerging market issuers. Governmental regulations may restrict potential counterparties to certain financial institutions located or operating in the particular emerging market. Potential counterparties may not possess, adopt or implement creditworthiness standards, financial reporting standards or legal and contractual protections similar to those in developed markets. Currency hedging techniques may not be available or may be limited. The Fund may not be able to reduce or mitigate risks related to trading with emerging market counterparties.

The risk also exists that an emergency situation may arise in one or more emerging markets as a result of which trading of securities may cease or may be substantially curtailed and prices for the Fund’s portfolio securities in such markets

 

29


may not be readily available. Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act permits a registered investment company to suspend redemption of its shares for any period during which an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC. Accordingly, if the Fund believes that appropriate circumstances warrant, it may apply to the SEC for a determination that an emergency exists within the meaning of Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act. During the period commencing from the Fund’s identification of such conditions until the date of SEC action, the portfolio securities in the affected markets will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board.

Although it might be theoretically possible to hedge for anticipated income and gains, the ongoing and indeterminate nature of the risks associated with emerging market investing (and the costs associated with hedging transactions) makes it very difficult to hedge effectively against such risks.

Investment in Frontier Market Countries

Frontier market countries include a sub-set of those currently considered to be developing or emerging by the United Nations or the countries’ authorities or by certain index providers. These countries typically are located in the Asia-Pacific region (including Hong Kong), Eastern Europe, Central and South America, the Middle East and Africa.

Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies and even less developed capital markets than traditional emerging markets, and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries. The magnification of risks is the result of: potential for extreme price volatility and illiquidity in frontier markets; government ownership or control of parts of private sector and of certain companies; trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by frontier market countries or their trading partners; and the relatively new and unsettled securities laws in many frontier market countries. All of these factors make investing in frontier market countries significantly riskier than investing in other countries, including more developed and traditional emerging market countries, and any one of them could cause the net asset value of the Fund’s shares to decline.

In addition, investing in frontier markets includes the risk of share blocking. Share blocking refers to a practice, in certain foreign markets, where voting rights related to an issuer’s securities are predicated on these securities being blocked from trading at the custodian or sub-custodian level, for a period of time around a shareholder meeting. These restrictions have the effect of prohibiting securities to potentially be voted (or having been voted), from trading within a specified number of days before, and in certain instances, after the shareholder meeting.

Share blocking may prevent the Fund from buying or selling securities for a period of time. During the time that shares are blocked, trades in such securities will not settle. The specific practices may vary by market and the blocking period can last from a day to several weeks, typically terminating on a date established at the discretion of the issuer. Once blocked, the only manner in which to remove the block would be to withdraw a previously cast vote, or to abstain from voting all together. The process for having a blocking restriction lifted can be very difficult with the particular requirements varying widely by country. Additionally, in certain countries, the block cannot be removed.

Investment in Chinese Debt Instruments Through Bond Connect (Emerging Markets Debt Fund)

Chinese debt instruments trade on the China Interbank Bond Market (“CIBM”) and may be purchased through a market access program that is designed to, among other things, enable foreign investment in the People’s Republic of China (“Bond Connect”). There are distinct operational and regulatory risks inherent in investing in debt instruments traded on the CIBM in addition to the risks typically associated with investments in emerging market countries. The prices of debt instruments traded on the CIBM may fluctuate significantly due to low trading volume and potential lack of liquidity. The rules to access debt instruments that trade on the CIBM through Bond Connect are relatively new and subject to change, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to invest in these instruments and to enforce its rights as a beneficial owner of these instruments. Trading through Bond Connect is subject to a number of restrictions that may affect the Fund’s investments and returns. In addition, securities offered through Bond Connect may lose their eligibility for trading through the program at any time, in which case they may be sold but can no longer be purchased through Bond Connect. There can be no assurance as to the program’s continued existence or whether future developments regarding the program may restrict or adversely affect the Fund’s investments or returns.

Investments made through Bond Connect are subject to order, clearance and settlement procedures that are relatively untested in China, which could pose risks to the Fund. CIBM does not support all trading strategies (such as short selling) and

 

30


investments in Chinese debt instruments that trade on the CIBM are subject to the risks of suspension of trading without cause or notice, trade failure or trade rejection and default of securities depositories and counterparties. Furthermore, Chinese debt instruments purchased via Bond Connect will be held via a book entry omnibus account in the name of the Hong Kong Monetary Authority Central Money Markets Unit (“CMU”) maintained with a China-based depository (either the China Central Depository & Clearing Co. (“CDCC”) or the Shanghai Clearing House (“SCH”)). The Fund’s ownership interest in these Chinese debt instruments will not be reflected directly in book entry with CDCC or SCH and will instead only be reflected on the books of the Fund’s Hong Kong sub-custodian. Therefore, the Fund’s ability to enforce its rights as a bondholder may depend on CMU’s ability or willingness as record-holder of the bonds to enforce the Fund’s rights as a bondholder. Additionally, the omnibus manner in which Chinese debt instruments are held could expose the Fund to the credit risk of the relevant securities depositories and the Fund’s Hong Kong sub-custodian. While the Fund holds a beneficial interest in the instruments it acquires through Bond Connect, the mechanisms that beneficial owners may use to enforce their rights are untested. In addition, courts in China have limited experience in applying the concept of beneficial ownership. Moreover, Chinese debt instruments acquired through Bond Connect generally may not be sold, purchased or otherwise transferred other than through Bond Connect in accordance with applicable rules.

The Fund’s investments in Chinese debt instruments acquired through Bond Connect are generally subject to a number of regulations and restrictions, including Chinese securities regulations and listing rules, loss recovery limitations and disclosure of interest reporting obligations. The Fund will not benefit from access to Hong Kong investor compensation funds, which are set up to protect against defaults of trades, when investing through Bond Connect. Bond Connect can only operate when both China and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banking services are available in both markets on the corresponding settlement days. In addition, the trading, settlement and IT systems required for non-Chinese investors in Bond Connect are relatively new. In the event of systems malfunctions or extreme market conditions, trading via Bond Connect could be disrupted. The rules applicable to taxation of Chinese debt instruments acquired through Bond Connect remain subject to further clarification. Uncertainties in the Chinese tax rules governing taxation of income and gains from investments via Bond Connect could result in unexpected tax liabilities for the Fund, which may negatively affect investment returns for shareholder.

Bond Connect trades are settled in Chinese currency, the Renminbi (“RMB”), which is currently restricted and not freely convertible. As a result, the Fund will be exposed to currency risk, and it cannot be guaranteed that investors will have timely access to a reliable supply of RMB.

Europe — Recent Events

A number of countries in Europe have experienced severe economic and financial difficulties. Many non-governmental issuers, and even certain governments, have defaulted on, or been forced to restructure, their debts; many other issuers have faced difficulties obtaining credit or refinancing existing obligations; financial institutions have in many cases required government or central bank support, have needed to raise capital, and/or have been impaired in their ability to extend credit; and financial markets in Europe and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and declines in asset values and liquidity. These difficulties may continue, worsen or spread within and outside of Europe. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and others of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world.

In addition, the United Kingdom left the European Union on January 31, 2020, commonly referred to as “Brexit.” Following a transition period, the United Kingdom’s post-Brexit trade agreement with the European Union passed into law in December 2020, was provisionally applied effective January 1, 2021, and formally entered into force on May 1, 2021. There is significant market uncertainty regarding Brexit’s ramifications. The range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic, and market outcomes cannot be fully known but could be significant, potentially resulting in increased volatility and illiquidity and lower economic growth for companies that rely significantly on Europe for their business activities and revenues. The United Kingdom has one of the largest economies in Europe and is a major trading partner with the European Union countries and the United States. Brexit may create additional and substantial economic stresses for the United Kingdom, including a contraction of the United Kingdom’s economy, decreased trade, capital outflows, devaluation of the British pound, as well as a decrease in business and consumer spending and investment. The negative impact on not only the United Kingdom and other European economies but also the broader global economy could be significant. Moreover, other countries may seek to

 

31


withdraw from the European Union and/or abandon the euro, the common currency of the European Union. A number of countries in Europe have suffered terror attacks, and additional attacks may occur in the future. Europe has also been struggling with mass migration from the Middle East and Africa.

The ultimate effects of these events and other socio-political or geopolitical issues are not known but could profoundly affect global economies and markets. Whether or not the Fund invests in securities of issuers located in Europe or with significant exposure to European issuers or countries, these events could negatively affect the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments.

Risks Related to Russia’s Invasion of Ukraine

Russia’s military invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 resulted in the United States, other countries and certain international organizations levying broad economic sanctions against Russia. These sanctions froze certain Russian assets and prohibited, among other things, trading in certain Russian securities and doing business with specific Russian corporate entities, large financial institutions, officials and oligarchs. The sanctions also included the removal of some Russian banks from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications (SWIFT), the electronic network that connects banks globally, and imposed restrictive measures to prevent the Russian Central Bank from undermining the impact of the sanctions. The United States and other countries have also imposed economic sanctions on Belarus and may impose sanctions on other countries that support Russia’s military invasion. A number of large corporations and U.S. states have also announced plans to divest interests or otherwise curtail business dealings with certain Russian businesses. These sanctions and any additional sanctions or other intergovernmental actions that may be undertaken against Russia or other countries that support Russia’s military invasion in the future may result in the devaluation of Russian or other affected currencies, a downgrade in the sanctioned country’s credit rating, and a decline in the value and liquidity of Russian securities and securities of issuers in other countries that support the invasion. The potential for wider conflict may further decrease the value and liquidity of certain Russian securities and securities of issuers in other countries affected by the invasion. In addition, the ability to price, buy, sell, receive, or deliver such securities is also affected due to these measures. For example, the Fund may be prohibited from investing in securities issued by companies subject to such sanctions. In addition, the sanctions may require the Fund to freeze its existing investments in companies operating in or having dealings with Russia or other sanctioned countries, which would prevent the Fund from selling these investments. Any exposure that the Fund may have to Russian counterparties or counterparties in other sanctioned countries also could negatively impact the Fund’s portfolio.

The extent and duration of Russia’s military actions and the repercussions of such actions, including any retaliatory actions or countermeasures that may be taken by Russia or others subject to sanctions (such as cyberattacks on other governments, corporations or individuals) are unpredictable, but could result in significant market disruptions, including in the oil and natural gas markets, and may negatively affect global supply chains, inflation and global growth. These and any related events could significantly impact the Fund’s performance and the value of an investment in the Fund, even beyond any direct exposure the Fund may have to Russian issuers or issuers in other countries affected by the invasion.

Eurodollar or Yankee Obligations

Eurodollar bank obligations are U.S. dollar denominated debt obligations issued outside the U.S. capital markets by non-U.S. branches of U.S. banks and by non-U.S. banks. Yankee obligations are U.S. dollar denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by non-U.S. issuers. Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee) obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks. One such risk is the possibility that a non-U.S. government might prevent U.S. dollar denominated funds from flowing across its borders. Other risks include: adverse political and economic developments in a non-U.S. country; the extent and quality of government regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of non-U.S. withholding taxes; and expropriation or nationalization of non-U.S. issuers.

Sovereign Government and Supranational Debt Obligations

The Fund may invest in all types of debt securities of governmental issuers in all countries, including emerging markets. These sovereign debt securities may include: debt securities issued or guaranteed by governments, governmental agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions located in emerging market countries; debt securities issued by government owned, controlled or sponsored entities located in emerging market countries; interests issued for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of instruments issued by any of the above issuers; Brady Bonds, which are debt securities issued under the framework of the Brady Plan as a means for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external indebtedness;

 

32


participations in loans between emerging market governments and financial institutions; or debt securities issued by supranational entities such as the World Bank. A supranational entity is a bank, commission or company established or financially supported by the national governments of one or more countries to promote reconstruction or development. Included among these entities are the Asian Development Bank, the European Union, the European Investment Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, the World Bank and the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development. Supranational organizations have no taxing authority and are dependent on their members for payments of interest and principal. There is no guarantee that one or more members of a supranational organization will continue to make capital contributions. If such contributions are not made, the organization may be unable to pay interest or repay principal on its debt securities, and the Fund may lose money on such investments. Further, the lending activities of such entities are limited to a percentage of their total capital, reserves and net income.

Sovereign debt is subject to risks in addition to those relating to non-U.S. investments generally. As a sovereign entity, the issuing government may be immune from lawsuits in the event of its failure or refusal to pay the obligations when due. The debtor’s willingness or ability to repay in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its non-U.S. currency reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign currency exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and the political constraints to which the sovereign debtor may be subject. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on disbursements or assistance from non-U.S. governments or multinational agencies, the country’s access to trade and other international credits, and the country’s balance of trade. Assistance may be dependent on a country’s implementation of austerity measures and reforms, economic performance and/or the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Some sovereign debtors have rescheduled their debt payments, declared moratoria on payments or restructured their debt to effectively eliminate portions of it, and similar occurrences may happen in the future. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

Depositary Receipts

Depositary receipts demonstrate ownership of shares of a foreign issuer and are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign security. Depositary receipts may be sponsored or unsponsored and include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and non-voting depositary receipts (“NVDRs”). ADRs in registered form are typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company, traded in U.S. dollars, and are designed for use in the domestic market. GDRs, EDRs, NVDRs and other similar instruments may be issued by a U.S. or non-U.S. entity and may be traded in other currencies. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. EDRs are issued in bearer form and are designed for use in European securities markets.

Depositary receipts in general are subject to many of the risks associated with foreign investing (e.g., increased market, illiquidity, currency, political, information and other risks), and even where traded in U.S. dollars are subject to currency risk if the underlying security is traded in a foreign currency. Unsponsored depositary receipts are issued without the participation of the issuer of the underlying foreign security and there may be less information available about such issuers than there is with respect to domestic companies and issuers of securities underlying sponsored depositary receipts. Even if there is information available, there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the depositary receipts.

High Yield (“Junk”) Bonds

High yield securities are medium or lower rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality, sometimes referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds. Generally, such securities offer a higher current yield than is offered by higher rated securities, but also are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the securities. The market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher quality bonds. In addition, medium and lower rated securities and comparable unrated securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. The risk of loss because of default by issuers of these securities is significantly greater because medium and lower rated securities generally are unsecured and frequently subordinated to senior indebtedness. In addition, the market value of securities in lower rated categories is generally more volatile than that of higher quality securities, and the markets in which medium and lower rated securities are

 

33


traded are more limited than those in which higher rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets may make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing its securities and calculating its net asset value. Moreover, the lack of a liquid trading market may restrict the availability of securities for the Fund to purchase and may also limit the ability of the Fund to sell securities at their fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or the financial markets.

Lower rated debt obligations often have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security from the Fund before it matures. If an issuer exercises that right, the Fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. If the Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to sell its higher rated bonds, resulting in a decline in the overall credit quality of the securities held by the Fund and increasing the exposure of the Fund to the risks of lower rated securities. Investments in lower rated zero coupon bonds may be more speculative and subject to greater fluctuations in value because of changes in interest rates than lower rated bonds that pay interest currently.

Subsequent to its purchase by the Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund (if applicable). Neither event will require sale of these securities by the Fund, but the portfolio manager will consider the event in determining whether the Fund should continue to hold the security.

Illiquid Investments and Restricted Securities

The Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. An illiquid security is any security which the Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the security. To the extent required by applicable law and SEC guidance, the Fund will not acquire an illiquid security if such acquisition would cause the aggregate value of illiquid securities to exceed 15% of the Fund’s net assets. If at any time the portfolio manager determines that the value of illiquid securities held by the Fund exceeds 15% of the Fund’s net assets, the portfolio manager will take such steps as it considers appropriate to reduce the percentage within a reasonable period of time consistent with applicable regulatory requirements. Because illiquid investments may not be readily marketable, the Fund may not be able to dispose of them in a timely manner. As a result, the Fund may be forced to hold illiquid investments while their price depreciates. Depreciation in the price of illiquid investments may cause the net asset value of the Fund to decline.

Restricted securities are securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on their resale, such as private placements. Such restrictions might prevent the sale of restricted securities at a time when the sale would otherwise be desirable. Under SEC regulations, certain restricted securities acquired through private placements can be traded freely among qualified purchasers. While restricted securities are generally presumed to be illiquid, it may be determined that a particular restricted security is liquid. Investing in these restricted securities could have the effect of increasing the Fund’s illiquidity if qualified purchasers become, for a time, uninterested in buying these securities.

Restricted securities may be sold only (1) pursuant to SEC Rule 144A or another exemption, (2) in privately negotiated transactions or (3) in public offerings with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A securities, although not registered in the U.S., may be sold to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. As noted above, the Fund may determine that some Rule 144A securities are liquid. Where registration is required, the Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a restricted security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to sell.

Illiquid securities may be difficult to value, and the Fund may have difficulty disposing of such securities promptly. The Fund does not consider non-U.S. securities to be restricted if they can be freely sold in the principal markets in which they are traded, even if they are not registered for sale in the U.S.

Liquidity Risk Management. Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act requires, among other things, that the Fund and other Legg Mason open-end funds establish a liquidity risk management program (“LRMP”) that is reasonably designed to assess and manage liquidity risk. Rule 22e-4 defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interests in the fund. The Fund has implemented a LRMP to meet the relevant requirements. Additionally, the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, approved the

 

34


designation of the Fund’s LRMP administrator to administer such program and will review no less frequently than annually a written report prepared by the LRMP administrator that addresses the operation of the LRMP and assesses its adequacy and effectiveness of implementation. Among other things, the LRMP provides for the classification of each Fund investment as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The liquidity risk classifications of the Fund’s investments are determined after reasonable inquiry and taking into account relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations. To the extent that a Fund investment is deemed to be an “illiquid investment” or a “less liquid investment,” the Fund can expect to be exposed to greater illiquidity risk. There is no guarantee the LRMP will be effective in its operations, and complying with Rule 22e-4, including bearing related costs, could impact the Fund’s performance and its ability to achieve its investment objective.

Investments by Other Funds and by Other Significant Investors

Certain investment companies, including those that are affiliated with the Fund because they are managed by the Manager or an affiliate of the Manager, may invest in the Fund and may at times have substantial investments in one or more funds. Other investors also may at times have substantial investments in one or more funds.

From time to time, the Fund may experience relatively large redemptions or investments due to transactions in Fund shares by a fund or other significant investor. The effects of these transactions could adversely affect the Fund’s performance. In the event of such redemptions or investments, the Fund could be required to sell securities or to invest cash at a time when it is not advantageous to do so. Such transactions may increase brokerage and/or other transaction costs of the Fund. A large redemption could cause the Fund’s expenses to increase and could result in the Fund becoming too small to be economically viable. Redemptions of Fund shares could also accelerate the realization of taxable capital gains in the Fund if sales of securities result in capital gains. The impact of these transactions is likely to be greater when a fund or other significant investor purchases, redeems, or owns a substantial portion of the Fund’s shares.

The Manager and the Subadviser are subject to potential conflicts of interest in connection with investments in the Fund by an affiliated fund due to their affiliation. For example, the Manager or the Subadviser could have the incentive to permit an affiliated fund to become a more significant shareholder (with the potential to cause greater disruption) than would be permitted for an unaffiliated investor. Investments by an affiliated fund may also give rise to conflicts in connection with the voting of fund shares. The Manager, the Subadviser and/or its advisory affiliates intend to seek to address these potential conflicts of interest in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders, although there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful. The Manager and the Subadviser will consider how to minimize potential adverse impacts of affiliated fund investments, and, may take such actions as each deems appropriate to address potential adverse impacts, including redemption of shares in-kind, rather than in cash.

Investments in Other Investment Companies

Subject to applicable statutory and regulatory limitations described below, the Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies, including shares of open-end and closed-end investment companies affiliated or unaffiliated with the Fund, business development companies, exchange-traded funds and unregistered investment companies.

An investment in an investment company is subject to the risks associated with that investment company’s portfolio securities. Investments in closed-end funds may entail the additional risk that the market value of such investments may be substantially less than their net asset value. To the extent the Fund invests in shares of another investment company, the Fund will indirectly bear a proportionate share of that investment company’s advisory fees and other operating expenses. These fees are in addition to the advisory fees and other operational expenses incurred directly by the Fund. In addition, the Fund could incur a sales charge in connection with purchasing an investment company security or a redemption fee upon the redemption of such security.

Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act provides that a fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire the securities of other investment companies if, as a result of such purchase or acquisition, it would own: (i) more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the acquired investment company; (ii) securities issued by any one investment company having a value in excess of 5% of the fund’s total assets; or (iii) securities issued by all investment companies having an aggregate value in excess of 10% of the fund’s total assets. These limitations are subject to certain statutory and regulatory exemptions including Rule 12d1-4, which permits the Fund to invest in other investment companies beyond the statutory limits, subject to certain conditions. Among other conditions, the Rule prohibits a fund from acquiring control of another investment company (other than an

 

35


investment company in the same group of investment companies), including by acquiring more than 25% of its voting securities. In addition, the Rule imposes certain voting requirements when a fund’s ownership of another investment company exceeds particular thresholds. If shares of a fund are acquired by another investment company, the “acquired” fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire the securities of an investment company or private fund if immediately after such purchase or acquisition, the securities of investment companies and private funds owned by that acquired fund have an aggregate value in excess of 10% of the value of the total assets of the acquired fund, subject to certain exceptions. These restrictions may limit the Fund’s ability to invest in other investment companies to the extent desired. In addition, other unaffiliated investment companies may impose other investment limitations or redemption restrictions which may also limit the Fund’s flexibility with respect to making investments in those unaffiliated investment companies.

Investment in Affiliated Money Market Funds

The Fund may invest, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all or some of its short-term cash investments in a money market fund or similarly-managed pool advised by the Manager, Subadviser or an affiliate of the Manager that may or may not be required to register with the SEC as an investment company. In connection with any such investments, the Fund, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may pay its share of expenses of the fund in which it invests, which may result additional expenses for the Fund.

Loans

Loans are negotiated and underwritten by a bank or syndicate of banks and other institutional investors. The Fund may acquire an interest in loans through the primary market by acting as one of a group of lenders of a loan. The primary risk in an investment in loans is that the borrower may be unable to meet its interest and/or principal payment obligations. The occurrence of such a default with regard to a loan in which the Fund had invested would have an adverse effect on the Fund’s net asset value. In addition, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the value of these investments and in the Fund’s net asset value. Other factors, such as rating downgrades, credit deterioration, or large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity could reduce the value of loans, impairing the Fund’s net asset value. Loans may not be considered “securities” for certain purposes and purchasers, such as the Fund, therefore may not be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws.

Loans in which the Fund may invest may be collateralized or uncollateralized and senior or subordinate. Investments in uncollateralized and/or subordinate loans entail a greater risk of nonpayment than do investments in loans which hold a more senior position in the borrower’s capital structure or that are secured with collateral. In the case of collateralized senior loans, however, there is no assurance that sale of the collateral would raise enough cash to satisfy the borrower’s payment obligation or that the collateral can or will be liquidated. As a result, the Fund might not receive payments to which it is entitled and thereby may experience a decline in the value of its investment and its net asset value. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation may not occur and the court may not give lenders the full benefit of their senior positions. If the terms of a senior loan do not require the borrower to pledge additional collateral, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the borrower’s obligations under the senior loans. To the extent that a senior loan is collateralized by stock in the borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its value in the event of bankruptcy of the borrower.

The Fund may also acquire an interest in loans by purchasing participations (“Participations”) in and/or assignments (“Assignments”) of portions of loans from third parties. By purchasing a Participation, the Fund acquires some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a borrower. Participations typically will result in the Fund’s having a contractual relationship only with the lender and not the borrower. The Fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the Participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the Participation.

When the Fund purchases Assignments from lenders, the Fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan. However, since Assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and assignors, the

 

36


rights and obligations acquired by the Fund as the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the lender from which the Fund is purchasing the Assignments. Certain of the Participations or Assignments acquired by the Fund may involve unfunded commitments of the lenders or revolving credit facilities under which a borrower may from time to time borrow and repay amounts up to the maximum amount of the facility. In such cases, the Fund would have an obligation to advance its portion of such additional borrowings upon the terms specified in the loan documentation.

The Fund may acquire loans of borrowers that are experiencing, or are more likely to experience, financial difficulty, including loans of borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection. Although loans in which the Fund will invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in the event of nonpayment of scheduled interest or principal, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of a borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a senior loan.

In addition, the Fund may have difficulty disposing of its investments in loans. The liquidity of such securities is limited and the Fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market could have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and on the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular loans or Assignments or Participations when necessary to meet the Fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for loans may also make it more difficult for the Fund to assign a value to those securities for purposes of valuing the Fund’s investments and calculating its net asset value.

The issuer of a loan may offer to provide material, non-public information about the issuer to investors, such as the Fund. The Fund’s portfolio manager may avoid receiving this type of information about the issuer of a loan either held by or considered for investment by the Fund, because of prohibitions on trading in securities of issuers while in possession of such information. The decision not to receive material, non-public information may place the Fund at a disadvantage, relative to other loan investors, in assessing a loan or the loan’s issuer.

Covenant Lite Loans

Loan agreements, which set forth the terms of a loan and the obligations of the borrower and lender, contain certain covenants that mandate or prohibit certain borrower actions, including financial covenants that dictate certain minimum and maximum financial performance levels. Covenants that require the borrower to maintain certain financial metrics during the life of the loan (such as maintaining certain levels of cash flow and limiting leverage) are known as “maintenance covenants.” These covenants are included to permit the lender to monitor the performance of the borrower and declare an event of default if breached, allowing the lender to renegotiate the terms of the loan based upon the elevated risk levels or take other actions to help mitigate losses. Covenant lite loans contain fewer maintenance covenants than traditional loans, or no maintenance covenants at all, and may not include terms that allow the lender to monitor the financial performance of the borrower and declare a default if certain criteria are breached. This may expose the Fund to greater credit risk associated with the borrower and reduce the Fund’s ability to restructure a problematic loan and mitigate potential loss. As a result, the Fund’s exposure to losses on such investments may be increased, especially during a downturn in the credit cycle.

London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) Replacement and Other Reference Rates Risk

Many debt securities, derivatives, and other financial instruments, including some of the Fund’s investments, utilize benchmark or reference rates such as LIBOR, European Interbank Offer Rate (“EURIBOR”), Sterling Overnight Interbank Average Rate (“SONIA”), and other similar types of reference rates for variable interest rate calculations. Instruments in which the Fund invests may pay interest at floating rates based on LIBOR or other similar types of reference rates or may be subject to interest caps or floors based on such reference rates. The Fund and issuers of instruments in which the Fund invests may also obtain financing at floating rates based on such reference rates. The elimination of a reference rate or any other changes to or reforms of the determination or supervision of reference rates could have an adverse impact on the market for—or value of—any instruments or payments linked to those reference rates.

In 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced its intention to cease compelling banks to provide the quotations needed to sustain LIBOR after 2021. ICE Benchmark Administration, the administrator of LIBOR, ceased publication of most LIBOR settings on a representative basis at the end of 2021 and is expected to cease publication of a majority of U.S. dollar LIBOR settings on a representative basis after June 30, 2023. In addition, global regulators have announced that, with limited

 

37


exceptions, no new LIBOR-based contracts should be entered into after 2021. Actions by regulators have resulted in the establishment of alternative reference rates to LIBOR in most major currencies. Markets are developing in response to these new rates but questions around liquidity in these rates and how to appropriately adjust these rates to eliminate any economic value transfer at the time of transition remain a significant concern. The effect of any changes to—or discontinuation of—LIBOR on the Fund will vary depending on, among other things, existing fallback provisions in individual contracts and whether, how, and when industry participants develop and widely adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products and instruments. In March, 2022, the U.S. federal government enacted legislation to establish a process for replacing LIBOR in certain existing contracts that do not already provide for the use of a clearly defined or practicable replacement benchmark rate as described in the legislation. Generally speaking, for contracts that do not contain a fallback provision as described in the legislation, a benchmark replacement recommended by the Federal Reserve Board will effectively automatically replace the USD LIBOR benchmark in the contract after June 30, 2023. The recommended benchmark replacement will be based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, including certain spread adjustments and benchmark replacement conforming changes. It is difficult to predict the full impact of the transition away from LIBOR on the Fund. The transition process may involve, among other things, increased volatility or illiquidity in markets for instruments that rely on LIBOR. The transition may also result in a reduction in the value of certain LIBOR-based investments held by the Fund or reduce the effectiveness of related transactions such as hedges. Any such effects of the transition away from LIBOR, as well as other unforeseen effects, could result in losses for the Fund. Because the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark may deteriorate during the transition period, these effects could occur at any time.

Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities – Generally

An asset-backed security is a fixed income security that derives its value primarily from cash flows relating to a pool of assets. There are a number of different types of asset-backed and related securities, including mortgage-backed securities, securities backed by other pools of collateral (such as automobile loans, student loans, sub-prime mortgages, and credit card receivables), collateralized mortgage obligations, and collateralized debt obligations.

Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities differ from conventional bonds in that principal is paid over the life of the securities rather than at maturity. As a result, payments of principal of and interest on mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities are made more frequently than are payments on conventional debt securities. The average life of asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities is likely to be substantially less than the original maturity of the underlying asset pools as a result of prepayments or foreclosures of mortgages, as applicable. In addition, holders of mortgage-backed securities and of certain asset-backed securities (such as asset-backed securities backed by home equity loans) may receive unscheduled payments of principal at any time representing prepayments on the underlying mortgage loans or financial assets. When the holder of the security attempts to reinvest prepayments or even the scheduled payments of principal and interest, it may receive a rate of interest that is higher or lower than the rate on the mortgage-backed security or asset-backed security originally held. To the extent that mortgage-backed securities or asset-backed securities are purchased by the Fund at a premium, mortgage foreclosures and principal prepayments may result in a loss to the extent of the premium paid. To the extent the loans underlying a security representing an interest in a pool of mortgages or other assets are prepaid, the Fund may experience a loss (if the price at which the respective security was acquired by the Fund was at a premium over par, which represents the price at which the security will be redeemed upon prepayment) or a gain (if the price at which the respective security was acquired by the Fund was at a discount from par). In addition, prepayments of such securities held by the Fund will reduce the share price of the Fund to the extent the market value of the securities at the time of prepayment exceeds their par value, and will increase the share price of the Fund to the extent the par value of the securities exceeds their market value at the time of prepayment. Prepayments may occur with greater frequency in periods of declining interest rates because, among other reasons, it may be possible for borrowers to refinance their outstanding obligation at lower interest rates. When market interest rates increase, the market values of asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities decline. At the same time, however, refinancing slows, which lengthens the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of fixed income securities.

Changes in the market’s perception of the mortgages or assets backing the security, the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the loan pool, the originator of the loans, or the financial institution providing any credit enhancement, will all affect the value of an asset-backed or mortgage-backed security, as will the exhaustion of any credit enhancement.

 

38


The risks of investing in asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities ultimately depend upon the payment of the underlying loans by the individual borrowers. In its capacity as purchaser of an asset-backed security or mortgage-backed security, the Fund would generally have no recourse to the entity that originated the loans in the event of default by the borrower. The risk of non-payment is greater for asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities that are backed by pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting loan repayments may include a general economic turndown and high unemployment. Mortgage-backed securities may be adversely affected by a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages.

Additional information regarding different types of asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities is provided below. Governmental, government-related or private entities may create pools of loan assets offering pass-through investments in addition to those described below. As new types of asset-backed or mortgage-backed securities are developed and offered to investors, the portfolio manager may, consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, consider making investments in such new types of securities.

Mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) represent interests in pools of mortgage loans made by lenders such as savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, commercial banks and others, to finance purchases of homes, commercial buildings or other real estate. The individual mortgage loans are assembled for sale to investors (such as the Fund) by various governmental or government-related agencies and private organizations, such as dealers.

Government-sponsored MBS. Some government sponsored mortgage-related securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the principal guarantor of such securities, is a wholly-owned United States government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Other government-sponsored mortgage-related securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government. Issuers of such securities include Fannie Mae (formally known as the Federal National Mortgage Association) and Freddie Mac (formally known as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation). Fannie Mae is a government-sponsored corporation which is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. Pass-through securities issued by Fannie Mae are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac is a stockholder-owned corporation chartered by Congress and subject to general regulation by the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Participation certificates representing interests in mortgages from Freddie Mac’s national portfolio are guaranteed as to the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal by Freddie Mac. The U.S. government has provided financial support to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in the past, but there can be no assurances that it will support these or other government-sponsored entities in the future.

Privately issued MBS. Unlike MBS issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or certain government-sponsored entities, MBS issued by private issuers do not have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee, but may have credit enhancement provided by external entities such as banks or financial institutions or achieved through the structuring of the transaction itself.

In addition, MBS that are issued by private issuers are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those MBS that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private MBS may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored MBS and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label MBS pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.

Privately issued mortgage-backed securities are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, mortgage-backed securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.

 

39


Adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities. Adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities (“ARMBS”) are pass-through securities collateralized by mortgages with adjustable rather than fixed rates. Adjustable rate mortgages eligible for inclusion in a mortgage pool generally provide for a fixed initial mortgage interest rate for a set number of scheduled monthly payments. After that schedule of payments has been completed, the interest rates of the adjustable rate mortgages are subject to periodic adjustment based on changes to a designated benchmark index.

Mortgages underlying most ARMBS may contain maximum and minimum rates beyond which the mortgage interest rate may not vary over the lifetime of the mortgage. In addition, certain adjustable rate mortgages provide for additional limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust for any single adjustment period. In the event that market rates of interest rise more rapidly to levels above that of the maximum rate for the adjustable rate mortgages underlying an ARMBS, the ARMBS’ coupon may represent a below market rate of interest. In these circumstances, the market value of the ARMBS will likely have fallen. During periods of declining interest rates, income to the Fund derived from adjustable rate mortgages that remain in the mortgage pool underlying the ARMBS may decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgages, which will remain constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments. In addition, the current yields on ARMBS may be different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates.

Stripped mortgage-backed securities. Stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”) are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (“IO” or interest-only class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (“PO” or principal-only class). The yield to maturity on IOs, POs and other mortgage-backed securities that are purchased at a substantial premium or discount generally are extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securities’ yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the securities have received the highest rating by a NRSRO.

SMBS have greater volatility than other types of securities. Although SMBS are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, the secondary market for SMBS may be more volatile and have lower liquidity than that for other MBS, potentially limiting the Fund’s ability to buy or sell SMBS at any particular time.

Collateralized mortgage obligations. Another type of security representing an interest in a pool of mortgage loans is known as a collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”). CMOs represent interests in a short-term, intermediate-term or long-term portion of a mortgage pool. Each portion of the pool receives monthly interest payments, but the principal repayments pass through to the short-term CMO first and to the long-term CMO last. A CMO permits an investor to more accurately predict the rate of principal repayments. CMOs are issued by private issuers, such as broker-dealers, and by government agencies, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Investments in CMOs are subject to the same risks as direct investments in the underlying mortgage-backed securities. In addition, in the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a broker that issued the CMO held by the Fund, the Fund could experience delays in liquidating both its position and losses. The Fund may invest in CMOs in any rating category of the recognized rating services and may invest in unrated CMOs. The Fund may also invest in “stripped” CMOs, which represent only the income portion or the principal portion of the CMO. The values of stripped CMOs are very sensitive to interest rate changes; accordingly, these instruments present a greater risk of loss than conventional mortgage-backed securities.

Tiered index bonds. Tiered index bonds are relatively new forms of mortgage-related securities. The interest rate on a tiered index bond is tied to a specified index or market rate. So long as this index or market rate is below a predetermined “strike” rate, the interest rate on the tiered index bond remains fixed. If, however, the specified index or market rate rises above the “strike” rate, the interest rate of the tiered index bond will decrease. Thus, under these circumstances, the interest rate on a tiered index bond, like an inverse floater, will move in the opposite direction of prevailing interest rates, with the result that the price of the tiered index bond would decline and may be considerably more volatile than that of a fixed-rate bond.

 

40


Other Asset-Backed Securities – Additional Information

Similar to mortgage-backed securities, other types of asset-backed securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government (including those whose securities are neither guaranteed nor insured by the U.S. government), foreign governments (or their agencies or instrumentalities), or non-governmental issuers. These securities include securities backed by pools of automobile loans, educational loans, home equity loans, and credit card receivables. The underlying pools of assets are securitized through the use of trusts and special purpose entities. These securities may be subject to the risks described above under “Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities — Generally,” including risks associated with changes in interest rates and prepayment of underlying obligations.

Certain types of asset-backed securities present additional risks that are not presented by mortgage-backed securities. In particular, certain types of asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in the related assets. For example, many securities backed by credit card receivables are unsecured. Even when security interests are present, the ability of an issuer of certain types of asset-backed securities to enforce those interests may be more limited than that of an issuer of mortgage-backed securities. For instance, automobile receivables generally are secured by automobiles rather than by real property. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit loan servicers to retain possession of the underlying assets. In addition, because of the large number of underlying vehicles involved in a typical issue of asset-backed securities and technical requirements under state law, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the automobiles. Therefore, recoveries on repossessed automobiles may not be available to support payments on these securities.

In addition, certain types of asset-backed securities may experience losses on the underlying assets as a result of certain rights provided to consumer debtors under federal and state law. In the case of certain consumer debt, such as credit card debt, debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on their credit cards (or other debt), thereby reducing their balances due. For instance, a debtor may be able to offset certain damages for which a court has determined that the creditor is liable to the debtor against amounts owed to the creditor by the debtor on his or her credit card.

Additionally, an asset-backed security is subject to risks associated with the servicing agent’s or originator’s performance. For example, a servicing agent or originator’s mishandling of documentation related to the underlying collateral (e.g., failure to properly document a security interest in the underlying collateral) may affect the rights of the security holders in and to the underlying collateral.

Asset-backed commercial paper. The Fund may purchase commercial paper, including asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) that is issued by structured investment vehicles or other conduits. These conduits may be sponsored by mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies, hedge funds, private equity firms and special purpose finance entities. ABCP typically refers to a debt security with an original term to maturity of up to 270 days, the payment of which is supported by cash flows from underlying assets, or one or more liquidity or credit support providers, or both. Assets backing ABCP, which may be included in revolving pools of assets with large numbers of obligors, include credit card, car loan and other consumer receivables and home or commercial mortgages, including subprime mortgages. The repayment of ABCP issued by a conduit depends primarily on the cash collections received from the conduit’s underlying asset portfolio and the conduit’s ability to issue new ABCP. Therefore, there could be losses to the Fund investing in ABCP in the event of credit or market value deterioration in the conduit’s underlying portfolio, mismatches in the timing of the cash flows of the underlying asset interests and the repayment obligations of maturing ABCP, or the conduit’s inability to issue new ABCP. To protect investors from these risks, ABCP programs may be structured with various protections, such as credit enhancement, liquidity support, and commercial paper stop-issuance and wind-down triggers. However there can be no guarantee that these protections will be sufficient to prevent losses to investors in ABCP.

Some ABCP programs provide for an extension of the maturity date of the ABCP if, on the related maturity date, the conduit is unable to access sufficient liquidity through the issue of additional ABCP. This may delay the sale of the underlying collateral and the Fund may incur a loss if the value of the collateral deteriorates during the extension period. Alternatively, if collateral for ABCP deteriorates in value, the collateral may be required to be sold at inopportune times or at prices insufficient to repay the principal and interest on the ABCP. ABCP programs may provide for the issuance of subordinated notes as an additional form of credit enhancement. The subordinated notes are typically of a lower credit quality and have a higher risk of default. A fund purchasing these subordinated notes will therefore have a higher likelihood of loss than investors in the senior notes.

 

41


Collateralized debt obligations. The Fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CDOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) which is typically backed by a diversified pool of fixed income securities (which may include high risk, below investment grade securities). A CLO is a trust or other SPE that is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Although certain CDOs may receive credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, over-collateralization or bond insurance, such enhancement may not always be present, and may fail to protect the Fund against the risk of loss on default of the collateral. Certain CDOs may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic” exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly, which entails the risks of derivative instruments described elsewhere in this SAI. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to those of the Fund.

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cashflows from the SPE are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the first loss from defaults from the bonds or loans in the SPE and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default (though such protection is not complete). Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO or CLO typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as investor aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class. Interest on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in kind (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities. However, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs, allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the Prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the collateral may decline in value or default or its credit rating may be downgraded, if rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization; (iii) the Fund may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other tranches; (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results; and (v) the CDO’s manager may perform poorly.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls

In a mortgage dollar roll, also known as a forward roll transaction, the Fund sells MBS for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) MBS on a specified future date. The Fund may enter into a mortgage dollar roll commitment with the intention of entering into an offsetting transaction whereby, rather than accepting delivery of the security on the specified future date, the Fund sells the security and then agrees to repurchase a similar security at a later time. In this case, the Fund forgoes interest on the security during the roll period and is compensated by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale of the security and by the difference between the sale price and the lower repurchase price at the future date. At the time the Fund enters into a mortgage dollar roll commitment, the Fund will set aside cash or other appropriate liquid securities with a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation under the commitment. The Fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets might be affected when it sets aside cash or portfolio securities to cover such commitments.

Mortgage dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a mortgage dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of proceeds of the dollar roll may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities.

Forward roll transactions may have a leveraging effect on the Fund, making the value of an investment in the Fund more volatile and increasing the Fund’s overall investment exposure. Successful use of mortgage dollar rolls may depend on the portfolio manager’s ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed.

 

42


Municipal Securities

Municipal securities (which are also referred to herein as “municipal obligations” or “municipal bonds”) generally include debt obligations (including, but not limited to bonds, notes or commercial paper) issued by or on behalf of any of the 50 U.S. states and the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies and public authorities, certain other governmental issuers (such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam) or other qualifying issuers, participations or other interests in these securities and other related investments. The interest paid on municipal securities is generally excluded from gross income for regular U.S. federal income tax purposes, although it may be subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”).

Municipal securities are issued to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities, such as airports, bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets, water and sewer works, gas, and electric utilities. They may also be issued to refund outstanding obligations, to obtain funds for general operating expenses, or to obtain funds to loan to other public institutions and facilities and in anticipation of the receipt of revenue or the issuance of other obligations.

The two principal classifications of municipal securities are “general obligation” securities and “limited obligation” or “revenue” securities. General obligation securities are secured by a municipal issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Accordingly, the capacity of the issuer of a general obligation bond to pay interest and repay principal when due is affected by the issuer’s maintenance of its tax base. Revenue securities are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source. Accordingly, the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the revenue security is a function of the economic viability of the facility or revenue source. Revenue securities include private activity bonds which are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of the issuer. Consequently, the credit quality of private activity bonds is usually directly related to the credit standing of the corporate user of the facility involved. Municipal securities may also include “moral obligation” bonds, which are normally issued by special purpose public authorities. If the issuer of moral obligation bonds is unable to meet its debt service obligations from current revenues, it may draw on a reserve fund the restoration of which is a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality which created the issuer.

Private Activity Bonds. Private activity bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to provide funds, usually through a loan or lease arrangement, to a private entity for the purpose of financing construction of privately operated industrial facilities, such as warehouse, office, plant and storage facilities and environmental and pollution control facilities. Such bonds are secured primarily by revenues derived from loan repayments or lease payments due from the entity, which may or may not be guaranteed by a parent company or otherwise secured. Private activity bonds generally are not secured by a pledge of the taxing power of the issuer of such bonds. Therefore, repayment of such bonds generally depends on the revenue of a private entity. The continued ability of an entity to generate sufficient revenues for the payment of principal and interest on such bonds will be affected by many factors, including the size of the entity, its capital structure, demand for its products or services, competition, general economic conditions, government regulation and the entity’s dependence on revenues for the operation of the particular facility being financed.

Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest on municipal bonds issued after August 7, 1986 which are specified private activity bonds, and the proportionate share of any exempt-interest dividend paid by a regulated investment company that receives interest from such private activity bonds, will be treated as an item of tax preference for purposes of the AMT. For regular U.S. federal income tax purposes such interest is tax-exempt. Bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 generally will not be treated as private activity bonds, and interest earned on such bonds generally will not be treated as a tax preference item.

Industrial Development Bonds. Industrial development bonds (“IDBs”) are issued by public authorities to obtain funds to provide financing for privately-operated facilities for business and manufacturing, housing, sports, convention or trade show facilities, airport, mass transit, port and parking facilities, air or water pollution control facilities, and certain facilities for water supply, gas, electricity or sewerage or solid waste disposal. Although IDBs are issued by municipal authorities, the payment of principal and interest on IDBs is dependent solely on the ability of the user of the facilities financed by the bonds to meet its financial obligations and the pledge, if any, of the real and personal property being financed as security for such payments. IDBs are considered municipal securities if the interest paid is exempt from regular federal income tax. Interest earned on IDBs may be subject to the AMT.

 

43


Tender Option Bonds. In a tender option bond (“TOB”) transaction, a tender option bond trust (“TOB Trust”) issues floating rate certificates (“TOB Floaters”) and residual interest certificates (“TOB Residuals” also known as an “inverse floaters”) and utilizes the proceeds of such issuance to purchase a bond, typically a fixed-rate municipal bond (“Fixed Rate Bond”). The Fund may invest in both TOB Floaters and TOB Residuals. The Fund may purchase a TOB Residual in the secondary market or purchase a TOB Residual from a TOB Trust where the Fixed-Rate Bond held by the TOB Trust was either owned or identified by the Fund. The TOB Floaters typically have first priority on the cash flow from the Fixed Rate Bond held by the trust, and the remaining cash flow, less certain expenses, is paid to holders of the TOB Residuals. Where the Fixed-Rate Bond held by the TOB Trust was either owned or identified by the Fund, the net proceeds of the sale of the TOB Floaters, after expenses, may be received by the Fund and may be invested in additional securities. This would generate economic leverage for the Fund.

TOB Residuals in which the Fund will invest will pay interest or income that, in the opinion of counsel to the applicable TOB Trust, is exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax. Neither the Fund, nor the Manager, nor the Subadviser will conduct its own analysis of the tax status of the interest or income paid by residual interest held by the Fund, but will rely on the opinion of counsel to the applicable TOB Trust. There is a risk that the Fund will not be considered the owner of a TOB for federal income tax purposes, and in that case it would not be entitled to treat such interest as exempt from federal income tax.

Typically, a liquidity provider is engaged to purchase the TOB Floaters at their original purchase price plus accrued interest upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the failure to remarket a certain percentage of the floating rate interests in a timely fashion, the downgrading (but typically not below investment grade or in connection with events indicating that bankruptcy of the issuer may be likely) of the bonds held by the TOB Trust, or certain regulatory or tax events. A Fund participating in a TOB transaction will bear the fees paid to the liquidity provider for providing the put option to the holders of the TOB Floaters. If the liquidity provider acquires the TOB Floaters upon the occurrence of an event described above, the liquidity provider generally will be entitled to an in-kind distribution of the Fixed Rate Bond held by the TOB Trust or to cause the TOB Trust to sell the securities and distribute the proceeds to the liquidity provider.

The TOB Trust may be collapsed without the consent of the Fund upon the occurrence of tender option termination events (“TOTEs”) and mandatory termination events (“MTEs”), as defined in the TOB Trust agreements. TOTEs typically include the bankruptcy or default of the issuer of the Fixed-Rate Bonds held in the TOB Trust, a substantial downgrade in the credit quality of the issuer of the Fixed-Rate Bonds held in the TOB Trust, failure of any scheduled payment of principal or interest on the Fixed-Rate Bonds, and a judgment or ruling that interest on the Fixed-Rate Bonds is subject to U.S. federal income taxation. MTEs may include, among other things, a failed remarketing of the TOB Floaters, the inability of the TOB Trust to obtain renewal of the liquidity support agreement, and a substantial decline in the market value of the Fixed-Rate Bonds held in the TOB Trust. Upon the occurrence of a TOTE or an MTE, a TOB Trust would be liquidated with the proceeds applied first to any accrued fees owed to the trustee of the TOB Trust, the remarketing agent of the TOB Floaters and the liquidity provider. In the case of an MTE, after the payment of fees, the holders of the TOB Floaters would be paid senior to the TOB Residual holders. In contrast, generally in the case of a TOTE, after payment of fees, the holders of TOB Floaters and the TOB Residual holders would be paid pro rata in proportion to the respective face values of their certificates.

The Fund may invest in a TOB Trust on either a non-recourse and recourse basis. TOB Trusts are typically supported by a liquidity facility provided by a third-party bank or other financial institution (the “liquidity provider”) that allows the holders of the TOB Floaters to tender their TOB Floaters in exchange for payment of par plus accrued interest on any business day (subject to the non-occurrence of a TOTE described above). Depending on the structure of the TOB Trust, the liquidity provider may purchase the tendered TOB Floaters, or the TOB Trust may draw upon a loan from the liquidity provider to purchase the tendered TOB Floaters.

When the Fund invests in TOB Trusts on a non-recourse basis, and the liquidity provider is required to make a payment under the liquidity facility, the liquidity provider will typically liquidate all or a portion of the fixed-income bonds held in the TOB Trust and then fund the balance, if any, of the amount owed under the liquidity facility over the liquidation proceeds (the “Liquidation Shortfall”). If the Fund invests in a TOB Trust on a recourse basis, it will typically enter into a reimbursement agreement with the liquidity provider pursuant to which the Fund is required to reimburse the liquidity provider the amount of any Liquidation Shortfall. As a result, if the Fund invests in a recourse TOB Trust, the Fund will bear the risk of loss with respect to any Liquidation Shortfall. The net economic effect of this agreement is to treat the Fund as though it had entered into a special type of reverse repurchase agreement pursuant to which the Fund is required to repurchase the municipal bonds or other

 

44


securities upon the occurrence of certain events. Such an arrangement may expose the Fund to a risk of loss that exceeds its investment in the TOB and the residual interest income received by the Fund.

In a non-recourse transaction, the Fund does not expect to pay the liquidity provider in the event that it suffers a loss. However, the Fund might incur a loss if the liquidity provider liquidates the TOB Trust at an inopportune time. Even if a TOB transaction was entered into on a non-recourse basis, under certain circumstances it might be in the Fund’s interest to later agree to a recourse arrangement in order to prevent the liquidity provider from terminating the TOB Trust at that time.

Transactions in the short-term floating rate interests of TOBs are generally facilitated by a remarketing agent for the TOB Trust, which sets an interest rate for the securities periodically, usually every 7-35 days. Holders of the floating rate securities usually have the right to require the TOB Trust or a specified third party acting as agent for the TOB Trust (such as the liquidity provider) to purchase the bonds, usually at par plus accrued interest, at a certain time or times prior to maturity or upon the occurrence of specified events or conditions. The put option or tender option right is typically available to the investor on a periodic (daily, weekly or monthly) basis. Typically, the put option is exercisable on dates on which the interest rate changes. A failure to remarket typically requires the liquidity provider to purchase the floating rate interests and in turn the liquidity provider may have recourse to the TOB Trust and to the Fund, as described above. A Fund participating in a TOB transaction will also bear the fees paid to the remarketing agent and or tender agent for providing services to the TOB Trust.

If the Fund purchases all or a portion of the short-term floating rate securities sold by the TOB Trust, it is usually permitted to surrender those short-term floating rate securities together with a proportionate amount of residual interests to the trustee of the TOB Trust in exchange for a proportionate amount of the municipal bonds or other securities held by the TOB Trust.

In December 2013, U.S. regulators finalized rules implementing Section 619 (the “Volcker Rule”) and Section 941 (the “Risk Retention Rules”) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), both of which place restrictions on TOB Trust sponsors and their participation in TOB transactions. TOB Trusts and related transactions are generally considered to be subject to the limitations of the Volcker Rule and, thus, may not be sponsored by a banking entity absent an applicable exemption. No exemption to the Volcker Rule exists that would allow covered banking entities to sponsor TOB Trusts in the same manner as they did prior to the Volcker Rule’s compliance date in 2017.

In response to the Volcker Rule, industry participants developed alternative structures for TOB financings in which service providers are engaged to assist with establishing, structuring and sponsoring TOB Trusts. The service providers, such as administrators, liquidity providers, trustees and remarketing agents act at the direction of, and as agent of, the Fund holding residual interests of the TOB trust. This new structure and any other strategies that may be developed to address the Volcker Rule may be more or less advantageous to the Fund than obtaining leverage through existing TOB transactions. In addition, the Fund, rather than a bank entity, may be the sponsor of the TOB Trust and undertakes certain responsibilities that previously belonged to the sponsor bank. Although the Fund may use third-party service providers to complete some of these additional responsibilities, being the sponsor of the TOB Trust may give rise to certain additional risks including compliance, securities law and operational risks.

The Risk Retention Rules, which took effect in 2016, require the sponsor of a TOB Trust to retain at least five percent of the credit risk of the underlying assets supporting the TOB Trust’s underlying securities. The Risk Retention Rules may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to engage in TOB Trust transactions or increase the costs of such transactions in certain circumstances. Other accounts managed by the subadviser may contribute bonds to a TOB Trust into which the Fund has contributed bonds. If multiple accounts/funds managed by the subadviser participate in the same TOB Trust, the economic rights and obligations under the TOB Residual will generally be shared among the funds/accounts ratably in proportion to their participation in the TOB Trust.

Municipal Leases. Municipal leases or installment purchase contracts are issued by a U.S. state or local government to acquire equipment or facilities. Municipal leases frequently have special risks not normally associated with general obligation bonds or revenue bonds. Many leases include “non-appropriation” clauses that provide that the governmental issuer has no obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. Although the obligations are typically secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might, in some cases, prove difficult or, if sold, may not fully cover the Fund’s exposure.

Participation Interests. Tax-exempt participation interests in municipal obligations (such as private activity bonds and municipal lease obligations) are typically issued by a financial institution. A participation interest gives the Fund an undivided

 

45


interest in the municipal obligation in the proportion that the Fund’s participation interest bears to the total principal amount of the municipal obligation. Participation interests in municipal obligations may be backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of, or a right to put to, a bank (which may be the bank issuing the participation interest, a bank issuing a confirming letter of credit to that of the issuing bank, or a bank serving as agent of the issuing bank with respect to the possible repurchase of the participation interest) or insurance policy of an insurance company. The Fund has the right to sell the participation interest back to the institution or draw on the letter of credit or insurance after a specified period of notice, for all or any part of the full principal amount of the Fund’s participation in the security, plus accrued interest.

Issuers of participation interests will retain a service and letter of credit fee and a fee for providing the liquidity feature, in an amount equal to the excess of the interest paid on the instruments over the negotiated yield at which the participations were purchased on behalf of the Fund. The issuer of the participation interest may bear the cost of insurance backing the participation interest, although the Fund may also purchase insurance, in which case the cost of insurance will be an expense of the Fund. Participation interests may be sold prior to maturity. Participation interests may include municipal lease obligations. Purchase of a participation interest may involve the risk that the Fund will not be deemed to be the owner of the underlying municipal obligation for purposes of the ability to claim tax exemption of interest paid on that municipal obligation.

Municipal Notes. There are four major varieties of municipal notes: Tax and Revenue Anticipation Notes (“TRANs”); Tax Anticipation Notes (“TANs”); Revenue Anticipation Notes (“RANs”); and Bond Anticipation Notes (“BANs”). TRANs, TANs and RANs are issued by U.S. states, municipalities and other tax-exempt issuers to finance short-term cash needs or, occasionally, to finance construction. Many TRANs, TANs and RANs are general obligations of the issuing entity payable from taxes or designated revenues, respectively, expected to be received within the related fiscal period. BANs are issued with the expectation that their principal and interest will be paid out of proceeds from renewal notes or bonds to be issued prior to the maturity of the BANs. BANs are issued most frequently by both general obligation and revenue bond issuers usually to finance such items as land acquisition, facility acquisition and/or construction and capital improvement projects.

Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper. Tax-exempt commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a stated maturity of 270 days or less. It is issued by state and local governments or their agencies to finance seasonal working capital needs or as short-term financing in anticipation of longer term financing. Although tax-exempt commercial paper is intended to be repaid from general revenues or refinanced, it frequently is backed by a letter of credit, lending arrangement, note repurchase agreement or other credit facility agreement offered by a bank or financial institution.

Demand Instruments. Municipal bonds may be issued as floating- or variable-rate securities subject to demand features (“demand instruments”). Demand instruments usually have a stated maturity of more than one year but contain a demand feature (or “put”) that enables the holder to redeem the investment. Variable-rate demand instruments provide for automatic establishment of a new interest rate on set dates. Floating-rate demand instruments provide for automatic adjustment of interest rates whenever a specified interest rate (e.g., the prime rate) changes.

These floating and variable rate instruments are payable upon a specified period of notice which may range from one day up to one year. The terms of the instruments provide that interest rates are adjustable at intervals ranging from daily to up to one year and the adjustments are based upon the prime rate of a bank or other appropriate interest rate adjustment index as provided in the respective instruments. Variable rate instruments include participation interests in variable- or fixed-rate municipal obligations owned by a bank, insurance company or other financial institution or affiliated organizations. Although the rate of the underlying municipal obligations may be fixed, the terms of the participation interest may result in the Fund receiving a variable rate on its investment.

Because of the variable nature of the instruments when prevailing interest rates decline, the yield on these instruments generally will decline. On the other hand, during periods when prevailing interest rates increase, the yield on these instruments generally will increase and the instruments will have less risk of capital depreciation than instruments bearing a fixed rate of return.

Stand-By Commitments. Under a stand-by commitment a dealer agrees to purchase, at the Fund’s option, specified municipal obligations held by the Fund at a specified price and, in this respect, stand-by commitments are comparable to put options. A stand-by commitment entitles the holder to achieve same day settlement and to receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the underlying security plus accrued interest, if any, at the time of exercise. The Fund will be subject to credit

 

46


risk with respect to an institution providing a stand-by commitment and a decline in the credit quality of the institution could cause losses to the Fund.

The Fund will generally acquire stand-by commitments to facilitate fund liquidity. The cost of entering into stand-by commitments will increase the cost of the underlying municipal obligation and similarly will decrease such security’s yield to investors. Gains, if any, realized in connection with stand-by commitments will be taxable.

Taxable Municipal Obligations. The market for U.S. taxable municipal obligations is relatively small, which may result in a lack of liquidity and in price volatility of those securities. Interest on taxable municipal obligations is includable in gross income for regular U.S. federal income tax purposes. While interest on taxable municipal obligations may be exempt from personal taxes imposed by the U.S. state within which the obligation is issued, such interest will nevertheless generally be subject to all other U.S. state and local income and franchise taxes.

Additional Risks Relating to Municipal Securities

Tax Risk. The Code imposes certain continuing requirements on issuers of tax-exempt bonds regarding the use, expenditure and investment of bond proceeds and the payment of rebates to the U.S. government. Failure by the issuer to comply after the issuance of tax-exempt bonds with certain of these requirements could cause interest on the bonds to become includable in gross income retroactive to the date of issuance.

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before the U.S. Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the U.S. federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal obligations. In this regard, for bonds issued after December 31, 2017, the tax-advantaged treatment previously available to “tax credit bonds” and “advance refunding bonds” is no longer available. Further, similar proposals may be introduced in the future. In addition, the U.S. federal income tax exemption has been, and may in the future be, the subject of litigation. If one of these proposals were enacted, or if any such litigation were adversely decided, the availability of tax-exempt obligations for investment by the Fund and the value of the Fund’s investments could be affected.

Opinions relating to the validity of municipal obligations and to the exclusion of interest thereon from gross income for regular federal and/or state income tax purposes are rendered by bond counsel to the respective issuers at the time of issuance. The Fund and its service providers will rely on such opinions and will not review the proceedings relating to the issuance of municipal obligations or the bases for such opinions.

Information Risk. Information about the financial condition of issuers of municipal obligations may be less available than about corporations whose securities are publicly traded.

U.S. State and Federal Law Risk. Municipal obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the U.S. federal Bankruptcy Code, and laws, if any, that may be enacted by the U.S. Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. There is also the possibility that, as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of any one or more issuers to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its or their municipal obligations may be materially affected.

Market and Ratings Risk. The yields on municipal obligations are dependent on a variety of factors, including economic and monetary conditions, general market conditions, supply and demand, general conditions of the municipal market, size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. Adverse economic, business, legal or political developments might affect all or substantial portions of the Fund’s municipal obligations in the same manner.

Unfavorable developments in any economic sector may have far-reaching ramifications for the municipal market overall or any state’s municipal market. Although the ratings of tax-exempt securities by ratings agencies are relative and subjective, and are not absolute standards of quality, such ratings reflect the assessment of the ratings agency, at the time of issuance of the rating, of the economic viability of the issuer of a general obligation bond or, with respect to a revenue bond, the special revenue source, with respect to the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation, but do not reflect an assessment of the market value of the obligation. See Appendix B for additional information regarding ratings. Consequently, municipal obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields when purchased in the open market, while municipal obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.

 

47


Risks Associated with Sources of Liquidity or Credit Support. Issuers of municipal obligations may employ various forms of credit and liquidity enhancements, including letters of credit, guarantees, swaps, puts and demand features, and insurance, provided by U.S. or non-U.S. entities such as banks and other financial institutions. Changes in the credit quality of the entities providing the enhancement could affect the value of the securities or the Fund’s share price. U.S. banks and certain financial institutions are subject to extensive governmental regulation which may limit both the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments which may be made and interest rates and fees which may be charged. Non-U.S. banks and financial institutions may be less regulated than their U.S. counterparts and may be subject to additional risks, such as those relating to foreign economic and political developments and foreign governmental restrictions. The profitability of the banking industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of capital for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. Also, general economic conditions play an important part in the operation of the banking industry, and exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers might affect a bank’s ability to meet its obligations under a letter of credit.

Other. Securities may be sold in anticipation of a market decline (a rise in interest rates) or purchased in anticipation of a market rise (a decline in interest rates). In addition, a security may be sold and another purchased at approximately the same time to take advantage of what the portfolio manager believes to be a temporary disparity in the normal yield relationship between the two securities. In general, the secondary market for tax-exempt securities in the Fund’s portfolio may have lower liquidity than that for taxable fixed income securities. Accordingly, the ability of the Fund to make purchases and sales of securities in the foregoing manner may be limited. Yield disparities may occur for reasons not directly related to the investment quality of particular issues or the general movement of interest rates, but instead due to such factors as changes in the overall demand for or supply of various types of tax-exempt securities or changes in the investment objectives of investors.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Different Types of Municipal Securities

General Obligation Bonds. General obligation bonds are backed by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. However, the taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors. Some such factors are the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid, and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control.

Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (“IDRs”). IDRs are tax-exempt securities issued by states, municipalities, public authorities or similar entities to finance the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving various projects. These projects are usually operated by corporate entities. IDRs are not general obligations of governmental entities backed by their taxing power. Issuers are only obligated to pay amounts due on the IDRs to the extent that funds are available from the unexpended proceeds of the IDRs or receipts or revenues of the issuer. Payment of IDRs is solely dependent upon the creditworthiness of the corporate operator of the project or corporate guarantor. Such corporate operators or guarantors that are industrial companies may be affected by many factors, which may have an adverse impact on the credit quality of the particular company or industry.

Hospital and Health Care Facility Bonds. The ability of hospitals and other health care facilities to meet their obligations with respect to revenue bonds issued on their behalf is dependent on various factors. Some such factors are the level of payments received from private third-party payors and government programs and the cost of providing health care services, as well as competition from other health care facilities and providers. There can be no assurance that payments under governmental programs will be sufficient to cover the costs associated with their bonds. It also may be necessary for a hospital or other health care facility to incur substantial capital expenditures or increased operating expenses to effect changes in its facilities, equipment, personnel and services. Hospitals and other health care facilities are additionally subject to claims and legal actions by patients and others in the ordinary course of business. There can be no assurance that a claim will not exceed the insurance coverage of a health care facility or that insurance coverage will be available to a facility.

Single Family and Multi-Family Housing Bonds. Multi-family housing revenue bonds and single family mortgage revenue bonds are state and local housing issues that have been issued to provide financing for various housing projects. Multi-family housing revenue bonds are payable primarily from mortgage loans to housing projects for low to moderate income families. Single-family mortgage revenue bonds are issued for the purpose of acquiring notes secured by mortgages on residences. The ability of housing issuers to make debt service payments on their obligations may be affected by various economic and non-economic factors. Such factors include: occupancy levels, adequate rental income in multi-family projects, the rate of default on mortgage loans underlying single family issues and the ability of mortgage insurers to pay claims. All single-family mortgage revenue bonds and certain multi-family housing revenue bonds are prepayable over the life of the underlying

 

48


mortgage or mortgage pool. Therefore, the average life of housing obligations cannot be determined. However, the average life of these obligations will ordinarily be less than their stated maturities. Mortgage loans are frequently partially or completely prepaid prior to their final stated maturities.

Power Facility Bonds. The ability of utilities to meet their obligations with respect to bonds they issue is dependent on various factors. These factors include the rates that they may charge their customers, the demand for a utility’s services and the cost of providing those services. Utilities are also subject to extensive regulations relating to the rates which they may charge customers. Utilities can experience regulatory, political and consumer resistance to rate increases. Utilities engaged in long-term capital projects are especially sensitive to regulatory lags in granting rate increases. Utilities are additionally subject to increased costs due to governmental environmental regulation and decreased profits due to increasing competition. Any difficulty in obtaining timely and adequate rate increases could adversely affect a utility’s results of operations. The portfolio manager cannot predict with certainty the effect of such factors on the ability of issuers to meet their obligations with respect to bonds.

Water and Sewer Revenue Bonds. Water and sewer bonds are generally payable from user fees. The ability of state and local water and sewer authorities to meet their obligations may be affected by a number of factors. Some such factors are the failure of municipalities to utilize fully the facilities constructed by these authorities, declines in revenue from user charges, rising construction and maintenance costs, impact of environmental requirements, the difficulty of obtaining or discovering new supplies of fresh water, the effect of conservation programs, the impact of “no growth” zoning ordinances and the continued availability of federal and state financial assistance and of municipal bond insurance for future bond issues.

University and College Bonds. The ability of universities and colleges to meet their obligations is dependent upon various factors. Some of these factors of which an investor should be aware are the size and diversity of their sources of revenues, enrollment, reputation, management expertise, the availability and restrictions on the use of endowments and other funds and the quality and maintenance costs of campus facilities. Also, in the case of public institutions, the financial condition of the relevant state or other governmental entity and its policies with respect to education may affect an institution’s ability to make payments on its own.

Lease Rental Bonds. Lease rental bonds are predominantly issued by governmental authorities that have no taxing power or other means of directly raising revenues. Rather, the authorities are financing vehicles created solely for the construction of buildings or the purchase of equipment that will be used by a state or local government. Thus, the bonds are subject to the ability and willingness of the lessee government to meet its lease rental payments, which include debt service on the bonds. Lease rental bonds are subject to the risk that the lessee government is not legally obligated to budget and appropriate for the rental payments beyond the current fiscal year. These bonds are also subject to the risk of abatement in many states as rents cease in the event that damage, destruction or condemnation of the project prevents its use by the lessee. Also, in the event of default by the lessee government, there may be significant legal and/or practical difficulties involved in the reletting or sale of the project.

Capital Improvement Facility Bonds. Capital improvement bonds are bonds issued to provide funds to assist political subdivisions or agencies of a state through acquisition of the underlying debt of a state or local political subdivision or agency. The risks of an investment in such bonds include the risk of possible prepayment or failure of payment of proceeds on and default of the underlying debt.

Solid Waste Disposal Bonds. Bonds issued for solid waste disposal facilities are generally payable from tipping fees and from revenues that may be earned by the facility on the sale of electrical energy generated in the combustion of waste products. The ability of solid waste disposal facilities to meet their obligations depends upon the continued use of the facility, the successful and efficient operation of the facility and, in the case of waste-to-energy facilities, the continued ability of the facility to generate electricity on a commercial basis. Also, increasing environmental regulation on the federal, state and local level has a significant impact on waste disposal facilities. While regulation requires more waste producers to use waste disposal facilities, it also imposes significant costs on the facilities.

Moral Obligation Bonds. A moral obligation bond is a type of revenue bond issued by a state or municipality pursuant to legislation authorizing the establishment of a reserve fund to pay principal and interest payments if the issuer is unable to meet its obligations. The establishment of such a reserve fund generally requires appropriation by the state legislature, which is not legally required. Accordingly, the establishment of a reserve fund is generally considered a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality that created the issuer.

 

49


Pre-Refunded Bonds. Pre-refunded bonds are typically secured by direct obligations of the U.S. government, or in some cases obligations guaranteed by the U.S. government, placed in an escrow account maintained by an independent trustee until maturity or a predetermined redemption date. These obligations are generally non-callable prior to maturity or the predetermined redemption date. In a few isolated instances to date, however, bonds which were thought to be escrowed to maturity have been called for redemption prior to maturity. For credit ratings purposes, pre-refunded bonds are deemed to be unrated. The Subadviser determines the credit quality of pre-refunded bonds based on the quality of the escrowed collateral and such other factors as the Subadviser deems appropriate.

Airport, Port and Highway Revenue Bonds. Certain facility revenue bonds are payable from and secured by the revenue from the ownership and operation of particular facilities, such as airports, highways and port authorities. Airport operating income may be affected by the ability of airlines to meet their obligations under the agreements with airports. Similarly, payment on bonds related to other facilities is dependent on revenues from the projects, such as use fees from ports, tolls on turnpikes and bridges and rents from buildings. Therefore, payment may be adversely affected by reduction in revenues due to such factors and increased cost of maintenance or decreased use of a facility. The portfolio manager cannot predict what effect conditions may have on revenues which are required for payment on these bonds.

Special Tax Bonds. Special tax bonds are payable from and secured by the revenues derived by a municipality from a particular tax. Examples of such special taxes are a tax on the rental of a hotel room, the purchase of food and beverages, the rental of automobiles or the consumption of liquor. Special tax bonds are not secured by the general tax revenues of the municipality, and they do not represent general obligations of the municipality. Therefore, payment on special tax bonds may be adversely affected by a reduction in revenues realized from the underlying special tax. Also, should spending on the particular goods or services that are subject to the special tax decline, the municipality may be under no obligation to increase the rate of the special tax to ensure that sufficient revenues are raised from the shrinking taxable base.

Tax Allocation Bonds. Tax allocation bonds are typically secured by incremental tax revenues collected on property within the areas where redevelopment projects financed by bond proceeds are located. Such payments are expected to be made from projected increases in tax revenues derived from higher assessed values of property resulting from development in the particular project area and not from an increase in tax rates. Special risk considerations include: reduction of, or a less than anticipated increase in, taxable values of property in the project area; successful appeals by property owners of assessed valuations; substantial delinquencies in the payment of property taxes; or imposition of any constitutional or legislative property tax rate decrease.

Tobacco Settlement Revenue Bonds. Tobacco settlement revenue bonds are secured by a state or local government’s proportionate share in the Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”). The MSA is an agreement, reached out of court in November 1998 between the attorneys general of 46 states (Florida, Minnesota, Mississippi and Texas all settled independently) and six other U.S. jurisdictions (including the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and Guam), and the four largest U.S. tobacco manufacturers at that time (Philip Morris, RJ Reynolds, Brown & Williamson, and Lorillard). Subsequently, smaller tobacco manufacturers signed on to the MSA. The MSA basically provides for payments annually by the manufacturers to the states and jurisdictions in perpetuity, in exchange for releases of all claims against the manufacturers and a pledge of no further litigation. The MSA established a base payment schedule and a formula for adjusting payments each year. Manufacturers pay into a master escrow trust based on their market share, and each state receives a fixed percentage of the payment as set forth in the MSA. Annual payments are highly dependent on annual U.S. cigarette shipments and inflation, as well as several other factors. As a result, payments made by tobacco manufacturers could be reduced if there is a decrease in tobacco consumption over time. A market share loss by the MSA companies to non-MSA participating manufacturers would also cause a downward adjustment in the payment amounts. A participating manufacturer filing for bankruptcy could cause delays or reductions in bond payments.

Certain tobacco settlement revenue bonds are issued with “turbo” redemption features. Under this turbo structure, all available excess revenues are applied as an early redemption to the designated first turbo maturity until it is completely repaid, and then to the next turbo maturity until paid in full, and so on. The result is that the returned principal creates an average maturity that could be much shorter than the legal final maturity.

Transit Authority Bonds. Mass transit is generally not self-supporting from fare revenues. Therefore, additional financial resources must be made available to ensure operation of mass transit systems as well as the timely payment of debt service. Often such financial resources include federal and state subsidies, lease rentals paid by funds of the state or local

 

50


government or a pledge of a special tax. If fare revenues or the additional financial resources do not increase appropriately to pay for rising operating expenses, the ability of the issuer to adequately service the debt may be adversely affected.

Convention Facility Bonds. Bonds in the convention facilities category include special limited obligation securities issued to finance convention and sports facilities payable from rental payments and annual governmental appropriations. The governmental agency is not obligated to make payments in any year in which the monies have not been appropriated to make such payments. In addition, these facilities are limited use facilities that may not be used for purposes other than as convention centers or sports facilities.

Correctional Facility Bonds. Bonds in the correctional facilities category include special limited obligation securities issued to construct, rehabilitate and purchase correctional facilities payable from governmental rental payments and/or appropriations. An issuer’s ability to pay its lease obligations under these bonds could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including insufficient occupancy rates, unanticipated costs (such as legal claims), or the reduction or discontinuation of legislative appropriations.

Land-Secured or “Dirt” Bonds. Land-secured or “dirt” bonds are issued in connection with special taxing districts that are organized to plan and finance infrastructure development to induce residential, commercial and industrial growth and redevelopment. Obligations under these bonds are generally payable solely from taxes (using methods such as tax assessments, special taxes or tax increment financing) or other revenues attributable to the specific projects financed by the bonds, without recourse to the credit or taxing power of related or overlapping municipalities. The projects to which these bonds relate often are exposed to real estate development-related risks, such as the failure of property development, unavailability of financing, extended vacancies of properties, increased competition, limitations on rents, changes in neighborhood values, lessening demand for properties, and changes in interest rates. These real estate risks may be heightened if a project is subject to foreclosure and, in that event, the Fund, as a holder of the bonds, might be required to pay certain maintenance or operating expenses or taxes relating to the project. In addition, the bonds financing these projects may have more taxpayer concentration risk than general tax-supported bonds. Further, the fees, special taxes, or tax allocations and other revenues that are established to secure such financings generally are limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or municipal or corporate guarantees. The bonds could default if a development fails to progress as anticipated or if taxpayers fail to pay the assessments, fees and taxes as provided in the financing plans of the projects.

California Municipal Obligations

Payment of interest and preservation of principal is dependent upon the continuing ability of California issuers and/or obligors of state, municipal and public authority debt obligations to meet their obligations thereunder.

There can be no assurance that current or future economic difficulties in the United States or California and the resulting impact on the state will not adversely affect the market value of California municipal obligations held by the Fund or the ability of particular issuers to make timely payments of debt service on these obligations.

It should also be noted that the fiscal condition and creditworthiness of the state may not have a direct relationship to the fiscal condition or creditworthiness of other issuers or obligors of California municipal obligations. There is no obligation on the part of the state to make payments on those securities in the event of default.

For further information concerning the economy of California, see Appendix C to this SAI. The summary set forth above and in Appendix C is included for the purpose of providing a general description of the State of California’s credit and financial conditions, is based on information from statements of issuers of California municipal obligations, and does not purport to be complete. The Fund is not responsible for the accuracy, completeness or timeliness of this information.

Municipal Obligations of Other U.S. Territories

Municipal securities include the obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico and other U.S. territories and their political subdivisions (such as the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam). Payment of interest and preservation of principal is dependent upon the continuing ability of such issuers and/or obligors of territorial, municipal and public authority debt obligations to meet their obligations thereunder. The sources of payment for such obligations and the marketability thereof may be affected by financial and other difficulties experienced by such issuers.

 

51


Puerto Rico. Municipal securities of issuers located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico may be affected by political, social and economic conditions in Puerto Rico. Puerto Rico’s economy has been in a recession since late 2006, which has contributed to a steep increase in unemployment rates, funding shortfalls of state employees’ retirement systems, a budget deficit resulting from a structural imbalance, and reduced government revenues. In May 2017, Puerto Rico made a filing in the U.S. District Court in Puerto Rico to commence a debt restructuring process similar to that of a traditional municipal bankruptcy. Puerto Rico had previously defaulted on certain agency debt payments and the Governor had warned of its inability to meet additional pending obligations, including under general obligation bonds.

On March 15, 2022, Puerto Rico’s government formally exited bankruptcy, completing the largest public debt restructuring in U.S. history. Puerto Rico’s debt restructuring plan was approved by a federal judge in January 2022, and reduced claims against Puerto Rico’s government from $33 billion to just over $7.4 billion. The restructuring is related to Puerto Rico’s general obligation bonds, and did not resolve the bankruptcy proceedings for Puerto Rico’s Highways and Transportation Authority and the Electric Power Company, which owed nearly $9 billion, the largest debt of any government agency. The continued debt restructuring process could adversely affect the value of Puerto Rico municipal securities, including Puerto Rico municipal securities that are not subject to the debt restructuring process. In addition, Puerto Rico municipal securities remain subject to all of the other risks applicable to fixed income securities, including the risk of non-payment. To the extent that the Fund holds any Puerto Rico municipal securities, the Fund may lose some or all of the value of those investments.

Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic has also caused unprecedented damage to Puerto Rico’s economy. Because of Puerto Rico’s close ties to the United States’ mainland economy, a downturn in the U.S. economy indirectly affects Puerto Rico. These indirect impacts stem from the slowdown of the overall U.S. economy and the threat of a prolonged recession that will affect many industries, including retail, manufacturing, oil and gas, tourism, gaming and lodging, transportation, healthcare, and education, to name a few. Government revenue collections have been materially adversely affected by reductions in overall economic activity as a result of mobility restrictions and business closures, and delays in the receipt of income taxes as a result of the postponement of tax return filing dates.

The following is a brief summary of certain factors affecting Puerto Rico’s economy and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors.

The dominant sectors of the Puerto Rico economy are manufacturing and services. The manufacturing sector has undergone fundamental changes over the years as a result of increased emphasis on higher wage, high technology industries, such as pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, computers, microprocessors, professional and scientific instruments, and certain high technology machinery and equipment. The services sector, including finance, insurance, real estate, wholesale and retail trade, transportation, communications and public utilities and other services, also plays a major role in the economy. It ranks second only to manufacturing in contribution to the gross domestic product and leads all sectors in providing employment.

Most external factors that affect the Puerto Rico economy are determined by the policies and performance of the United States. These external factors include exports, direct investment, the amount of federal transfer payments, the level of interest rates, the rate of inflation, and tourist expenditures.

Guam. General obligations and/or revenue bonds of issuers located in Guam may be affected by political, social and economic conditions in Guam. The following is a brief summary of factors affecting the economy of Guam and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors.

Guam, the westernmost territory of the U.S., is located 3,800 miles to the west-southwest of Honolulu, Hawaii and approximately 1,550 miles south-southeast of Tokyo, Japan. The population of Guam was estimated to be 170,179 in July 2021. Guam’s unemployment rate was at 11.4% as of June 2021.

Guam’s economy depends in large measure on tourism and the U.S. military presence, each of which is subject to uncertainties as a result of global economic, social and political events. Tourism, particularly from Japan, which has been a source of a majority of visitors to Guam, represents the primary source of income for Guam’s economy. A weak economy, war, severe weather, epidemic outbreaks or the threat of terrorist activity, among other influences that are beyond Guam’s control, can adversely affect its tourism industry. Guam is also exposed to periodic typhoons, tropical storms, super typhoons and earthquakes, such as the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami that occurred in Japan and caused a decline in tourism for a period of time. The U.S. military presence also affects economic activity on Guam in various ways and recently has been a positive contributor to the economy. The U.S. Department of Defense is in the process of relocating certain military forces from

 

52


Okinawa, Japan to Guam. Nevertheless, economic, geopolitical, and other influences which are beyond Guam’s control could cause the U.S. military to reduce its existing presence on Guam or forgo any planned enhancements to its presence on Guam. Any reduction in tourism or the U.S. military presence could adversely affect Guam’s economy. The Government of Guam has declared a public health emergency in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The ultimate financial effect of the pandemic on Guam’s economy is uncertain.

United States Virgin Islands. General obligations and/or revenue bonds of issuers located in the U.S. Virgin Islands may be affected by political, social and economic conditions in the U.S. Virgin Islands. The territory has experienced high levels of debt, increasing pension obligations and a declining population. The credit rating of certain bonds issued by the territory are rated below investment grade due to a perceived increased possibility that the territory may be forced to restructure its debts to address its financial problems.

In September 2017, the territory was hit by two hurricanes within the span of two weeks. Together, the hurricanes caused significant damage to the most populated islands, including to their infrastructure, hospitals, homes and other structures.

The following is a brief summary of factors affecting the economy of the U.S. Virgin Islands and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors.

The U.S. Virgin Islands consists of four main islands: St. Croix, St. Thomas, St. John, and Water Island and approximately 70 smaller islands, islets and cays. The total land area is about twice the size of Washington, D.C.

The U.S. Virgin Islands is located 60 miles east of Puerto Rico and 1,075 miles south of Miami, Florida in the Caribbean Sea and the Atlantic Ocean. The population of the U.S. Virgin Islands was estimated to be 104,226 in July 2021.

Tourism, trade, and other services, including manufacturing (rum distilling, watch assembly, pharmaceuticals, and electronics), are the primary economic activities, accounting for a substantial portion of the Virgin Island’s gross domestic product and civilian employment. The agricultural sector is small, with most of the islands’ food being imported. A weak economy, severe weather, war, epidemic outbreaks or the threat of terrorist activity, among other influences that are beyond the control of the territory, can adversely affect its tourism and other industries. The COVID-19 pandemic and the travel bans instituted by the U.S. and many countries have had a significant effect on the tourism industry in the Virgin Islands.

Preferred Securities

There are two basic types of preferred securities: traditional and hybrid-preferred securities. Traditional preferred securities consist of preferred stock issued by an entity taxable as a corporation. Preferred stocks, which may offer fixed or floating rate dividends, are perpetual instruments and considered equity securities. Preferred stocks are subordinated to debt instruments in a company’s capital structure, in terms of priority to corporate income and claim to corporate assets, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than debt instruments. Alternatively, hybrid-preferred securities may be issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated trust or partnership of the corporation, generally in the form of preferred interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The hybrid-preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates.

Traditional Preferred Securities. Traditional preferred securities pay fixed or floating dividends to investors and have “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred stock before paying any dividends on its common stock. In order to be payable, distributions on such preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Income payments on preferred securities may be cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accumulate even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. In such a case, all accumulated dividends must be paid before any dividend on the common stock can be paid. However, many traditional preferred stocks are non-cumulative, in which case dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on the traditional preferred securities in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. Preferred securities may also contain provisions under which payments must be stopped (i.e., stoppage is compulsory, not discretionary). The conditions under which this occurs may relate to, for instance, capitalization levels. Hence, if a company incurs significant losses that deplete retained earnings automatic payment stoppage could occur. In some cases the terms of the preferred securities provide that the issuer would be obligated to attempt to issue

 

53


common shares to raise funds for the purpose of making the preferred payments. However, there is no guarantee that the issuer would be successful in placing common shares.

Preferred stockholders usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Shares of traditional preferred securities have a liquidation preference that generally equals the original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market value of preferred securities may be affected by, among other factors, favorable and unfavorable changes impacting the issuer or industries in which they operate, movements in interest rates and inflation, and the broader economic and credit environments, and by actual and anticipated changes in tax laws, such as changes in corporate and individual income tax rates. Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by traditional preferred securities may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on such securities, the issuer may redeem the securities. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Fund’s holdings of higher rate-paying fixed rate preferred securities may be reduced, and the Fund may be unable to acquire securities of comparable credit quality paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.

Hybrid-Preferred Securities. Hybrid-preferred securities are typically junior and fully subordinated liabilities of an issuer or the beneficiary of a guarantee that is junior and fully subordinated to the other liabilities of the guarantor. In addition, hybrid-preferred securities typically permit an issuer to defer the payment of income for eighteen months or more without triggering an event of default. Generally, the maximum deferral period is five years. Because of their subordinated position in the capital structure of an issuer, the ability to defer payments for extended periods of time without default consequences to the issuer, and certain other features (such as restrictions on common dividend payments by the issuer or ultimate guarantor when full cumulative payments on the hybrid preferred securities have not been made), these hybrid-preferred securities are often treated as close substitutes for traditional preferred securities, both by issuers and investors. Hybrid-preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows. Hybrid-preferred securities include, but are not limited to, trust preferred securities (TRUPS®); enhanced trust preferred securities (Enhanced TRUPS®); trust-originated preferred securities (TOPrS®); monthly-income preferred securities (MIPS®); quarterly-income bond securities (QUIBS®); quarterly-income debt securities (QUIDS®); quarterly-income preferred securities (QUIPSSM); corporate trust securities (CorTS®); public income notes (PINES®); and other hybrid-preferred securities. Hybrid-preferred securities are typically issued with a final maturity date. In certain instances, a final maturity date may be extended and/or the final payment of principal may be deferred at the issuer’s option for a specified time without default. No redemption can typically take place unless all cumulative payment obligations have been met, although issuers may be able to engage in open-market repurchases without regard to whether all payments have been paid.

Many hybrid-preferred securities are issued by trusts or other special purpose entities established by operating companies and are not a direct obligation of an operating company. At the time the trust or special purpose entity sells such preferred securities to investors, it purchases debt of the operating company (with terms comparable to those of the trust or special purpose entity securities), and the operating company deducts for tax purposes the interest paid on the debt held by the trust or special purpose entity. The trust or special purpose entity is generally required to be treated as transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes such that the holders of the trust preferred securities are treated as owning beneficial interests in the underlying debt of the operating company. Accordingly, payments on the hybrid-preferred securities are generally treated as interest rather than dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, are not eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporate taxpayers or the reduced rates of tax that apply to qualified dividend income for non-corporate taxpayers. The trust or special purpose entity in turn is a holder of the operating company’s debt and has priority with respect to the operating company’s earnings and profits over the operating company’s common stockholders, but is typically subordinated to other classes of the operating company’s debt. Typically a preferred security has a credit rating that is lower than that of its corresponding operating company’s senior debt securities.

Within the category of hybrid-preferred securities are senior debt instruments that trade in the broader preferred securities market. These debt instruments, which are sources of long-term capital for the issuers, have structural features similar to other preferred securities such as maturities ranging from 30 years to perpetuity, call features, quarterly payments, exchange listings and the inclusion of accrued interest in the trading price. Preferred securities may be subject to changes in regulations and there can be no assurance that the current regulatory treatment of preferred securities will continue.

 

54


Ratings as Investment Criteria

In general, the ratings of NRSROs represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality and do not evaluate the market value risk of the securities. These ratings will be used by the Fund as initial criteria for the selection of portfolio securities, but the Fund also will rely upon the independent advice of the portfolio manager to evaluate potential investments. Among the factors that will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends. Appendix B to this SAI contains further information concerning the rating categories of NRSROs and their significance.

If a security is rated by multiple NRSROs and receives different ratings, each of California Municipals Fund, Managed Municipals Fund and Short Duration Municipal Income Fund will treat the security as being rated in the highest rating category received from a NRSRO. If a security is rated by multiple NRSROs and receives different ratings, Emerging Markets Debt Fund will treat the security as being rated in the lowest rating category received from a NRSRO.

If, after purchase, the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates, or if the maturity is extended, the Subadviser will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, the investors in a security held by the Fund may become the holders of underlying assets. In that case, the Fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase at a time when those assets may be difficult to sell or can be sold only at a loss.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)

REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate-related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Code. Debt securities issued by REITs, for the most part, are general and unsecured obligations and are subject to risks associated with REITs. Like mutual funds, REITs have expenses, including advisory and administration fees paid by certain REITs and, as a result, the Fund is indirectly subject to those fees if the Fund invests in REITs.

Investing in REITs involves certain risks, including declines in the value of the underlying real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, possible lack of availability of mortgage funds, overbuilding, extended vacancies of properties, increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, changes in zoning laws, losses due to costs resulting from the clean-up of environmental problems, liability to third parties for damages resulting from environmental problems, casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, changes in neighborhood values and in the appeal of properties to tenants. Equity REITs may also be subject to property and casualty risks as their insurance policies may not completely recover repair or replacement of assets damaged by fires, floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters. In addition, global climate change may have an adverse effect on property and security values. A rise in sea levels or an increase in flooding could cause certain properties to lose value or become unmarketable altogether. Losses related to climate change could adversely affect the value of REITs. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as healthcare, are also subject to industry-related risks. Certain “special purpose” REITs may invest their assets in specific real estate sectors, such as hotels, nursing homes or warehouses, and are therefore subject to the risks associated with adverse developments in any such sectors.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed income obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in adjustable rate debt instruments the interest rates on which are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed-rate obligations. However, REIT shares can be more volatile than, and perform differently from, larger company securities since REITs tend to be small- to medium-sized companies in relation to the equity markets as a whole. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities.

 

55


REITs are dependent upon the skills of their managers and are generally not diversified. REITs may be highly leveraged, and financial covenants may affect the ability of REITs to operate effectively. REITs are generally dependent upon maintaining cash flows to repay borrowings, to cover operating costs, and to make distributions to shareholders and are subject to the risk of default by lessees and borrowers. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments. If REITs are net sellers of assets or do not reinvest principal, they are also subject to self-liquidation. In addition, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of net income and gains under the Code or to maintain their exemptions from registration as an investment company under the 1940 Act. In the event of any such failure to qualify as a REIT under the Code, the company would be subject to corporate level taxation, significantly reducing the return to the Fund on its investment in such company.

Repurchase Agreements

Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the Fund would acquire one or more underlying debt securities from a counterparty (typically a bank or a broker-dealer), subject to the counterparty’s obligation to repurchase, and the Fund to resell, the securities at an agreed-upon time and price. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements where the underlying collateral consists entirely of cash items and/or securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies, its instrumentalities, or U.S. Government sponsored enterprises. The Fund may also enter into repurchase agreements where the underlying collateral consists of other types of securities, including securities the Fund could not purchase directly. For such repurchase agreements, the underlying securities which serve as collateral may include, but are not limited to, U.S. government securities, municipal securities, corporate debt obligations, asset-backed securities (including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”)), convertible securities and common and preferred stock and may be of below investment grade quality. The repurchase price is typically greater than the purchase price paid by the Fund, thereby determining the Fund’s yield. A repurchase agreement is similar to, and may be treated as, a secured loan, where the Fund loans cash to the counterparty and the loan is secured by the underlying securities as collateral. All repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund are required to be collateralized so that at all times during the term of a repurchase agreement, the value of the underlying securities is at least equal to the amount of the repurchase price. Also, the Fund or its custodian is required to have control of the collateral, which the portfolio manager believes will give the Fund a valid, perfected security interest in the collateral.

Repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities, the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which the Fund seeks to assert its right to them, the risk that there may be a limited market or no market for disposition of such underlying securities, the risk of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights and the risk of losing all or part of the income from the agreement. The Fund will seek to mitigate these risks but there is no guarantee that such efforts will be successful. If the Fund enters into a repurchase agreement involving securities the Fund could not purchase directly, and the counterparty defaults, the Fund may become the holder of such securities. Repurchase agreements collateralized by securities other than U.S. government securities may be subject to greater risks and are more likely to have a term to maturity of longer than seven days. Repurchase agreements with a maturity of more than seven days are considered to be illiquid.

Repurchase agreements may be entered into or novated with a financial clearinghouse, which would become the Fund’s counterparty. The Fund would then become subject to the rules of the clearinghouse, which may limit the Fund’s rights and remedies (including recourse to collateral) or delay or restrict the rights and remedies, and expose the Fund to the risks of the clearinghouses’ insolvency.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, the Fund, along with other affiliated entities managed by the Manager, may transfer uninvested cash balances into one or more joint accounts for the purpose of entering into repurchase agreements secured by cash and U.S. government securities, subject to certain conditions.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. A reverse repurchase agreement has the characteristics of a secured borrowing by the Fund and creates leverage in the Fund’s portfolio. In a reverse repurchase transaction, the Fund sells a portfolio instrument to another person, such as a financial institution or broker-dealer, in return for cash. At the same time, the Fund agrees to repurchase the instrument at an agreed-upon time and at a price that is greater than the amount of cash that the Fund received when it sold the instrument, representing the equivalent of an interest payment by the Fund for the use of the

 

56


cash. During the term of the transaction, the Fund will continue to receive any principal and interest payments (or the equivalent thereof) on the underlying instruments.

The Fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements as a means of raising cash to satisfy redemption requests or for other temporary or emergency purposes. Unless otherwise limited in the Fund’s Prospectus or this SAI, the Fund may also engage in reverse repurchase agreements to the extent permitted by its fundamental investment policies in order to raise additional cash to be invested by the Fund’s portfolio manager in other securities or instruments in an effort to increase the Fund’s investment returns.

During the term of the transaction, the Fund will remain at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of the instruments subject to the reverse repurchase agreement as if it had not entered into the transaction. When the Fund reinvests the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement in other securities, the Fund will also be at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of the securities in which the proceeds are invested. Like other forms of leverage, this makes the value of an investment in the Fund more volatile and increases the Fund’s overall investment exposure. In addition, if the Fund’s return on its investment of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement does not equal or exceed the implied interest that it is obligated to pay under the reverse repurchase agreement, engaging in the transaction will lower the Fund’s return.

When the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it is subject to the risk that the buyer under the agreement may file for bankruptcy, become insolvent or otherwise default on its obligations to the Fund. In the event of a default by the counterparty, there may be delays, costs and risks of loss involved in the Fund’s exercising its rights under the agreement, or those rights may be limited by other contractual agreements or obligations or by applicable law.

In addition, the Fund may be unable to sell the instruments subject to the reverse repurchase agreement at a time when it would be advantageous to do so, or may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to its obligations under a reverse repurchase agreement. This could adversely affect the Fund’s strategy and result in lower fund returns. At the time the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund is required to set aside cash or other appropriate liquid securities in the amount of the Fund’s obligation under the reverse repurchase agreement or take certain other actions in accordance with SEC guidelines, which may affect the Fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets. Although complying with SEC guidelines would have the effect of limiting the amount of fund assets that may be committed to reverse repurchase agreements and other similar transactions at any time, it does not otherwise mitigate the risks of entering into reverse repurchase agreements.

In October 2020, the SEC adopted new Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act, which governs the use of derivative investments and certain financing transactions (e.g., reverse repurchase agreements) by registered investment companies. Under Rule 18f-4, funds will no longer be required to comply with the asset segregation framework arising from prior SEC guidance for covering certain derivative instruments and may elect to rely on the rule’s framework with respect to other transactions involving future payment obligations such as reverse repurchase agreements. Compliance with Rule 18f-4 will not be required until August 2022. As the Fund comes into compliance, the approach to asset segregation and coverage requirements described in this SAI may be impacted. Compliance with the new rule by the Fund could, among other things, make derivatives or other financing transactions more costly, limit their availability or utility, or otherwise adversely affect their performance. The new rule may limit the Fund’s ability to use these instruments as part of its investment strategy.

The Fund will not engage in reverse repurchase agreements if its total borrowings exceed 33-1/3% of its total assets.

Securities Lending

The Fund may lend its portfolio securities, provided that cash or equivalent collateral, equal to at least 100% of the market value of such securities, is continuously maintained by the other party with the Fund. During the pendency of the transaction, the other party will pay the Fund an amount equivalent to any dividends or interest paid on such securities, and the Fund may invest the cash collateral and earn additional income, or it may receive an agreed upon amount of interest income from the other party who has delivered equivalent collateral. These transactions are subject to termination at the option of the Fund or the other party. The Fund may pay administrative and custodial fees in connection with these transactions and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash or equivalent collateral to the other party or placing agent or broker. Although voting rights or rights to consent with respect to the relevant securities generally pass to the other party, the Fund will make arrangements to vote or consent with respect to a material event affecting such securities. SEC guidance currently states that a fund may loan securities equal in value to no more than one third of its total asset value, including collateral received in

 

57


connection with such transactions (at market value computed at the time of the transaction). The risks in lending portfolio securities include possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. The Fund runs the risk that the counterparty to a loan transaction will default on its obligation and that the value of the collateral received may decline before the Fund can dispose of it. If the Fund receives cash as collateral and invests that cash, the Fund is subject to the risk that the collateral will decline in value before the Fund must return it to the counterparty. Subject to the foregoing, loans of fund securities are effectively borrowings by the Fund and have economic characteristics similar to reverse repurchase agreements. The Fund does not currently intend to engage in securities lending, although it may engage in transactions (such as reverse repurchase agreements) which have similar characteristics.

Short-Term Trading

Fund transactions will be undertaken principally to accomplish the Fund’s investment objective in relation to anticipated movements in the general level of interest rates, but the Fund may also engage in short-term trading consistent with its investment objective.

Stripped Securities

Stripped securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, government securities or mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped securities have greater volatility than other types of securities. Although mortgage securities are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, stripped securities may be illiquid.

Stripped securities are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (“IO” or interest-only class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (“PO” or principal-only class). The yield to maturity on IOs, POs and other mortgage-backed securities that are purchased at a substantial premium or discount generally are extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securities’ yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the securities have received the highest rating by a NRSRO.

Structured Notes and Related Instruments

“Structured” notes and other related instruments, including indexed securities, are derivative debt instruments, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated underlying instrument (for example, a currency, security, commodity or index thereof). Structured instruments are generally privately negotiated debt obligations issued by corporations, including banks, as well as by governmental agencies and frequently are assembled in the form of medium-term notes, but a variety of forms are available and may be used in particular circumstances. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but ordinarily not below zero) to reflect changes in the underlying instrument while the instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the underlying instrument or other asset(s). Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss. Investment in indexed securities and structured notes involves certain risks, including the credit risk of the issuer and the normal risks of price changes in response to changes in interest rates. Further, in the case of certain indexed securities or structured notes, a decline in the underlying instrument may cause the interest rate to be reduced to zero, and any further declines in the underlying instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Finally, these securities may have lower liquidity than other types of securities and may be more volatile than their underlying instruments. Subordinated “structured” notes, which are subordinated to the right of payment of another class of the structured note, typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated “structured” notes.

 

58


Subordinated Securities

Subordinated securities include securities which are subordinated or “junior” to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated or junior securities. Such securities may include so-called “high yield” or “junk” bonds (i.e., bonds that are rated below investment grade by a rating agency or that are determined by the Fund’s portfolio manager to be of equivalent quality) and preferred stock. Under the terms of subordinated securities, payments that would otherwise be made to their holders may be required to be made to the holders of more senior securities, and/or the subordinated or junior securities may have junior liens, if they have any rights at all, in any collateral (meaning proceeds of the collateral are required to be paid first to the holders of more senior securities). As a result, subordinated or junior securities will be disproportionately adversely affected by a default or even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer.

U.S. Government Securities

U.S. Government securities include (1) U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years) and U.S. Treasury bonds (maturities generally greater than ten years); (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities which are supported by any of the following: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government (such as certificates issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”)); (b) the right of the issuer to borrow an amount limited to a specific line of credit from the U.S. Government (such as obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks); (c) the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of agencies or instrumentalities (such as securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association); or (d) only the credit of the agency or instrumentality (such as securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation); and (3) obligations issued by non-governmental entities (like financial institutions) that carry direct guarantees from U.S. government agencies as part of government initiatives in response to a market crisis or otherwise. Agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government include but are not limited to: Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Federal Housing Administration, Federal Land Banks, Federal Financing Bank, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Farm Credit Bank System, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Federal National Mortgage Association, General Services Administration, Government National Mortgage Association, Student Loan Marketing Association, United States Postal Service, Maritime Administration, Small Business Administration, Tennessee Valley Authority, Washington D.C. Armory Board and any other instrumentality established or sponsored by the U.S. Government.

In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, the Fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments. Neither the U.S. Government nor any of its agencies or instrumentalities guarantees the market value of the securities they issue. Therefore, the market value of such securities will fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates and other factors. In addition, any downgrade of the credit rating of the securities issued by the U.S. Government may result in a downgrade of securities issued by its agencies or instrumentalities, including government-sponsored entities. From time to time, uncertainty regarding the status of negotiations in the U.S. government to increase the statutory debt ceiling could increase the risk that the U.S. government may default on payments on certain U.S. government securities, cause the credit rating of the U.S. government to be downgraded, increase volatility in the stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates, reduce prices of U.S. Treasury securities, and/or increase the costs of various kinds of debt. If a U.S. Government-sponsored entity is negatively impacted by legislative or regulatory action (or lack thereof), is unable to meet its obligations, or its creditworthiness declines, the performance of a fund that holds securities of the entity will be adversely impacted.

U.S. Treasury Obligations

U.S. Treasury obligations are direct debt obligations issued by the U.S. government. Treasury bills, with maturities normally from 4 weeks to 52 weeks, are typically issued at a discount as they pay interest only upon maturity. Treasury bills are non-callable. Treasury notes have a maturity between two and ten years and typically pay interest semi-annually, while Treasury bonds have a maturity of over ten years and pay interest semi- annually. U.S. Treasury obligations also include STRIPS, TIPS, and FRNs. STRIPS are Treasury obligations with separately traded principal and interest component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the federal book-entry system. The principal and interest components of U.S. Treasury bonds with remaining maturities of longer than ten years are eligible to be traded independently under the STRIPS program. Under the STRIPS program, the principal and interest components are separately issued through depository financial institutions, which then trade the component parts separately. Each interest payment and the principal payment becomes a separate zero-coupon security. STRIPS

 

59


pay interest only at maturity. The interest component of STRIPS may be more volatile than that of U.S. Treasury bills with comparable maturities. TIPS are Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities, the principal of which increases with inflation and decreases with deflation. The inflation adjustment is based on a three month-lagged value of the non-seasonally adjusted Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (CPI-U). TIPS entitle the holder, upon maturity, to the adjusted principal or original principal, whichever is greater, thus providing a deflation floor. TIPS pay interest twice a year, at a fixed rate. The rate is applied to the adjusted principal; so, like the principal, interest payments rise with inflation and fall with deflation. However, because the interest rate is fixed, TIPS may lose value when market interest rates increase, particularly during periods of low inflation. FRNs are floating rate notes, the interest on which is indexed to the most recent 13-week Treasury bill auction High Rate, which is the highest accepted discount rate in a Treasury bill auction.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities

Variable and floating rate securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the obligations. The terms of such obligations provide that interest rates are adjusted periodically based upon an interest rate adjustment index as provided in the respective obligations. The adjustment intervals may be regular, and range from daily up to annually, or may be event-based, such as based on a change in the prime rate.

The Fund may invest in floating rate debt instruments (“floaters”) and engage in credit spread trades. The interest rate on a floater is a variable rate which is tied to another interest rate, such as a corporate bond index or U.S. Treasury bill rate. The interest rate on a floater resets periodically, typically every six months. While, because of the interest rate reset feature, floaters may provide the Fund with a certain degree of protection against rising interest rates, the Fund will participate in any declines in interest rates as well. A credit spread trade is an investment position relating to a difference in the prices or interest rates of two bonds or other securities or currencies, where the value of the investment position is determined by movements in the difference between the prices or interest rates, as the case may be, of the respective securities or currencies.

The Fund may also invest in inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). The interest rate on an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floating rate security may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate obligation of similar credit quality.

A floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest. The higher degree of leverage inherent in some floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values.

The Fund may also invest in variable amount master demand notes, which permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary in addition to providing for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. The absence of an active secondary market with respect to particular variable and floating rate instruments could make it difficult for the Fund to dispose of a variable or floating rate note if the issuer were to default on its payment obligation or during periods that the Fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the Fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss with respect to such instruments. In determining average-weighted portfolio maturity, an instrument will be deemed to have a maturity equal to either the period remaining until the next interest rate adjustment or the time the Fund can recover payment of principal as specified in the instrument, depending on the type of instrument involved.

When-Issued Securities and Forward Commitments

Securities may be purchased on a “when-issued” or “to be announced” or “forward delivery” basis. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on the “when-issued” securities are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment although settlement, i.e., delivery of and payment for the securities, takes place at a later date. In a “to be announced” transaction, the Fund commits to purchase securities for which all specific information is not known at the time of the trade.

Securities purchased on a “when-issued” or “forward delivery” basis are subject to changes in value based upon the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. The value of these securities experiences appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. Purchasing securities on a “when-issued” or “forward delivery” basis can involve a risk that the yields available in the market on the settlement date may actually be higher or lower than those obtained in the transaction itself. At the time the Fund enters into a “when-issued” or “forward delivery” commitment, the Fund will set aside cash or other appropriate liquid securities with a value

 

60


at least equal to the Fund’s obligation under the commitment. The Fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets might be affected when it sets aside cash or portfolio securities to cover such commitments.

An increase in the percentage of the Fund’s assets committed to the purchase of securities on a “when-issued” basis may increase the volatility of its net asset value.

Zero Coupon, Pay-In-Kind and Deferred Interest Securities

Zero Coupon Bond. A zero coupon bond is a security that makes no fixed interest payments but instead is sold at a discount from its face value. The bond is redeemed at its face value on the specified maturity date. Zero coupon bonds may be issued as such, or they may be created by a broker who strips the coupons from a bond and separately sells the rights to receive principal and interest. The prices of zero coupon bonds tend to fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than do the prices of interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. Zero coupon bonds with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance will be treated as debt obligations that are issued originally at a discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Generally, the original issue discount (“OID”) is treated as interest income and is included in the Fund’s income and required to be distributed by the Fund over the term of the bond, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the bond. The Fund may thus be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash the Fund actually received, and may have to dispose of other securities, including at times when it may be disadvantageous to do so, to generate the cash necessary for the distribution of income attributable to its zero coupon bonds.

Pay-In-Kind Securities. Pay-in-kind securities are bonds which pay interest through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities. Pay-in-kind securities have characteristics similar to those of zero coupon securities, but interest on such securities may be paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash. Similar to zero coupon obligations, pay-in-kind bonds also carry additional risk as holders of these types of securities realize no cash until the cash payment date unless a portion of such securities is sold and, if the issuer defaults, the Fund may obtain no return at all on its investment. The market price of pay-in-kind bonds is affected by interest rate changes to a greater extent, and therefore tends to be more volatile, than that of securities which pay interest in cash. Similar to zero coupon bonds, current Federal tax law requires the holder of pay-in-kind bonds to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. To maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid liability for Federal income and excise taxes, the Fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

Deferred Interest Bonds. Deferred interest bonds are debt obligations that generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins and that are issued at a significant discount from face value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until the first interest accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Although this period of delay is different for each deferred interest bond, a typical period is approximately one-third of the bond’s term to maturity. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its initial need for cash to meet debt service, but some also provide a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

Zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred interest securities may be subject to greater fluctuation in value and lesser liquidity in the event of adverse market conditions than comparably rated securities paying cash interest at regular interest payment periods.

MANAGEMENT

Trustees and Officers

The business and affairs of the Fund are conducted by management under the supervision and subject to the direction of its Board. The business address of each Trustee (including each Independent Trustee) is c/o Jane Trust, Franklin Templeton, 100 International Drive, 11th Floor, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. The tables below provide information about each of the Trustees and officers of the Trust.

 

 

61


Independent Trustees#:

 

Name and

Year of Birth

   Position(s) with Trust   

Term of Office*

and Length of

Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During

the Past Five Years

  

Number of
Funds in the
Legg Mason
Funds
Complex
Overseen

by Trustee***

   Other Board Memberships
Held by Trustee During the
Past Five Years

Robert Abeles, Jr.

Born 1945

  

Trustee

  

Since 2013

   Board Member of Great Public Schools Now (since 2018); Senior Vice President Emeritus (since 2016) and formerly, Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer (2009 to 2016) at University of Southern California; Board Member of Excellent Education Development (since 2012)    51    None

Jane F. Dasher

Born 1949

  

Trustee

  

Since 1999

   Chief Financial Officer, Long Light Capital, LLC, formerly known as Korsant Partners, LLC (a family investment company) (since 1997)    51    Director, Visual Kinematics, Inc. (since 2018)

Anita L. DeFrantz

Born 1952

  

Trustee

  

Since 1998

   President of Tubman Truth Corp. (since 2015); President Emeritus (since 2015) and formerly, President (1987 to 2015) and Director (1990 to 2015) of LA84 (formerly Amateur Athletic Foundation of Los Angeles); Member (since 1986), Member of the Executive Board (since 2013) and Vice President (since 2017) of the International Olympic Committee    51    None

Susan B. Kerley

Born 1951

  

Trustee

  

Since 1992

   Investment Consulting Partner, Strategic Management Advisors, LLC (investment consulting) (since 1990)    51   

Director and Trustee (since 1990) and Chairman (since 2017 and 2005 to 2012) of

various series of MainStay Family of Funds (66 funds); formerly, Investment Company Institute (ICI) Board of Governors (2006 to 2014); ICI Executive Committee (2011 to 2014); Chairman of the Independent Directors Council (2012 to 2014)

Michael Larson

Born 1959

  

Trustee

  

Since 2004

   Chief Investment Officer for William H. Gates III (since 1994)±    51    Republic Services, Inc. (since 2009); Fomento Economico Mexicano, SAB (since 2011); Ecolab Inc. (since 2012); formerly, AutoNation, Inc. (2010 to 2018)

Avedick B. Poladian

Born 1951

  

Trustee

  

Since 2007

   Director and Advisor (since 2017) and former Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (2002 to 2016) of Lowe Enterprises, Inc. (privately held real estate and hospitality firm); formerly, Partner, Arthur Andersen, LLP (1974 to 2002)    51    Occidental Petroleum Corporation (since 2008); California Resources Corporation (2014 to 2021); and Public Storage (since 2010)

 

62


William E.B. Siart

Born 1946

  

Trustee and

Chairman of the Board

  

Since 1997 (Chairman of the Board since 2020)

   Chairman of Great Public Schools Now (since 2015); Chairman of Excellent Education Development (since 2000); formerly, Trustee of The Getty Trust (2005 to 2017); Chairman of Walt Disney Concert Hall, Inc. (1998 to 2006)    51    Member of Board of United States Golf Association, Executive Committee Member (since 2017); Trustee, University of Southern California (since 1994)

Jaynie Miller Studenmund

Born 1954

  

Trustee

  

Since 2004

   Corporate Board Member and Advisor (since 2004); formerly, Chief Operating Officer of Overture Services, Inc. (publicly traded internet company that created search engine marketing) (2001 to 2004); President and Chief Operating Officer, PayMyBills (internet innovator in bill presentment/payment space) (1999 to 2001); Executive vice president for consumer and business banking for three national financial institutions (1984 to 1997)    51    Director of Pacific Premier Bancorp Inc. and Pacific Premier Bank (since 2019); Director of EXL (operations management and analytics company) (since 2018); Director of CoreLogic, Inc. (information, analytics and business services company) (since 2012); formerly, Director of Pinnacle Entertainment, Inc. (gaming and hospitality company) (2012 to 2018); Director of LifeLock, Inc. (identity theft protection company) (2015 to 2017); Director of Orbitz Worldwide, Inc. (online travel company) (2007 to 2014)

Peter J. Taylor

Born 1958

  

Trustee

  

Since 2019

   President, ECMC Foundation (nonprofit organization) (since 2014); formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for University of California system (2009 to 2014)    51    Director of Pacific Mutual Holding Company (since 2016); Member of the Board of Trustees of California State University system (since 2015); Ralph M. Parson Foundation (since 2015), Kaiser Family Foundation (since 2012), and Edison International (since 2011)
Interested Trustee:            

Ronald L. Olson‡

Born 1941

  

Trustee

  

Since 2005

   Partner of Munger, Tolles & Olson LLP (a law partnership) (since 1968)    51    Berkshire Hathaway, Inc. (since 1997)
Interested Trustee and Officer:      

Jane Trust, CFA†

Born 1962

  

Trustee, President and

Chief Executive Officer

  

Since 2015

   Senior Vice President, Fund Board Management, Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Officer and/or Trustee/Director of 131 funds associated with LMPFA or its affiliates (since 2015); President and Chief Executive Officer of LMPFA (since 2015); formerly, Senior Managing Director (2018 to 2020) and Managing Director (2016 to 2018) of Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Senior Vice President of LMPFA (2015)    129    None

 

#

Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

*

Each Trustee serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

 

63


**

Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Funds complex.

 

***

Information is for the calendar year ended December 31, 2021, except as otherwise noted.

 

 

±

Mr. Larson is the chief investment officer for William H. Gates III and in that capacity oversees the non-Microsoft investments of Mr. Gates and all the investments of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation Trust (such combined investments are referred to as the “Accounts”). Since 1997, Western Asset has provided discretionary investment advice with respect to one or more Accounts. Since December 31, 2019, at no time did the value of those investment portfolios exceed 0.5% of Western Asset’s total assets under management. No changes to these arrangements are currently contemplated.

 

Western Asset and its affiliates provide investment advisory services with respect to registered investment companies sponsored by an affiliate of Pacific Mutual Holding Company (“Pacific Holdings”). Affiliates of Pacific Holdings receive compensation from LMPFA or its affiliates for shareholder or distribution services provided with respect to registered investment companies for which Western Asset or its affiliates serve as investment adviser.

 

Mr. Olson is an “interested person” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, because his law firm has provided legal services to Western Asset.

 

Ms. Trust is an “interested person” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, because of her position with LMPFA and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

64


Additional Officers:

 

Name, Year of Birth

and Address

   Position(s) with Trust   

Term of Office*

and Length of

Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During the Past Five Years

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

Franklin Templeton

280 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10017

  

Chief Compliance

Officer

  

Since 2007

   Vice President, Global Compliance of Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006); formerly, Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (2006 to 2020); Managing Director of Compliance of Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2020)

Christopher Berarducci

Born 1974

Franklin Templeton

280 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10017

  

Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer

  

Since 2019

   Vice President, Fund Administration and Reporting, Franklin Templeton (since 2020), Treasurer (since 2010) and Principal Financial Officer (since 2019) of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Managing Director (2020), Director (2015 to 2020), and Vice President (2011 to 2015) of Legg Mason & Co.

Marc A. De Oliveira

Born 1971

Franklin Templeton

100 First Stamford Place

6th Floor

Stamford, CT 06902

  

Secretary and Chief Legal Officer

  

Since 2020

   Associate General Counsel of Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Assistant Secretary of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director (2016 to 2020) and Associate General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2020)

Jeanne Kelly

Born 1951

Franklin Templeton

280 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10017

  

Senior Vice President

  

Since 2007

   U.S. Fund Board Team Manager, Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Senior Vice President of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); Senior Vice President of LMPFA (since 2006); President and Chief Executive Officer of LM Asset Services, LLC (“LMAS”) and Legg Mason Fund Asset Management, Inc. (“LMFAM”) (formerly registered investment advisers) (since 2015); formerly, Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2020), and Senior Vice President of LMFAM (2013 to 2015)

Susan Kerr

Born 1949

Franklin Templeton

280 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10017

  

Chief Anti-Money

Laundering

Compliance

Officer

  

Since 2013

   Senior Compliance Analyst, Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2013) and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer (since 2012), Senior Compliance Officer (since 2011) and Assistant Vice President (since 2010) of the Distributor; formerly, Assistant Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (2010 to 2020)

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

Franklin Templeton

100 First Stamford Place

6th Floor

Stamford, CT 06902

  

Senior Vice President

  

Since 2020

   Senior Associate General Counsel to Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Secretary of LMPFA (since 2006); Assistant Secretary of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006); Secretary of LMAS (since 2002) and LMFAM (formerly registered investment advisers) (since 2013); formerly, Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2020)

 

*

Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

**

Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took such office.

 

65


Qualifications of Trustees, Board Leadership Structure and Oversight and Standing Committees

The Board believes that each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of its other Trustees lead to the conclusion that the Board possesses the requisite skills and attributes. The Board believes that the Trustees’ abilities to review, critically evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them; to interact effectively with the Manager, the subadvisers, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors; and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties serves to support this conclusion. The Board has considered the following experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills, among others, of its members in reaching its conclusion: his or her character and integrity; such person’s length of service as a board member of certain Funds; such person’s willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a Trustee; as to each Trustee other than Mr. Olson and Ms. Trust, his or her status as not being an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Funds. In addition, the following specific experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills apply as to each Trustee: Mr. Abeles, business, accounting and finance expertise and experience as a chief financial officer, board member and/or executive officer of various businesses and other organizations; Ms. Dasher, experience as a chief financial officer of a private investment company; Ms. DeFrantz, business expertise and experience as a president, board member and/or executive officer of various businesses and non-profit and other organizations; Ms. Kerley, investment consulting experience and background and mutual fund board experience; Mr. Larson, portfolio management expertise and experience as a board member of various businesses and other organizations; Mr. Poladian, business, finance and accounting expertise and experience as a board member of various businesses and/or as a partner of a multi-national accounting firm; Mr. Siart, business and finance expertise and experience as a president, chairperson, chief executive officer and/or board member of various businesses and non-profit and other organizations; Ms. Studenmund, business and finance expertise and experience as a president, board member and/or chief operating officer of various businesses; Mr. Olson, business and legal expertise and experience as a partner of a law firm and/or board member of various businesses and non-profit and other organizations; Mr. Taylor, business and finance expertise and experience as a chief financial officer, president and/or board member of various businesses and non-profit organizations; and Ms. Trust, investment management and risk oversight experience as an executive and portfolio manager and leadership roles within Legg Mason and affiliated entities. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or the Board by reason thereof.

The Board is responsible for overseeing the management and operations of the Fund. Ms. Trust and Mr. Olson are each interested persons of the Fund. Independent Trustees constitute more than 75% of the Board. Mr. Siart, who is not an interested person of the Fund, serves as Chair of the Board (since 2020).

The Board has four standing committees: the Audit Committee, Governance and Nominating Committee (referred to as the Governance Committee), Executive and Contracts Committee (referred to as the Contracts Committee) and Investment and Performance Committee (referred to as the Performance Committee). Each of the Audit, Governance, Contracts and Performance Committees is chaired by an Independent Trustee and each (other than the Performance Committee) is composed of all the Independent Trustees. Where deemed appropriate, the Board constitutes ad hoc committees.

The Contracts Committee, which consists of Messrs. Abeles, Larson, Poladian, Siart and Taylor and Mses. Dasher, DeFrantz, Kerley and Studenmund, may meet from time to time between Board meetings in order to consider appropriate matters and to review the various contractual arrangements between the Trust and its affiliated persons.

The Audit Committee, which consists of Messrs. Abeles, Larson, Poladian, Siart and Taylor and Mses. Dasher, DeFrantz, Kerley and Studenmund, provides oversight with respect to the accounting and financial reporting and compliance policies and practices of the Fund and, among other things, considers the selection of an independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund and the scope of the audit and approves all services proposed to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the Fund and, under certain circumstances, the Subadviser and certain affiliates.

The Governance Committee, which consists of Messrs. Abeles, Larson, Poladian, Siart and Taylor and Mses. Dasher, DeFrantz, Kerley and Studenmund, meets to select nominees for election as Trustees of the Trust and consider other matters of Board policy, including to review and make recommendations to the Board with respect to the compensation of the Independent Trustees. It is the policy of the Governance and Nominating Committee to consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Shareholders of the Trust who wish to recommend a nominee to the Governance Committee of a Trust should send recommendations to the Secretary of the Trust that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed

 

66


in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. Such a recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders of the Trust. The procedures by which shareholders of the Trust can submit nominee recommendations to the Governance Committee of the Trust are set forth in Appendix D to the SAI.

The Performance Committee, which consists of Messrs. Abeles, Larson, Poladian, Olson, Siart and Taylor and Mses. Dasher, DeFrantz, Kerley, Studenmund and Trust, is charged with, among other things, reviewing investment performance.

The Board has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate given the business and nature of the Fund. In connection with its determination, the Board considered that the Chairman of the Board is an Independent Trustee. The Chairman of the Board can play an important role in setting the agenda of the Board and also serves as a key point person for dealings between management and the other Independent Trustees. The Independent Trustees believe that the Chairman’s independence facilitates meaningful dialogue between Fund management and the Independent Trustees. The Board also considered that the chairperson of each Board committee is an Independent Trustee, which yields similar benefits with respect to the functions and activities of the various Board committees (e.g., each committee’s chairperson works with the Manager and other service providers to set agendas for the meetings of the applicable Board committees). As noted above, through the committees the Independent Trustees consider and address important matters involving the Fund, including those presenting conflicts or potential conflicts of interest for management. The Independent Trustees also regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. The Board has determined that its committees help ensure that the Fund has effective and independent governance and oversight. The Board also believes that its leadership structure, in which the Chair of the Board is not affiliated with Legg Mason, is appropriate. The Board also believes that its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from management, including the Subadviser. The Board reviews its structure on an annual basis.

As an integral part of its responsibility for oversight of the Fund in the interests of shareholders, the Board oversees risk management of the Fund’s investment programs and business affairs. The function of the Board with respect to risk management is one of oversight not active involvement in, or coordination of, day-to-day risk management activities for the Fund. The Board has emphasized to the Fund’s Manager and Subadviser the importance of maintaining vigorous risk management. The Board exercises oversight of the risk management process primarily through the Performance Committee, the Audit Committee and the Contracts Committee, and through oversight by the Board itself.

The Fund faces a number of risks, such as investment risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk, reputational risk, risk of operational failure or lack of business continuity, and legal, compliance and regulatory risk. Risk management seeks to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance or reputation of the Fund. Under the overall supervision of the Board or the applicable committee, the Fund, the Manager, the Subadviser, and the affiliates of the Manager and the Subadviser, or other service providers to the Fund employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various of those possible events or circumstances, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur.

Different processes, procedures and controls are employed with respect to different types of risks. Various personnel, including the Fund’s and the Manager’s CCO and the Manager’s chief risk officer, as well as various personnel of the Subadviser and other service providers such as the Fund’s independent accountants, also make periodic reports to the Performance Committee, Contracts Committee, Audit Committee and/or to the Board with respect to various aspects of risk management, as well as events and circumstances that have arisen and responses thereto.

These reports and other similar reports received by the Trustees as to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the Fund can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Fund’s goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness.

During the fiscal year ended February 28, 2022, the Board met 8 times. The Committees of the Board met as follows: the Audit Committee met 5 times, the Nominating and Governance Committee met 4 times, the Investment and Performance Committee met 5 times, and the Executive and Contracts Committee met 1 time.

 

67


Trustee Ownership of Securities

As indicated above, the Board members are recently elected to the Board. All members of the Board have served previously on boards overseeing funds in the Legg Mason Funds complex.

The following tables show the dollar range of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the Fund and other investment companies in the Legg Mason Funds complex overseen by the Trustees as of December 31, 2021.

 

   

Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in the Fund ($)

   

Name of Trustee

 

California
Municipals Fund

 

Emerging
Markets Debt Fund

 

Managed
Municipals
Fund

 

Short Duration
Municipal
Income Fund

 

Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities in All
Registered
Investment
Companies in Legg
Mason Funds
Complex Overseen
by Trustee ($)

Independent Trustees:

       

Robert Abeles, Jr.

  None   None   None   None   None

Jane F. Dasher

  None   None   None   None   Over 100,000

Anita L. DeFrantz

  None   None   None   None   10,001 to 50,000

Susan B. Kerley

  None   None   None   None   Over 100,000

Michael Larson

  None   None   None   None   Over 100,000
Avedick B. Poladian   None   None   None   None   Over 100,000

William E. B. Siart

  None   None   None   None   None
Jaynie Miller Studenmund   None   None   None   None   None

Peter J. Taylor

  None   None   None   None   Over 100,000

Interested Trustees:

         

Ronald L. Olson

  None   None   None   None   None

Jane Trust

  None   None   None   None   Over 100,000

As of December 31, 2021, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the Manager, the Subadviser, or the Distributor of the Fund, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Manager, the Subadviser, or the Distributor of the Fund.

For serving as a Trustee of the Trust, each Independent Trustee receives an annual retainer plus fees for attending each regularly scheduled meeting and special Board meeting they attend in person or by telephone. Each Independent Trustee is also reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Those Independent Trustees who serve in leadership positions of the Board or Board committees receive additional compensation. The Board reviews the level of Trustee compensation periodically and Trustee compensation may change from time to time. Ms. Trust, an “interested person” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the Fund for her service as Trustee. Mr. Olson, an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust, receives from Western Asset an annual retainer plus fees for

 

68


attending each regularly scheduled meeting and special Board meeting he attends in person or by telephone. The Fund pays its pro rata share of the fees and expenses of the Trustees based upon asset size.

Officers of the Trust receive no compensation from the Fund, although they may be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

Trustee Compensation

Information regarding compensation paid to the Trustees is shown below.

 

    Aggregate Compensation from the Fund*($)            
Name of Trustee   California
Municipals Fund
  Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund
    Managed
Municipals Fund
    Short Duration
Municipal
Income Fund
    Total Pension
or
Retirement
Benefits
Paid
as Part of
Fund
Expenses*
($)
    Total
Compensation
from Legg
Mason
Funds
Complex
Paid to
Trustee**
($)

Independent Trustees:

         

Robert Abeles, Jr.

  735     60       8,835       1,609       None       332,000    

Jane F. Dasher

  657     54       7,898       1,438       None       297,000  

Anita L. DeFrantz

  704     57       8,460       1,541       None       317,000  

Susan B. Kerley

  704     57       8,460       1,541       None       317,000  

Michael Larson

  657     54       7,898       1,438       None       297,000  

Avedick B. Poladian

  657     54       7,898       1,438       None       297,000  

William E. B. Siart

  910     74       10,939       1,993       None       407,000  
Jaynie Miller Studenmund   657     54       7,898       1,438       None       297,000  

Peter J. Taylor

  657     54       7,898       1,438       None       297,000  

Interested Trustees:

         

Ronald L. Olson†

  None     None       None       None       None       None  

Jane Trust †

  None     None       None       None       None       None  

 

*

Information is for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2022.

**

Information is for the calendar year ended December 31, 2021.

Mr. Olson and Ms. Trust are not compensated by the Trust for their services as Trustees because of their affiliations with Western Asset and the Manager, respectively.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND SERVICE PROVIDER INFORMATION

Manager

The Manager, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, serves as investment manager to the Fund and provides administrative and certain oversight services to the Fund, pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). The Manager has offices at 280 Park Avenue, New York, New York,

 

69


10017 and also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason Funds. The Manager is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, a Delaware corporation. Franklin Resources, whose principal executive offices are at One Franklin Parkway, San Mateo, California 94403, is a global investment management organization operating, together with its subsidiaries, as Franklin Templeton.

The Manager has agreed, under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision of the Board, to provide the Fund with investment research, advice, management and supervision, furnish a continuous investment program for the Fund’s portfolio of securities and other investments consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions, and place orders pursuant to its investment determinations. The Manager is permitted to enter into contracts with subadvisers or subadministrators, subject to the Board’s approval. The Manager has entered into subadvisory agreements, as described below.

As compensation for services performed, facilities furnished and expenses assumed by the Manager, the Fund pays the Manager a fee computed daily at an annual rate of the Fund’s average daily net assets as described below. The Manager also performs administrative and management services as reasonably requested by the Fund necessary for the operation of the Fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the Fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with, and monitoring of performance and billings of, the Fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the Fund’s existence; and (v) maintaining the registration or qualification of the Fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect for its initial term and thereafter from year to year, provided continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a 1940 Act Vote, and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees, with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the Manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the Manager, or by the Manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice to the Fund as applicable, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) by the Manager. No Management Agreement is assignable by the Trust except with the consent of the Manager.

The Management Agreement provides that the Manager, its affiliates performing services contemplated by the Management Agreement, and the partners, shareholders, directors, officers and employees of the Manager and such affiliates, will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law, for any loss arising out of any investment, or for any act or omission in the execution of securities transactions for the Fund, but the Manager is not protected against any liability to the Fund to which the Manager would be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Management Agreement.

For its services under the Fund’s Management Agreement, the Manager receives an investment management fee that is calculated daily and payable monthly at an annual rate according to the following schedule:

 

        Fund        

  

    Average Daily Net    
Assets

       Investment Management Fee Rate    
(% of Average Daily Net Assets)

California Municipals Fund

   First $500 million    0.50
   Over $500 million    0.48

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

   N/A    0.60

Managed Municipals Fund1

   N/A    0.40

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund2

   N/A    0.30

 

70


1     Prior to August 13, 2019, the Fund paid an investment management fee at an annual rate that decreased as assets increased as follows, 0.55% of the Fund’s average daily net assets up to and including $500 million, 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily net assets on the next $1 billion, 0.45% of the Fund’s average daily net assets on the next $1 billion, and 0.40% of the Fund’s average daily net assets over $2.5 billion.
2     Prior to August 13, 2019, the Fund paid an investment management fee at an annual rate of 0.45% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.

The table below sets forth the management fees paid by the Fund to the Manager (waived/reimbursed amounts are in parentheses), with respect to the fiscal periods indicated:

 

Fund

      For the Fiscal Period Ended    
February 28/29,
  Gross
    Management    

Fees ($)
  Management
Fees
Waived/Expenses

Reimbursed ($)
  Net Management
Fees (After
Waivers/Expense
Reimbursements) ($)
California Municipals Fund   2022   1,969,179   (45,424)   1,923,755
  2021   2,009,701   (17,051)   1,992,650
  2020   2,153,780   (44,585)   2,109,195
Emerging Markets Debt Fund   2022   189,702   (195,190)   0
  2021   203,292   (210,114)   0
  2020   245,374   (257,513)   0
Managed Municipals Fund   2022   19,155,708   (507,103)   18,648,605
  2021   18,046,947   (532,363)   17,514,584
  2020   20,731,303   (419,377)   20,311,926
Short Duration Municipal Income Fund   2022   2,584,665   (85,031)   2,499,634
  2021   2,515,479   (50,779)   2,464,700
  2020   3,394,615   (58,095)   3,336,520

Any expense limitation arrangements in place during the Fund’s past three fiscal periods can be found in the Fund’s Prospectus in effect (as amended or supplemented from time to time) for such year.

Subadviser

Western Asset Management Company, LLC, organized under the laws of the State of California, serves as the subadviser to the Fund (“Western Asset”). Western Asset has offices at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101 and 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

Western Asset Management Company Limited (“Western Asset Limited”), organized under the laws of the United Kingdom, serves as subadviser to Emerging Markets Debt Fund. Western Asset Limited has offices at 10 Exchange Square, Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EN.

Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. (“Western Asset Singapore”), organized under the laws of Singapore, serves as subadviser to Emerging Markets Debt Fund. Western Asset Singapore has offices at 1 George Street #23-01, Singapore 049145.

 

71


In the case of Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Western Asset allocates the fund’s assets among Western Asset Limited and Western Asset Singapore based on the expertise of each subadviser relative to the fund strategies being pursued. Western Asset Limited and Western Asset Singapore provide certain subadvisory services relating to currency transactions and investments in non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities and related foreign currency instruments.

The Subadviser serves as subadviser pursuant to a subadvisory agreement (the “Subadvisory Agreement”). Each of Western Asset, Western Asset Limited and Western Asset Singapore is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources.

Under the Subadvisory Agreement, subject to the supervision of the Board and the Manager, the Subadviser regularly provides with respect to the portion of the Fund’s assets allocated to it by the Manager, investment research, advice, management and supervision; furnishes a continuous investment program for the allocated assets consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and places orders pursuant to its investment determinations. The Subadviser may delegate to companies that the Subadviser controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, certain of the Subadviser’s duties under a Subadvisory Agreement, subject to the Subadviser’s supervision, provided the Subadviser will not be relieved of its duties or obligations under the Subadvisory Agreement as a result of any delegation.

The Subadvisory Agreement will continue in effect for its initial term and thereafter from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the Subadviser. The Subadviser may terminate the respective Subadvisory Agreement, on 90 days’ written notice to the Fund and the Manager. The Subadvisory Agreement may be terminated upon the mutual written consent of the Manager and the Subadviser. The Subadvisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) by the applicable Subadviser, and shall not be assignable by the Manager without the consent of the Subadviser.

The Subadvisory Agreement provides that the Subadviser, its affiliates performing services contemplated by the Subadvisory Agreement, and the partners, shareholders, directors, officers and employees of the Subadviser and such affiliates will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law, or for any loss arising out of any investment, or for any act or omission in the execution of securities transactions for the Fund, but the Subadviser is not protected against any liability to the Fund or the Manager to which the Subadviser would be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Subadvisory Agreement.

As compensation for its services, the Manager pays to Western Asset a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to the Manager by the Fund, net of any waivers and expense reimbursements.

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed in this SAI), the Fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the Fund; the cost (including interest, brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges or acquired fund fees and expenses, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the Fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the Fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the Fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the Fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the Fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, Trustees and employees of the Fund, if any; the Fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the Fund and its officers, Trustees and employees; and litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions,

 

72


suits or proceedings to which the Fund is a party and any legal obligation which the Fund may have to indemnify the Fund’s Trustees and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to implement an expense cap, waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares. Any such waived fees and/or reimbursed expenses are described in the Fund’s Prospectus. The expense caps and waived fees and/or reimbursed expenses do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time; and (d) any other exclusions enumerated in the Fund’s particular expense cap. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the Fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the Fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of Trustees or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time. In order to implement an expense limitation, the Manager will, as necessary, waive management fees or reimburse operating expenses. However, the Manager is permitted to recapture amounts waived and/or reimbursed to a class within two years after the fiscal year in which the Manager earned the fee or incurred the expense if the class’ total annual fund operating expenses have fallen to a level below the class’ expense limitation shown in the Fund’s Prospectus. In no case will the Manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular business day of the Fund, in the class’ total annual fund operating expenses exceeding such expense limitation or any other lower limit then in effect. These arrangements may be reduced or terminated under certain circumstances.

Investment Professionals

Other Accounts Managed by the Investment Professionals

The table below identifies the investment professionals, the number of accounts (other than the Fund) for which the investment professionals have day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts. For each category, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance are also indicated, as applicable. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of February 28, 2022.

 

Investment

Professionals

  

Type of

  Account  

   Number of
Accounts
Managed
   Total
Assets
  Managed  
(Billions)
($)
  

Number of
  Accounts Managed  
for which Advisory
Fee is

Performance-

Based

  

Assets Managed for
    which Advisory Fee is    

Performance-Based
(Billions) ($)

 

  

 

California Municipals Fund

           
Robert E. Amodeo    Registered Investment Companies   

18

  

12.28

   None    None
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles   

4

  

0.94

   None    None
   Other Accounts    10    3.56    None    None

 

73


David T. Fare    Registered Investment Companies    16    11.76    None    None
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles    3    0.92    None    None
   Other Accounts    4    1.84    None    None
S. Kenneth Leech    Registered Investment Companies    92    167.61    None    None
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles    336    84.36    22    2.92
   Other Accounts    587    213.50    22    15.56

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

           
Mark Hughes    Registered Investment Companies    1    1.04    None    None
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles    12    2.49    None    None
   Other Accounts    32    3.24    None    None
S. Kenneth Leech    Registered Investment Companies    92    167.96    None    None
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles    336    84.36    22    2.92
   Other Accounts    587    213.50    22    15.56
Chia-Liang Lian    Registered Investment Companies    11    8.31    None    None
   Other Pooled    31    8.23    3    0.64

 

74


   Investment Vehicles            
   Other Accounts    52    7.84    2    1.44
Kevin J. Ritter    Registered Investment Companies    2    1.14    None    None
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles    13    2.53    None    None
   Other Accounts    32    3.24    None    None
Managed Municipals Fund            
Robert E. Amodeo    Registered Investment Companies    18    7.86    None    None
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles    4    0.94    None    None
   Other Accounts    10    3.56    None    None
David T. Fare    Registered Investment Companies    16    7.34    None    None
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles    3    0.92    None    None
   Other Accounts    4    1.84    None    None
S. Kenneth Leech    Registered Investment Companies    92    163.19    None    None
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles    336    84.36    22    2.92
   Other Accounts    587    213.50    22    15.56
Short Duration Municipal Income Fund            

 

75


Robert E. Amodeo    Registered Investment Companies    18    11.84    None    None
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles    4    0.94    None    None
   Other Accounts    10    3.56    None    None
David T. Fare    Registered Investment Companies    16    11.32    None    None
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles    3    0.92    None    None
   Other Accounts    4    1.84    None    None
S. Kenneth Leech    Registered Investment Companies    92    167.17    None    None
   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles    336    84.36    22    2.92
   Other Accounts    587    213.50    22    15.56

Investment Professional Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of equity securities of the Fund by the investment professionals responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund as of February 28, 2022.

 

Investment Professional

  

Dollar Range of Ownership of Securities ($)

California Municipals Fund   

Robert E. Amodeo

David T. Fare

S. Kenneth Leech

  

None

None

None

Emerging Markets Debt Fund   

Mark Hughes

S. Kenneth Leech

Chia-Liang Lian

Kevin J. Ritter

  

None

None

None

None

 

76


Managed Municipals Fund   

Robert E. Amodeo

David T. Fare

S. Kenneth Leech

  

None

None

None

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund   

Robert E. Amodeo

David T. Fare

S. Kenneth Leech

  

None

None

None

Conflicts of Interest

The Subadviser has adopted compliance policies and procedures to address a wide range of potential conflicts of interest that could directly impact client portfolios. For example, potential conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the management of multiple portfolios (including portfolios managed in a personal capacity). These could include potential conflicts of interest related to the knowledge and timing of a portfolio’s trades, investment opportunities and broker selection. Portfolio managers are privy to the size, timing, and possible market impact of a portfolio’s trades.

It is possible that an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a portfolio and other accounts managed by a portfolio manager, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the portfolio and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a portfolio and another account. A conflict may arise where the portfolio manager may have an incentive to treat an account preferentially as compared to a portfolio because the account pays a performance-based fee or the portfolio manager, the Subadviser or an affiliate has an interest in the account. The Subadviser has adopted procedures for allocation of portfolio transactions and investment opportunities across multiple client accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time. Eligible accounts that can participate in a trade generally share the same price on a pro-rata allocation basis, taking into account differences based on factors such as cash availability, investment restrictions and guidelines, and portfolio composition versus strategy.

With respect to securities transactions, the Subadviser determines which broker or dealer to use to execute each order, consistent with their duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts (such as pooled investment vehicles that are not registered investment companies and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), the Subadviser may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or dealers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker or dealer. In these cases, trades for a portfolio in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of a portfolio or the other account(s) involved. Additionally, the management of multiple portfolios and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or other account. The Subadviser’s team approach to portfolio management and block trading approach seeks to limit this potential risk.

The Subadviser also maintains a gift and entertainment policy to address the potential for a business contact to give gifts or host entertainment events that may influence the business judgment of an employee. Employees are permitted to retain gifts of only a nominal value and are required to make reimbursement for entertainment events above a certain value. All gifts (except those of a de minimis value) and entertainment events that are given or sponsored by a business contact are required to be reported in a gift and entertainment log which is reviewed on a regular basis for possible issues.

Employees of the Subadviser have access to transactions and holdings information regarding client accounts and the Subadviser’s overall trading activities. This information represents a potential conflict of interest because employees may take advantage of this information as they trade in their personal accounts. Accordingly, the Subadviser maintains a Code of Ethics that is compliant with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act to address personal trading. In addition, the Code of Ethics seeks to establish broader principles of good conduct and fiduciary responsibility in all aspects of the Subadviser’s business. The Code of Ethics is administered by the Legal and Compliance Department and monitored through the Subadviser’s compliance monitoring program.

 

77


The Subadviser may also face other potential conflicts of interest with respect to managing client assets, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict of interest that could be deemed to exist. The Subadviser also maintains a compliance monitoring program and engages independent auditors to conduct a SOC1/ISAE 3402 audit on an annual basis. These steps help to ensure that potential conflicts of interest have been addressed.

Investment Professional Compensation

With respect to the compensation of the Fund’s investment professionals, the Subadviser’s compensation system assigns each employee a total compensation range, which is derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with its job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills, experience and ability to produce desired results. Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee benefits and a retirement plan.

In addition, the Subadviser’s employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the Subadviser, and are determined by the professional’s job function and pre-tax performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary. The principal factor considered is an investment professional’s investment performance versus appropriate peer groups and benchmarks (i.e., a securities index and with respect to the Fund, the benchmark set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus to which the Fund’s average annual total returns are compared or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the Fund’s annual report). Performance is reviewed on a 1, 3 and 5 year basis for compensation—with 3 and 5 years having a larger emphasis. The Subadviser may also measure an investment professional’s pre-tax investment performance against other benchmarks, as it determines appropriate. Because investment professionals are generally responsible for multiple accounts (including the Fund) with similar investment strategies, they are generally compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of similar accounts, rather than a specific account. Other factors that may be considered when making bonus decisions include client service, business development, length of service to the Subadviser, management or supervisory responsibilities, contributions to developing business strategy and overall contributions to the Subadviser’s business.

Finally, in order to attract and retain top talent, all investment professionals are eligible for additional incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These are determined based upon the factors described above and include long-term incentives that vest over a set period of time past the award date.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

The Fund has entered into an agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY Mellon”), 240 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10286, to serve as custodian of the Fund. BNY Mellon, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the Fund, receives and delivers all assets for the Fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the Fund and makes disbursements on behalf of the Fund. BNY Mellon neither determines the Fund’s investment policies nor decides which securities the Fund will buy or sell. For its services, BNY Mellon receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The Fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. BNY Mellon may also act as the Fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

Franklin Templeton Investor Services, LLC (“Investor Services”) is the Fund’s shareholder servicing agent and acts as the Fund’s transfer agent and dividend-paying agent. Investor Services is located at 3344 Quality Drive, Rancho Cordova, CA 95670-7313. Please send all correspondence to Investor Services at P.O. Box 33030, St. Petersburg, FL 33733-8030.

Investor Services receives a fee for servicing Fund shareholder accounts. The Fund also will reimburse Investor Services for certain out-of-pocket expenses necessarily incurred in servicing the shareholder accounts in accordance with the terms of its servicing contract with the Fund.

In addition, Investor Services may make payments (or cause payments to be made) to financial intermediaries that provide administrative services to defined benefit plans. Investor Services does not seek reimbursement by the Fund for such payments.

 

78


For all classes of shares of the Fund, except for Class IS shares, Investor Services may also pay servicing fees, that will be reimbursed by the Fund, in varying amounts to certain financial institutions (to help offset their costs associated with client account maintenance support, statement preparation and transaction processing) that (i) maintain omnibus accounts with the Fund in the institution’s name on behalf of numerous beneficial owners of Fund shares who are either direct clients of the institution or are participants in an IRS-recognized tax-deferred savings plan (including Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans and Section 529 Plans) for which the institution, or its affiliate, provides participant level recordkeeping services (called “Beneficial Owners”); or (ii) provide support for Fund shareholder accounts by sharing account data with Investor Services through the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC) networking system. In addition to servicing fees received from the Fund, these financial institutions also may charge a fee for their services directly to their clients. Investor Services will also receive a fee from the Fund (other than for Class IS shares) for services provided in support of Beneficial Owners and NSCC networking system accounts.

Fund Counsel

Ropes & Gray LLP, 1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036, serves as legal counsel to the Trust and the Fund.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 100 East Pratt Street, Suite 2600, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

Portfolio Transactions

Pursuant to the Subadvisory Agreement and subject to the general supervision of the Board and in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and strategies, the Subadviser is responsible for the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions with respect to assets allocated to the Subadviser. The Subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the Fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it.

In certain instances, there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the Fund as well as for one or more of the other clients of the Subadviser. Investment decisions for the Fund and for the Subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the Fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the Fund and for other portfolios managed by the Subadviser occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

Transactions on stock exchanges and other agency transactions involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions by the Fund. Transactions in foreign securities often involve the payment of brokerage commissions that may be higher than those in the United States. Fixed income securities are generally traded on a net basis (i.e., without a commission) through dealers acting as principal for their own account and not as brokers. This means that a dealer makes a market for securities by offering to buy at one price and selling the security at a slightly higher price. The difference between the prices is known as a “spread.” Other portfolio transactions may be executed through brokers acting as agents and the Fund will pay a spread or commission in connection with such transactions. The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission, concession or a net price. The Fund may also purchase securities directly from the issuer. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the Fund for the three most recent fiscal years or periods, as applicable, are set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

 

79


Brokerage and Research Services

The general policy of the Subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns. The Fund may not always pay the lowest commission or spread available. Rather, in placing orders on behalf of the Fund, the Subadviser also takes into account other factors bearing on the overall quality of execution, such as size of the order, difficulty of execution, the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act) to the Fund and/or the other accounts over which the Subadviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The Subadviser is authorized to pay a broker or dealer that provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the Fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the Subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. Investment research services include information and analysis on particular companies and industries as well as market or economic trends and portfolio strategy, market quotations for portfolio evaluations, analytical software and similar products and services. If a research service also assists the Subadviser in a non-research capacity (such as bookkeeping or other administrative functions), then only the percentage or component that provides assistance to the Subadviser in the investment decision making process may be paid in commission dollars. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the Subadviser and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The Subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the Subadviser in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the Fund’s costs, the Subadviser does not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as Subadviser. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers (so-called “soft dollar” arrangements) may create conflicts of interest. Although the Subadviser is authorized to use soft dollar arrangements in order to obtain research services, it is not required to do so, and the Subadviser may not be able or may choose not to use soft dollar arrangements because of regulatory restrictions, operational considerations or for other reasons.

Research services furnished to the Subadviser by brokers that effect securities transactions for the Fund may be used by the Subadviser in servicing other investment companies and accounts which the Subadviser manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the Subadviser by brokers that effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the Subadviser manages may be used by the Subadviser in servicing the Fund. Not all of these research services are used by the Subadviser in managing any particular account, including the Fund.

Firms that provide research and brokerage services to the Subadviser may also promote the sale of the Fund or other pooled investment vehicles advised by the Subadviser, and the Subadviser and/or its affiliates may separately compensate them for doing so. Such brokerage business is placed on the basis of brokerage and research services provided by the firm and is not based on any sales of the Fund or other pooled investment vehicles advised by the Subadviser.

The Fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Fund’s Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate. For the three most recent fiscal periods (as applicable), the Fund did not pay any brokerage commission to its affiliates.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

The table below shows the aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the Fund during the periods indicated.

 

80


Fund

   For the Fiscal Period Ended
February 28/29,
   Aggregate Brokerage
Commissions Paid ($)

California Municipals Fund

   2022    0
   2021    422
   2020    1,133

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

   2022    135
   2021    251
   2020    16

Managed Municipals Fund

   2022    0
   2021    10,826
   2020    16,618
Short Duration Municipal Income Fund    2022    0
   2021    0
   2020    0

For the fiscal period ended February 28, 2022, the Fund did not direct any brokerage transactions related to research services and did not pay any brokerage commissions related to research services.

Securities of Regular Broker/Dealers

As of February 28, 2022, the Fund did not hold securities issued by its regular broker/dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act).

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the Fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year.

In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the Fund. To the extent the portfolio trading results in recognition of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will generally be taxed on distributions of such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through IRAs and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the Subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

 

Fund

       For the Fiscal Period Ended    
2022 (%)
      For the Fiscal Period Ended    
2021 (%)

California Municipals Fund

   17   16

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

   74*   140

Managed Municipals Fund

   11   27
Short Duration Municipal Income Fund    30   50

 

*      The decrease in portfolio turnover between the fiscal periods ended February 28, 2021 and February 28, 2022 is the result of higher portfolio turnover in the 2021 fiscal year, due to repositioning of the portfolio that occurred during that year.

 

81


SHARE OWNERSHIP

Principal Shareholders

As of June 1, 2022, to the knowledge of the Trust, the following shareholders owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the classes of the Fund as set forth below:

 

  Class

  

  Name and Address

     Percent of Class (%)                  
           

California Municipals Fund

 

A

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS
CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       49.15  

A

  

BNY MELLON INVESTMENT SERVICING (US) INC
FBO PRIMERICA FINANCIAL SERVICES
760 MOORE RD
KING OF PRUSSIA PA 19406-1212

       16.72  

A

  

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLZ
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

       7.16  

A

  

LPL FINANCIAL
OMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNT
4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVE
SAN DIEGO CA 92121

       5.41  

C

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS
CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       56.16  

C

  

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLZ
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

       15.65  

C

  

WELLS FARGO CLEARING SVCS LLC
2801 MARKET STREET
SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103

       8.71  

I

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS
CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       52.10  

 

82


  Class

  

  Name and Address

     Percent of Class (%)                  

I

  

RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
880 CARILLON PKWY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

       11.11  

I

  

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLZ
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

       9.14  

I

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS
CUSTOMERS
ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

       8.33  

I

  

UBS WM USA FBO
SPEC CDY A/C EXL BEN CUSTOMERS
OF UBSFSI
1000 HARBOR BLVD
WEEHAWKEN, NJ 07086

       7.53  

IS

  

JP MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

OMNIBUS ACCOUNT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

3RD FLOOR MUTUAL FUND DEPARTMENT

BROOKLYN, NY 1245-0000

       100.00  

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

 

A

  

WELLS FARGO CLEARING SVCS LLC
2801 MARKET STREET
SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103

       38.24  

A

  

BNY MELLON INVESTMENT SERVICING (US) INC
FBO PRIMERICA FINANCIAL SERVICES
760 MOORE RD
KING OF PRUSSIA PA 19406-1212

       30.84  

A

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       10.07  

A

  

FIRST REPUBLIC BANK

C O RELIANCE MUTUAL FUND TRADING

111 PINE ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94111-0000

       7.09  

 

83


  Class

  

  Name and Address

     Percent of Class (%)                  

A

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS
ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

       6.95  

C

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       35.72  

C

  

OPPENHEIMER & CO INC FBO

TUUNICH II LLC

TORRES ADALID 707 501

COL DEL VALLE CENTRO

BENITO JUAREZ CDMX DE 03100

MEXICO

       16.42  

C

  

WELLS FARGO CLEARING SVCS LLC
2801 MARKET STREET
SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103

       15.01  

C

  

FOLIO INVESTMENTS INC

8180 GREENSBORO DR 8TH FL

MCLEAN, VA 22102-0000

       9.39  

C

  

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC

FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPARTMENT 4TH FL

499 WASHINGTON BLVD

JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310-0000

       6.46  

C

  

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLZ
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

       5.75  

C

  

RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
880 CARILLON PKWY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

       5.13  

FI

  

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP
FBO EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUST
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FLOOR
499 WASHINGTON BLVD
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2010

       71.64  

 

84


  Class

  

  Name and Address

     Percent of Class (%)                  

FI

  

TD AMERITRADE INC FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CLIENTS
PO BOX 2226
OMAHA NE 68103-2226

       13.07  

FI

  

VANGUARD BROKERAGE SERVICES

P.O. BOX 1170

VALLEY FORGE PA 19482-1170

       7.57  

I

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS
CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       64.19  

I

  

UBS WM USA FBO
SPEC CDY A/C EXL BEN CUSTOMERS OF UBSFSI
1000 HARBOR BLVD
WEEHAWKEN, NJ 07086

       6.93  

I

  

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP
FBO EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUST ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FLOOR
499 WASHINGTON BLVD
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2010

       6.64  

I

  

WELLS FARGO CLEARING SVCS LLC
2801 MARKET STREET
SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103

       6.14  

I

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
211 MAIN STREET
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-1905

       5.69  

I

  

RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
880 CARILLON PKWY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

       5.26  

IS

  

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP
FBO EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUST
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FLOOR
499 WASHINGTON BLVD
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2010

       97.57  

 

85


  Class

  

  Name and Address

     Percent of Class (%)                  
           

Managed Municipals Fund

 

1

  

BNY MELLON INVESTMENT SERVICING (US) INC
FBO PRIMERICA FINANCIAL SERVICES
760 MOORE RD
KING OF PRUSSIA PA 19406-1212

       100.00  

A

  

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC

FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF

OUR CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPARTMENT 4TH FL

499 WASHINGTON BLVD

JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-0000

       35.37  

A

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       22.83  

A

  

BNY MELLON INVESTMENT SERVICING (US) INC
FBO PRIMERICA FINANCIAL SERVICES
760 MOORE RD
KING OF PRUSSIA PA 19406-1212

       16.43  

C

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS
CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       28.68  

C

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS
ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

       12.18  

C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC

707 2ND AVE S
MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

       10.90  

C

  

RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
880 CARILLON PKWY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

       10.65  

C

  

WELLS FARGO CLEARING SVCS LLC
2801 MARKET STREET
SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103

       9.46  

 

86


  Class

  

  Name and Address

     Percent of Class (%)                  

C

  

LPL FINANCIAL
OMNIBUS CUSTOMER ACCOUNT
4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVE
SAN DIEGO CA 92121

       5.96  

C

  

UBS WM USA FBO
SPEC CDY A/C EXL BEN CUSTOMERS
OF UBSFSI
1000 HARBOR BLVD
WEEHAWKEN, NJ 07086

       5.55  

C

  

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLZ
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

       5.12  

I

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       22.35  

I

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS
ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

       18.19  

I

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC

707 2ND AVE S
MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

       14.47  

I

  

UBS WM USA FBO
SPEC CDY A/C EXL BEN CUSTOMERS OF UBSFSI
1000 HARBOR BLVD
WEEHAWKEN, NJ 07086

       7.40  

I

  

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP
FBO EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUST
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FLOOR
499 WASHINGTON BLVD
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2010

       6.47  

I

  

RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
880 CARILLON PKWY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

       6.31  

 

87


  Class

  

  Name and Address

     Percent of Class (%)                  

I

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO
CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
211 MAIN STREET
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-1905

       5.01  

IS

  

EDWARD D JONES & CO
FOR THE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS
12555 MANCHESTER RD
SAINT LOUIS MO 63131-3729

       73.78  

IS

  

STIFEL NICOLAUS & CO INC
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS
501 N BROADWAY
ST LOUIS MO 63102-2188

       9.76  

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund

 

A

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS
CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       48.18  

A

  

WELLS FARGO CLEARING SVCS LLC
2801 MARKET STREET
SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103

       8.69  

A

  

UBS WM USA FBO
SPEC CDY A/C EXL BEN CUSTOMERS
OF UBSFSI
1000 HARBOR BLVD
WEEHAWKEN, NJ 07086

       7.71  

A

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS
CUSTOMERS
ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

       7.57  

C

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS
CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       27.25  

C

  

RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
880 CARILLON PKWY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

       13.96  

 

88


  Class

  

  Name and Address

     Percent of Class (%)                  

C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC

707 2ND AVE S
MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

       13.63  

C

  

WELLS FARGO CLEARING SVCS LLC
2801 MARKET STREET
SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103

       12.23  

C

  

UBS WM USA FBO
SPEC CDY A/C EXL BEN CUSTOMERS
OF UBSFSI
1000 HARBOR BLVD
WEEHAWKEN, NJ 07086

       10.64  

C

  

PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLZ
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001

       6.39  

C

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
211 MAIN STREET
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-1905

       5.28  

C2

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       100.00  

I

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       35.93  

I

  

RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
880 CARILLON PKWY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

       13.27  

I

  

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP
FBO EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUST
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FLOOR
499 WASHINGTON BLVD
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-2010

       7.33  

 

89


  Class

  

  Name and Address

     Percent of Class (%)                  

I

  

UBS WM USA FBO
SPEC CDY A/C EXL BEN CUSTOMERS
OF UBSFSI
1000 HARBOR BLVD
WEEHAWKEN, NJ 07086

       6.76  

I

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS
CUSTOMERS
ATTN: FUND ADMINISTRATION
4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

       6.48  

I

  

WELLS FARGO CLEARING SVCS LLC
2801 MARKET STREET
SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103

       5.16  

I

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC

707 2ND AVE S
MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405

       5.05  

IS

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
211 MAIN STREET
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-1905

       56.46  

IS

  

STIFEL NICOLAUS & CO INC
EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS
501 N BROADWAY
ST LOUIS MO 63102-2188

       32.99  

As of June 1, 2022, to the knowledge of the Trust, the following shareholders owned of record or beneficially 25% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund as set forth below. Shareholders who beneficially own 25% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund or who are otherwise deemed to “control” the Fund may be able to determine or significantly influence the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of the Fund’s shareholders.

 

  Fund

  

  Name and Address

     Percent of Fund (%)                  

California Municipals Fund

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       49.83  

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       44.51  

 

90


Managed Municipals Fund

  

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPARTMENT 4TH FL
499 WASHINGTON BLVD
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-0000

       26.13  

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund

  

MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901

       41.04  

As of June 1, 2022, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each class of the Fund.

DISTRIBUTOR

Franklin Distributors, LLC, an indirect, wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Franklin Resources, located at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the sole and exclusive distributor of the Fund pursuant to a written agreement (as amended, the “Distribution Agreement”).

Under the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor is appointed as principal underwriter and distributor in connection with the offering and sale of shares of the Fund. The Distributor offers the shares on an agency or “best efforts” basis under which the Fund issues only the number of shares actually sold. Shares of the Fund are continuously offered by the Distributor.

The Distribution Agreement is renewable from year to year with respect to the Fund if approved (a) by the Board or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Distribution Agreement is terminable with respect to the Fund without penalty by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, or by the Distributor, on not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other party (unless the notice period is waived by mutual consent). The Distribution Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.

The Distributor may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act. Dealer reallowances, if any, are described in the Fund’s Prospectus.

The Distributor, the Manager, their affiliates and their personnel have interests in promoting sales of the Legg Mason and Franklin Templeton Funds, including remuneration, fees and profitability relating to services to and sales of the funds. Associated persons of the Manager, the Distributor or their affiliates (including wholesalers registered with the Distributor) may receive additional compensation related to the sale of individual Legg Mason and Franklin Templeton Funds or categories of Legg Mason and Franklin Templeton Funds. The Manager, the Subadviser, and their advisory or other personnel may also benefit from increased amounts of assets under management.

Service Agents also may benefit from the sales of shares of funds sold by the Distributor. For example, in connection with such sales, Service Agents may receive compensation from the Fund (with respect to the Fund as a whole or a particular class of shares) and/or from the Manager, the Distributor, and/or their affiliates, as further described below. The structure of these compensation arrangements, as well as the amounts paid under such arrangements, vary and may change from time to time. In addition, new compensation arrangements may be negotiated at any time. The compensation arrangements described in this section are not mutually exclusive, and a single Service Agent may receive multiple types of compensation.

The Distributor has agreements in place with Service Agents defining how much each firm will be paid for the sale of the Fund from sales charges, if any, paid by Fund shareholders and from 12b-1 Plan fees, if any, paid to the Distributor by the Fund. These Service Agents then pay their employees or associated persons who sell such fund shares from the sales charges and/or fees they receive. The Service Agent, and/or its employees or associated persons may receive a payment when a sale is

 

91


made and will, in most cases, continue to receive ongoing payments while you are invested in the Fund. In other cases, the Distributor may retain all or a portion of such fees and sales charges.

In addition, the Distributor, the Manager and/or certain of their affiliates may make additional payments (which are often referred to as “revenue sharing” payments) to the Service Agents from their past profits and other available sources, including profits from their relationships with the Fund. Revenue sharing payments are a form of compensation paid to a Service Agent in addition to the sales charges paid by Fund shareholders or 12b-1 Plan fees paid by the Fund. The Manager, the Distributor and/or certain of its affiliates may revise the terms of any existing revenue sharing arrangement and may enter into additional revenue sharing arrangements with other Service Agents.

Revenue sharing arrangements are intended, among other things, to foster the sale of Fund shares and/or to compensate financial services firms for assisting in marketing or promotional activities in connection with the sale of Fund shares. In exchange for revenue sharing payments, the Manager and the Distributor generally expect to receive the opportunity for the Fund to be sold through the Service Agents’ sales forces or to have access to third-party platforms or other marketing programs, including but not limited to mutual fund “supermarket” platforms or other sales programs. To the extent that Service Agents receiving revenue sharing payments sell more shares of the Fund, the Manager and the Distributor and/or their affiliates benefit from the increase in Fund assets as a result of the fees they receive from the Fund. The Distributor, LMPFA or their affiliates consider revenue sharing arrangements based on a variety of factors and services to be provided.

Revenue sharing payments are usually calculated based on a percentage of Fund sales and/or Fund assets attributable to a particular Service Agent. Payments are at times based on other criteria or factors such as, for example, a fee per each transaction. Specific payment formulas are negotiated based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, reputation in the industry, ability to attract and retain assets, target markets, customer relationships and scope and quality of services provided. In addition, the Distributor, the Manager and/or certain of their affiliates may pay flat fees on a one-time or irregular basis for the initial set-up of the Fund on a Service Agent’s systems, participation or attendance at a Service Agent’s meetings, or for other reasons. Furthermore, the Distributor, the Manager and/or certain of their affiliates at times pay certain education and training costs of Service Agents (including, in some cases, travel expenses) to train and educate the personnel of the Service Agents. In addition, the Distributor, the Manager and/or certain of their affiliates at times may provide access to technology and other tools and support services that facilitate the marketing and promotion of investment management portfolios sponsored by Legg Mason, Franklin Templeton and/or their affiliates. It is likely that Service Agents that execute portfolio transactions for the Fund will include those firms with which the Manager, the Distributor and/or certain of their affiliates have entered into revenue sharing arrangements.

The Fund generally pays the transfer agent for certain recordkeeping and administrative services. In addition, the Fund may pay Service Agents for certain recordkeeping, administrative, sub-accounting and networking services. These services include maintenance of shareholder accounts by the firms, such as recordkeeping and other activities that otherwise would be performed by the Fund’s transfer agent. Administrative fees may be paid to a firm that undertakes, for example, shareholder communications on behalf of the Fund. Networking services are services undertaken to support the electronic transmission of shareholder purchase and redemption orders through the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”). These payments are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of Fund shareholders serviced by a Service Agent or (2) a fixed dollar amount for each account serviced by a Service Agent. The Distributor, the Manager and/or their affiliates may make all or a portion of these payments.

In addition, the Fund reimburses the Distributor for NSCC fees that are invoiced to the Distributor as the party to the agreement with NSCC for the administrative services provided by NSCC to the Fund and its shareholders. These services include transaction processing and settlement through Fund/SERV, electronic networking services to support the transmission of shareholder purchase and redemption orders to and from Service Agents, and related recordkeeping provided by NSCC to the Fund and its shareholders.

If your Fund shares are purchased through a retirement plan, the Distributor, the Manager or certain of their affiliates at times also make similar payments to those described in this section to the plan’s recordkeeper or an affiliate.

Revenue sharing payments, as well as the other types of compensation arrangements described in this section, create an incentive for Service Agents and their employees or associated persons to recommend the Fund over other investments or sell shares of the Fund to customers and in doing so may create conflicts of interest between the firms’ financial interests and the

 

92


interests of their customers. The total amount of these payments is substantial, may be substantial to any given recipient and may exceed the costs and expenses incurred by the recipient for any Fund-related marketing or shareholder servicing activities.

As of December 31, 2021, the Distributor, the Manager or their affiliates made revenue sharing payments to the Service Agents listed below (or their affiliates or successors). It is possible that each Service Agent listed is not receiving payments with respect to each fund sold by the Distributor. This list of intermediaries will change over time, and any additions, modifications or deletions thereto that have occurred since December 31, 2021 are not reflected.

Acadia Life Limited

ADP Retirement Services

Advisor Group Inc.

Allianz

Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.

Ascensus, Inc.

Aspire Financial Services, LLC

Avantax (FKA HD Vest)

Benefit Plan Administrators, Inc.

Brighthouse Financial

Charles Schwab & Co.

Citigroup & Citi Private Bank

Commonwealth Financial Network

Deutsche Bank

Edward Jones

Equitable Life Insurance Company

Fidelity Investments

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

Great-West Financial Services Equities, Inc.

The Guardian Insurance & Annuity Company, Inc.

Hantz Financial Services, Inc.

Jefferson National Life Insurance Company

John Hancock Life Insurance Company

JP Morgan Chase

Lombard International LLC

LPL Financial

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

MetLife Insurance Company USA

Midland National Insurance Company

Minnesota Life Insurance Company

 

93


National Security Life and Annuity Company

Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.

New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation

Northwestern Mutual Investment Svcs LLC

Ohio National Financial Services

Pacific Life Insurance Company

Paychex, Inc.

Pershing, LLC

PFS Investments, Inc.

PNC Investments LLC

Princor Financial Services

Prudential Financial

Protective Life Insurance

Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.

Sammons Financial Group, Inc.

Stifel Financial Corporation

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (US)

TD Ameritrade

TIAA CREF

UBS Financial Services, Inc.

Voya Financial

Wells Fargo & Co.

The Distributor, the Manager or their affiliates may also pay fees, from their own assets, to Service Agents for providing other distribution-related services as well as recordkeeping, administrative, subaccounting, and networking services (or portions thereof), and other shareholder or administrative services in connection with investments in the Fund. These payments may be considered revenue sharing payments. The Service Agents receiving such payments may not be listed above.

You should assume that your Service Agent receives revenue sharing payments and/or other compensation described in this SAI. Please contact your Service Agent for details about any payments it (and its employees) may receive from the Fund and/or from the Distributor, the Manager and/or their affiliates. You should review your Service Agent’s disclosure and/or talk to your Service Agent to obtain more information on how this compensation may have influenced your Service Agent’s recommendation of the Fund.

Dealer Commissions and Concessions

From time to time, the Distributor or the Manager, at its expense, may provide compensation or promotional incentives (“concessions”) to dealers that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the Fund or a managed account strategy of which the Fund is part. Such concessions provided by the Distributor or the Manager may include financial assistance to dealers in connection with preapproved conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other employees, payment for travel expenses, including lodging, incurred by registered representatives and other employees for such seminars or training programs, seminars for the public, advertising and sales campaigns regarding one or more funds, and/or other dealer-sponsored events. From time to time, the Distributor or the Manager may make expense reimbursements for special

 

94


training of a dealer’s registered representatives and other employees in group meetings or to help pay the expenses of sales contests. Other concessions may be offered to the extent not prohibited by applicable laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as the FINRA.

Sales Charges

The following expenses were incurred during the fiscal periods indicated:

Initial Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amounts of initial sales charges received on Class A and Class A2 shares and the amounts retained by the Distributor were as follows:

Class A Shares

 

Fund

   For the Fiscal Period
Ended
February 28/29,
   Total
Commissions ($)
   Amounts
Retained by
Distributor ($)

California Municipals Fund

   2022    340,471    77
   2021    309,345    4,185
   2020    491,094    30,032

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

   2022    2,141    267
   2021    0    0
   2020    4,726    438

Managed Municipals Fund

   2022    3,768,390    (72,563)
   2021    2,926,191    (21,484)
   2020    3,858,144    223,062

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund

   2022    190,426    1,326
   2021    158,765    251
   2020    90,066    2,373

Class A2 Shares*

 

Fund

   For the Fiscal Period
Ended
February 28/29,
   Total
Commissions ($)
   Amounts
Retained by
Distributor ($)

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

   2022    0    41
   2021    3,727    621
   2020    3,220    512

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund

   2022    0    (1)
   2021    7,839    64
   2020    7,556    633

*Effective June 25, 2021, all Class A2 shares of the Fund were converted to Class A shares.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amounts of contingent deferred sales charges on Class A, Class A2, and Class C shares received and retained by the Distributor were as follows:

 

95


Class A Shares

 

Fund

   For the Fiscal Period Ended
February 28/29,
   Amounts Retained by
Distributor ($)

California Municipals Fund

   2022    6,783
   2021    54,327
   2020    47

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

   2022    0
   2021    0
   2020    0

Managed Municipals Fund

   2022    118,607
   2021    77,695
   2020    40,711

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund

   2022    24,122
   2021    14,379
   2020    15,755

Class A2 Shares*

 

Fund

   For the Fiscal Period Ended
February 28/29,
   Amounts
Retained by
Distributor ($)

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

   2022    0
   2021    0
   2020    0

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund

   2022    150
   2021    25
   2020    8

*Effective June 25, 2021, all Class A2 shares of the Fund were converted to Class A shares.

 

96


Class C Shares

 

Fund

   For the Fiscal Period Ended
February 28/29,
   Amounts Retained by
Distributor ($)

California Municipals Fund

   2022    556
   2021    2,251
   2020    1,269

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

   2022    945
   2021    0
   2020    0

Managed Municipals Fund

   2022    5,859
   2021    8,122
   2020    8,125

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund

   2022    0
   2021    0
   2020    0

Services and Distribution Plan

The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has adopted a 12b-1 Plan in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the Fund may pay monthly fees to the Distributor at up to the annual rates set forth below (as a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to the applicable share class).

 

Fund/Class

               Rate (%)              

California Municipals Fund

  

Class A

Class C

Class FI

    

0.15

0.70

0.25

 

 

 

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

  

Class A

Class C

Class FI

Class R

    

0.25

1.00

0.25

0.50

 

 

 

 

Managed Municipals Fund

  

Class A

Class C

Class FI

    

0.15

0.70

0.25

 

 

 

Short Duration Municipal Fund

  

Class A

Class C

Class C2

Class FI

    

0.15

0.50

0.65

0.25

 

 

 

 

The Fund will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the Distributor, Service

 

97


Agents and other parties with respect to the sale of Fund shares for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than existing shareholders. The Fund also may make payments to the Distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of shares and/or shareholder services; provided, however, that the fees paid to a recipient with respect to a particular class that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of that class, or that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended for personal service and/or maintenance of shareholder accounts, may not exceed the maximum amounts, if any, as may from time to time be permitted for such services under FINRA Conduct Rule 2341 or any successor rule, in each case as amended or interpreted by FINRA.

Since fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan are not tied directly to expenses incurred by the Distributor (or others), the amount of the fees paid by a class of the Fund during any year may be more or less than actual expenses incurred by the Distributor (or others). This type of distribution fee arrangement is characterized by the staff of the SEC as being of the “compensation variety” (in contrast to “reimbursement” arrangements by which a distributor’s payments are directly linked to its expenses). Thus, even if the Distributor’s expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the Fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if expenses incurred by the Distributor (or others) are less than the fees paid to the Distributor and others, they will realize a profit.

The 12b-1 Plan recognizes that various service providers to the Fund, such as the Manager, may make payments for distribution, marketing or sales-related expenses out of their own resources of any kind, including profits or payments received from the Fund for other purposes, such as management fees. The 12b-1 Plan provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Fund, the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan.

Under its terms, the 12b-1 Plan continues in effect for successive annual periods, provided continuance is specifically approved at least annually by vote of the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreements related to it (“Qualified Trustees”). The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase the amount of the service and distribution fees without shareholder approval, and all amendments of the 12b-1 Plan also must be approved by the Trustees, including the Qualified Trustees, in the manner described above. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to a class of the Fund at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class (as defined in the 1940 Act).

The following service and distribution fees were incurred by the Fund pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan in effect during the fiscal period ended February 28, 2022:

 

Fund/Class

  

Service and Distribution Fees Incurred
($)

  

Service and Distribution Fees
Waived/Reimbursed ($)

California Municipals Fund

     

Class A

   464,173    129

Class C

   106,109    0

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

     

Class A

   16,008    0

Class A2*

   1,708    0

Class C

   5,829    0

Class FI

   1,031    0

Managed Municipals Fund

     

Class A

   5,139,656    176

Class C

   840,654    178

 

98


Short Duration Municipal Income Fund

     

Class A

   561,149    0

Class A2*

   1,000    0

Class C

   586,861    0

Class C2

   7,655    0

* Effective June 25, 2021, all Class A2 shares of the Fund were converted to Class A shares.

No information is provided for Class FI shares of California Municipals Fund, Managed Municipals Fund and Short Duration Municipal Income Fund or Class R shares of Emerging Markets Debt Fund, as no shares of these classes were outstanding as of February 28, 2022.

For the fiscal period ended February 28, 2022, the Distributor incurred distribution expenses for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support service and overhead expenses and compensation to Service Agents and third parties as expressed in the following table. The Distributor may have made revenue sharing payments in addition to the expenses shown here.

 

Fund/Class    

   Third Party Fees
($)
   Financial
Consultant
Compensation
(Amortized) ($)
   Marketing ($)    Printing ($)    Total
Expenses ($)

California Municipals Fund

              

Class A

   464,172    29,033    91,332    0    584,537

Class C

   98,189    7,399    8,788    0    114,376

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

              

Class A

   16,007    0    4,941    0    20,948

Class A2*

   1,708    0    1,484    0    3,192

Class C

   4,819    838    2,694    0    8,351

Class FI

   1,031    0    2,660    0    3,691

Managed Municipals Fund

              

Class A

   5,139,656    238,931    2,256,911    0    7,635,498

Class C

   778,943    56,239    52,590    0    887,772

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund

              

Class A

   561,149    63,246    99,654    0    724,049

Class A2*

   1,000    0    1,994    0    2,994

Class C

   581,620    2,992    45,733    0    630,345

Class C2

   7,655    0    3,061    0    10,716

*Effective June 25, 2021, all Class A2 shares of the Fund were converted to Class A shares.

No information is provided for Class FI shares of California Municipals Fund, Managed Municipals Fund and Short Duration Municipal Income Fund or Class R shares of Emerging Markets Debt Fund, as no shares of these classes were outstanding as of February 28, 2022.

 

99


PURCHASE OF SHARES

Purchases of Fund shares are discussed under the “Buying shares” and “Exchanging shares” sections of the Fund’s Prospectus; this information is incorporated herein by reference. See the Fund’s Prospectus for a discussion of which share classes of the Fund are available for purchase, who is eligible to purchase shares of each class, and applicable investment minimums.

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. However, Service Agents may not offer all classes of shares. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the Fund. When purchasing shares of the Fund, investors must specify the class of shares being purchased. Payment must be made with the purchase order. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage or other financial account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

Purchase orders received by the Fund prior to the scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the Fund calculates its NAV are priced according to the NAV determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the Fund calculates its NAV are priced according to the NAV determined on that day, provided the order is transmitted by the Service Agent to the Fund’s transfer agent in accordance with their agreed-upon procedures. See “Valuation of Shares” below for additional information about the NYSE’s holiday schedule. NAV is calculated separately for each share class.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the NAV plus an initial sales charge, as described in the Fund’s Prospectus. The sales charge is waived for shareholders purchasing Class A shares through accounts where the Distributor is the broker-dealer of record (“Distributor Accounts”). Shareholders purchasing Class A shares through certain Service Agents or in certain types of accounts may be eligible for a waiver of the initial sales charge. For more information, see the appendix to the Prospectus titled “Appendix: Waivers and Discounts Available from Certain Service Agents.”

The Distributor and Service Agents may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in the Fund’s Prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the Fund as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the Fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions for Class A Shares” below.

Class A Shares (Emerging Markets Debt Fund). Effective on or about August 15, 2022, purchases of Class A shares of $500,000 or more will be made at NAV without any initial sales charge on purchases but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within 18 months of purchase (except for purchases made through Distributor Accounts). The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class A Shares (California Municipals Fund, Managed Municipals Fund and Short Duration Municipal Income Fund). Purchases of Class A shares of $250,000 or more will be made at NAV without any initial sales charge on purchases but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within 18 months of purchase (except for purchases made through Distributor Accounts). The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class C Shares. Class C shares are not available for purchase through Distributor Accounts. Class C shares are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge on purchases but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions.”

Class C1 Shares. Class C1 shares are not available for purchase by new or existing investors (except for certain retirement plan programs authorized by the Distributor prior to August 1, 2012). Class C1 shares will continue to be available for dividend reinvestment and incoming exchanges. Class C1 shares are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge on purchases but

 

100


are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions.”

Class C2 Shares. Class C2 shares are not available for purchase through Distributor Accounts. Class C2 shares are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge on purchases but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions.”

Class D Shares. Class D shares are offered to a limited group of investors who invest in the Fund through certain financial intermediary and retirement plan programs. Service Agents selling Class D shares may in the future discontinue offering Class D shares to clients of financial intermediaries. A Service Agent or financial intermediary may impose investment minimums. For more information about these programs, contact a Service Agent.

Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS Shares. Class FI shares are not available for purchase through Distributor Accounts. Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shares are sold at NAV with no initial sales charge on purchases and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Class I shares may be purchased directly from the Fund by the following persons: (i) current employees of the Manager and its affiliates; (ii) former employees of the Manager and its affiliates with existing accounts; (iii) current and former board members of investment companies managed by affiliates of Franklin Resources; (iv) current and former board members of Franklin Resources; and (v) the “immediate families” of such persons. “Immediate families” are such person’s spouse (including the surviving spouse of a deceased board member), parents, grandparents, and children and grandchildren (including step-relationships). For such investors, the minimum initial investment is $1,000 and the minimum for each purchase of additional shares is $50. Current employees may purchase additional Class I shares through a systematic investment plan.

Class IS shares may be purchased only by retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of a Fund, certain rollover IRAs and Institutional Investors, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and other investors authorized by the Distributor. In order to purchase Class IS shares, an investor must hold its shares in an account that is not subject to payment of fees for recordkeeping services, account servicing, networking, or similar services to Service Agents.

Class 1 Shares. Class 1 shares are closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges. Investors owning Class 1 shares may continue to maintain their then-current Class 1 shares but are no longer permitted to add to their Class 1 share positions, except through reinvestments of dividends.

*    *    *    *    *

Under certain circumstances, an investor who purchases Fund shares pursuant to a fee-based advisory account program of an Eligible Financial Intermediary as authorized by the Distributor may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion between one or more share classes owned by the investor in the same Fund to Class I shares of that Fund. Such a conversion in these particular circumstances does not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements for purchases of Fund shares, please see the Fund’s Prospectus.

Systematic Investment Plan

Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, shareholders may arrange for automatic periodic investments of $25 or more in certain share classes by authorizing the Distributor or the transfer agent to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution, as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s Fund account. Shareholders have the option of selecting the frequency of the investment as long as the investment equals a minimum of $25 per month. Shareholders may terminate participation in the Systematic Investment Plan at any time without charge or penalty. Additional information is available from the Fund or your Service Agent.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions for Class A Shares

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at NAV without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

 

101


  i.

sales to (a) current and retired board members, (b) current employees of Franklin Resources and its subsidiaries, (c) the “immediate families” of such persons, as defined above, and (d) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

 

  ii.

sales to employees of certain Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the Distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of Fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

 

  iii.

offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the Fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

 

  iv.

purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the Fund (or Class A shares of another fund sold by the Distributor that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the Fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 90 calendar days of the redemption;

 

  v.

purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts;

 

  vi.

purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the Distributor;

 

  vii.

purchases by direct retail investment platforms through mutual fund “supermarkets,” where the sponsor links its client’s account (including IRA accounts on such platforms) to a master account in the sponsor’s name;

 

  viii.

sales through Service Agents who have entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts that may or may not charge a transaction fee to their customers;

 

  ix.

purchases of Class A shares by shareholders investing through Distributor Accounts;

 

  x.

investors investing through certain retirement plans; and

 

  xi.

investors who rollover Fund shares from an employer-sponsored retirement plan into an individual retirement account administered on the same retirement plan platform.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the initial sales charge.

All existing retirement plan shareholders who purchased Class A shares at NAV prior to November 20, 2006, are permitted to purchase additional Class A shares at NAV. Certain existing programs for current and prospective retirement plan investors sponsored by Service Agents approved by the Distributor prior to November 20, 2006 will also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares at NAV.

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of funds sold by the Distributor or units of a Section 529 college savings plan managed by Legg Mason or Franklin Templeton (a “Section 529 plan”), to take advantage of the breakpoints in the Class A shares sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase Fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or the Fund if you believe you are eligible for a Letter of Intent or a right of accumulation. Whether you purchased shares of funds and/or units of a Section 529 Plan through one or more Service Agents, directly from the Fund or through a combination of the foregoing, it is your responsibility to inform your Service Agent or the Fund if you own shares of other funds or units of a Section 529 plan that you believe are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. If you do not do so, you may not receive all sales charge reductions for which you are eligible. Account statements may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for a reduced sales charge.

Accumulation Privilege. The accumulation privilege allows you to combine the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares of the Fund, as applicable, with the current or cost value, whichever is higher, of shares of other funds sold by the Distributor held in Eligible Accounts (as defined below), for purposes of calculating the initial sales charges.

 

102


If you hold fund shares or units of a Section 529 plan in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine whether your shares or units may be combined.

Shares of certain money market funds sold by the Distributor may be combined for purposes of the accumulation privilege. Please contact your Service Agent or the Fund for additional information.

Certain trustees and other fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

Letter of Intent. A Letter of Intent allows you to combine the current or cost value, whichever is higher, of Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts with the value that you intend to purchase within the next 13-months, which would, if bought all at once, qualify you for a reduced Class A sales charge. In addition, current holdings under the accumulation privilege (as described above) may be included in the Letter of Intent. See the Fund’s Prospectus for the sales charges and breakpoints applicable to Class A shares of the Fund. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the funds sold by the Distributor.

Purchases of Class A shares or units of a Section 529 plan may be aggregated for purposes of calculating each breakpoint. You may purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the Distributor or units of a Section 529 plan managed by Legg Mason or Franklin Templeton over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares or units had been purchased at once.

At the time you enter into a Letter of Intent, you select your asset goal amount. Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to pay the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your asset goal amount. For example, if your asset goal amount is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a 13-month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the asset goal amount you have selected. You may also credit towards your asset goal amount any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current value or cost value, whichever is higher, of those shares as of the date of calculation. The current value of shares is determined by multiplying the number of shares as of the day prior to your current purchase by their public offering price. The cost value of shares is determined by aggregating the amount of Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts (including reinvested dividends and capital gains, but excluding capital appreciation), less any withdrawals, as of the date prior to your current purchase. The cost value of Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts, however, may only be aggregated for share purchases that took place within 18 months of the Letter of Intent start date.

Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your asset goal amount. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter of Intent will be credited towards your asset goal amount. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases toward the asset goal amount, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if any shares, including Class A shares, are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter of Intent.

Eligible Fund Purchases. Eligible Fund Purchases include: (i) any class of shares of any other Legg Mason or Franklin Templeton fund other than shares of such funds offered through separately managed accounts that are managed by Legg Mason or Franklin Templeton; and (ii) units of a Section 529 Plan managed by Legg Mason or Franklin Templeton. Shares of certain money market funds sold by the Distributor may be combined for purposes of the Letter of Intent. Eligible funds may change from time to time, investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds or Section 529 plans may be eligible.

For purposes of a letter of intent and the accumulation privilege, Legg Mason and Franklin Templeton funds include BrandywineGLOBAL funds, ClearBridge Investments funds, Martin Currie funds, and Western Asset funds. They do not include the funds in the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust, Legg Mason Partners Variable Income Trust or Legg Mason Partners Money Market Trust (except for shares held in Distributor Accounts). Please contact your Service Agent or the Fund for more information.

Eligible Accounts. Eligible Accounts include shares of Legg Mason or Franklin Templeton funds registered to (or held by a financial intermediary for):

 

103


   

You, individually;

 

   

Your “family member” defined as your spouse or domestic partner, as recognized by applicable state law, or your children;

 

   

You jointly with one or more family members;

 

   

You jointly with one or more persons who are not family members if that other person has not included the value of the jointly-owned shares for purposes of the accumulation privilege for that person’s separate investments in Legg Mason or Franklin Templeton fund shares;

 

   

A Coverdell Education Savings account for which you or a family member is the identified responsible person;

 

   

A trustee/custodian of an IRA (which includes a Roth IRA and an employer sponsored IRA such as a SIMPLE IRA) or your non-ERISA covered 403(b) plan account, if the shares are registered/recorded under your or a family member’s Social Security number;

 

   

A 529 college savings plan over which you or a family member has investment discretion and control;

 

   

Any entity over which you or a family member has individual or shared authority, as principal, has investment discretion and control (for example, an UGMA/UTMA account for a child on which you or a family member is the custodian, a trust on which you or a family member is the trustee, a business account (not to include retirement plans) for your solely owned business (or the solely owned business of a family member) on which you or a family member is the authorized signer); or

 

   

A trust established by you or a family member as grantor.

You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your asset goal amount. A Letter of Intent is not available to Distributor Accounts.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter of Intent. You may at any time increase your asset goal amount. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, contact the transfer agent, prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current asset goal amount. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then-current offering price for the difference between:

 

  i.

the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter of Intent; and

 

  ii.

the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased asset goal amount.

However, you must contact your Service Agent before purchasing shares in excess of the asset goal amount as no retroactive adjustments can be made. The 13-month period during which the asset goal amount must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges. Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your asset goal amount will no longer count towards meeting your asset goal amount. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the asset goal amount will result in the cancellation of the Letter of Intent. See “Failure to Meet Asset Goal Amount” below. Exchanges in accordance with the Fund’s Prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your asset goal amount, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of the Letter of Intent. You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent. The Letter of Intent will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Goal Amount” below.

Escrowed Shares. Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your asset goal amount as of the date your Letter of Intent (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter of Intent) is accepted will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter of Intent. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards

 

104


your asset goal amount or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter of Intent are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Goal Amount. If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your asset goal amount whether because you made insufficient Eligible Fund Purchases, redeemed all of your holdings or otherwise cancelled the Letter of Intent before reaching your asset goal amount, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter of Intent. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

Class A Shares.

 

   

Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares. Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 18 months of purchase.

 

   

Class A shares that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. If Class A shares of the Fund are exchanged for shares of another fund sold by the Distributor that are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you may pay a contingent deferred sales charge if the shares acquired by exchange are redeemed within 18 months of purchase.

Class C and Class C2 Shares.

 

   

Class C and Class C2 shares that are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge will be imposed if shares are redeemed within 12 months of purchase.

 

   

Class C and Class C2 shares that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. If Class C or Class C2 shares of the Fund are exchanged for shares of another fund sold by the Distributor that are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you may pay a contingent deferred sales charge if the shares acquired by exchange are redeemed within 12 months from the date of such exchange.

Class C1 Shares.

 

   

Class C1 shares that are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge will be imposed if shares are redeemed within 12 months of purchase. If Class C1 shares of the Fund are exchanged for Class C1 shares (or, if not available, Class C shares) of another fund sold by the Distributor, any contingent deferred sales charge that applies to the Class C1 shares of the other fund will apply to the Class C1 shares (or Class C shares, as applicable) acquired in exchange for the Class C1 shares of the Fund, and that contingent deferred sales charge will be measured from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired.

 

   

Class C1 shares that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. Class C1 shares of the Fund are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, but if Class C1 shares of the Fund are exchanged for Class C1 shares (or, if not available, Class C shares) of another fund sold by the Distributor that are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, any contingent deferred sales charge that applies to the Class C1 shares of the other fund will apply to the Class C1 shares (or Class C shares, as applicable) acquired in exchange for the Class C1 shares of the Fund, and that contingent deferred sales charge will be measured from the date of such exchange.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the NAV at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

 

105


In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. Unless otherwise noted above, the length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other funds sold by the Distributor. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The Distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on:

 

  i.

exchanges (see “Exchange of Shares”);

  ii.

redemptions through a systematic withdrawal plan, up to 1% monthly, 3% quarterly, 6% semiannually or 12% annually of your account’s net asset value depending on the frequency of your plan (see “Systematic Withdrawal Plan”);

  iii.

redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined by the Code) of the shareholder;

  iv.

mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of a specific age (age 72 after January 1, 2020) (except that shareholders of certain retirement plans or IRAs established prior to May 23, 2005 will be eligible to obtain a waiver of the contingent deferred sales charge on all funds held in those accounts at age 59 1/2 and may be required to demonstrate such eligibility at the time of redemption);

  v.

involuntary redemptions;

  vi.

redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the Fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

  vii.

effective May 1, 2020, on redemptions with respect to investors where the Distributor did not pay the Service Agent a commission;

  viii.

tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan;

  ix.

certain redemptions of shares of the Fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the Distributor or the Manager; and

  x.

Class A shares held through Distributor Accounts.

The contingent deferred sales charge is also waived on Class C and Class C1 shares purchased by retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the Fund. Different Service Agents may offer different contingent deferred sales charge waivers. For more information, see the appendix to the Prospectus titled “Appendix: Waivers and Discounts Available from Certain Service Agents.”

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from another fund sold by the Distributor may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 90 days in another fund sold by the Distributor and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

To have a contingent deferred sales charge waived, you or your Service Agent must let the Fund know at the time you redeem shares that you qualify for such a waiver. Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the Distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Grandfathered Retirement Program with Exchange Features

Certain retirement plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006 (collectively, the “Grandfathered Retirement Program”) that are authorized by the Distributor to offer eligible retirement plan investors the opportunity to exchange all of their Class C shares or Class C1 shares, if applicable, for Class A shares of an applicable Legg Mason fund, are permitted to maintain such share class exchange features for current and prospective retirement plan investors.

Under the Grandfathered Retirement Program, Class C shares and Class C1 shares of the Fund may be purchased by plans investing less than $3,000,000. Class C shares and Class C1 shares are eligible for exchange into Class A shares not later

 

106


than eight years after the plan joins the program. They are eligible for exchange in the following circumstances: For participating plans established with the Fund or another fund in the Legg Mason family of funds (including funds for which LMPFA or any predecessor serves or has served as investment manager or administrator) prior to June 2, 2003, if such plan’s total Class C and Class C1 holdings in all non-money market Legg Mason funds equal at least $1,000,000 at the end of the fifth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program, the participating plan will be permitted to exchange all of its Class C shares and Class C1 shares for Class A shares of the Fund. For participating plans established with the Fund or another fund in the Legg Mason family of funds (including funds for which LMPFA or any predecessor serves or has served as investment manager or administrator) on or after June 2, 2003, if such plan’s total Class C and Class C1 holdings in all non-money market Legg Mason funds equal at least $3,000,000 at the end of the fifth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program, the participating plan will be permitted to exchange all of its Class C shares and Class C1 shares for Class A shares of the Fund.

Unless the exchange offer has been rejected in writing, the exchange will automatically occur within approximately 30 days after the fifth anniversary date. If the participating plan does not qualify for the five-year exchange to Class A shares, a review of the participating plan’s holdings will be performed each quarter until either the participating plan qualifies or the end of the eighth year.

Any participating plan that has not previously qualified for an exchange into Class A shares will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares and Class C1 shares for Class A shares of the same fund regardless of asset size at the end of the eighth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program. Unless the exchange has been rejected in writing, the exchange will automatically occur on or about the eighth anniversary date. Once an exchange has occurred, a participating plan will not be eligible to acquire additional Class C shares and Class C1 shares but instead may acquire Class A shares of the same fund. Any Class C shares and Class C1 shares not converted will continue to be subject to the distribution fee.

For further information regarding the Grandfathered Retirement Program, contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent. Participating plans that enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program prior to June 2, 2003 should contact the transfer agent for information regarding Class C shares and Class C1 shares exchange privileges applicable to their plan.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The Fund offers its shares to the public on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of the Fund is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase, plus for Class A shares, an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the Fund, as applicable, based on the net asset value of a share of the Fund as of February 28, 2022:

Class A

 

     California Municipals
Fund
   Emerging Markets Debt
Fund
   Managed Municipals Fund    Short Duration Municipal
Income Fund
Net Asset Value Per Share ($)    15.20    4.50    16.08    5.05
Maximum Initial Sales Charge Percentage (%)    4.25    4.25    4.25    2.25
Offering Price ($)    15.87    4.70    16.86    5.17

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Redemptions of Fund shares are discussed under the “Exchanging shares” and “Redeeming shares” sections of the Fund’s Prospectus; this information is incorporated herein by reference.

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed:

 

107


  i.

for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings);

 

  ii.

when trading in the markets the Fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the Fund’s investments or determination of NAV is not reasonably practicable; or

 

  iii.

for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of the Fund’s shareholders.

In the case of any such suspension, you may either withdraw your request for redemption or receive payment based upon the NAV next determined after the suspension is lifted.

The Fund’s transfer agent, acting on behalf of the Fund, may place a temporary hold for up to 25 business days on the disbursement of redemption proceeds from an account held directly with the Fund if the transfer agent, in consultation with the Fund, reasonably believes that financial exploitation of a Specified Adult (as defined below) has occurred, is occurring, has been attempted, or will be attempted. In order to delay payment of redemption proceeds under these circumstances, the Fund and the transfer agent must adopt certain policies and procedures and otherwise comply with the terms and conditions of no-action relief provided by the SEC staff. Financial exploitation means: (i) the wrongful or unauthorized taking, withholding, appropriation, or use of a Specified Adult’s funds or securities; or (ii) any act or omission by a person, including through the use of a power of attorney, guardianship, or any other authority regarding a Specified Adult, to (a) obtain control, through deception, intimidation or undue influence, over the Specified Adult’s money, assets or property, or (b) convert the Specified Adult’s money, assets or property. The transfer agent and/or the Fund may not be aware of factors suggesting financial exploitation of a Specified Adult and may not be able to identify Specified Adults in all circumstances. Furthermore, the transfer agent is not required to delay the disbursement of redemption proceeds and does not assume any obligation to do so. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Specified Adult” refers to an individual who is a natural person (i) age 65 and older, or (ii) age 18 and older and whom the Fund’s transfer agent reasonably believes has a mental or physical impairment that renders the individual unable to protect his or her own interests.

Unless otherwise instructed, redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and should be disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The Fund reserves the right to modify or terminate telephonic, electronic or other redemption services described in the Prospectus and this SAI at any time.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan

The Systematic Withdrawal Plan permits you to have a specified dollar amount automatically withdrawn from your account on a regular basis (i.e., on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis). The Systematic Withdrawal Plan is available to those shareholders who own shares directly with the Fund. You should contact your Service Agent to determine if it offers a similar service.

Class A, Class C, Class C1, Class C2 and Class D Shareholders. Class A, Class C, Class C1, Class C2 and Class D shareholders having an account with a balance of $5,000 or more may elect to make withdrawals of a minimum of $50 per transaction per month. For retirement plans subject to mandatory distribution requirements, the minimum withdrawal amounts will not apply. There are two ways to receive payment of proceeds of redemptions made through the Systematic Withdrawal Plan: (1) Check mailed by the Fund’s transfer agent—Fund shares will be redeemed on the day of the month indicated on your account application, (or if no day is indicated, on the 20th day of the month) or the next business day and a check for the proceeds will be mailed within three business days. Available processing dates currently are the 1st, 5th, 10th, 15th, 20th and 25th days of the

 

108


month; or (2) ACH to checking or savings account—redemptions of Fund shares may occur on any business day of the month and the checking or savings account will be credited with the proceeds in approximately two business days. You may change the amount to be paid to you or terminate the Systematic Withdrawal Plan at any time, without charge or penalty, by contacting the Fund or your Service Agent. The Fund, its transfer agent, and the Distributor also reserve the right to modify or terminate the Systematic Withdrawal Plan at any time. See “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge,” above, for information about application of the contingent deferred sales charge to withdrawals under the Systematic Withdrawal Plan.

Class FI, Class I and Class IS Shareholders. Certain shareholders of the Fund’s Class FI, Class I and Class IS shares with an initial NAV of $1,000,000 or more, or certain other shareholders authorized by the Distributor, may be eligible to participate in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan. Receipt of payment of proceeds of redemptions made through the Systematic Withdrawal Plan will be wired through ACH to your checking or savings account—redemptions of Fund shares may occur on any business day of the month and the checking or savings account will be credited with the proceeds in approximately two business days. Requests to change or discontinue the Systematic Withdrawal Plan may be made at the Fund’s website, www.franklintempleton.com/mutualfunds, by calling the Fund at 877-6LM-FUND/656-3863, or by writing to the Fund or your Service Agent. You may change the amount to be paid to you or terminate the Systematic Withdrawal Plan at any time, without charge or penalty, by notifying the Fund or your Service Agent. The Fund, its transfer agent, and the Distributor also reserve the right to modify or terminate the Systematic Withdrawal Plan at any time.

In General. The amounts paid to you each redemption period are obtained by redeeming sufficient shares from your account to provide the withdrawal amount that you have specified.

Redemptions will be made at the NAV per share, determined as of the scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on the day corresponding to the redemption option designated by the investor, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge. If the NYSE is not open for business on that day, the shares will be redeemed at the per share NAV determined as of the scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE on the next day the NYSE is open, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge. See “Valuation of Shares” below for additional information about the NYSE’s holiday schedule.

Withdrawal payments are treated as a sale of shares rather than as a dividend or other distribution. A payment is taxable to the extent that the total amount of the payment exceeds the tax basis in the shares deemed sold. Other taxes or tax-related consequences may apply, and you should consult your tax adviser before establishing a Systematic Withdrawal Plan. If the periodic withdrawals exceed reinvested dividends and other distributions, the amount of your original investment may be correspondingly reduced.

Ordinarily, you should not purchase additional shares of a fund in which you have an account if you maintain a Systematic Withdrawal Plan because there are tax disadvantages associated with such purchases and withdrawals.

Redemptions In Kind

The Fund reserves the right, under certain conditions, to honor any request for a redemption by making payment in whole or in part by delivering securities valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share price” in the Fund’s Prospectus. Because redemption in kind may be used at times of unusual illiquidity in the markets, these valuation methods may include fair value estimations. If payment is made in securities, a shareholder should expect to incur brokerage expenses in converting those securities into cash, and the market price of those securities will be subject to fluctuation until they are sold. The securities delivered may not be representative of the entire Fund portfolio, may represent only one issuer or a limited number of issuers and may be securities that the Fund would otherwise sell. The Fund will not use securities to pay redemptions by the Distributor or other affiliated persons of the Fund, except as permitted by law, SEC rules or orders, or interpretive guidance from the SEC staff or other proper authorities.

Shares Purchased and Redeemed Through Another Service Agent

The Fund has authorized certain Service Agents to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such Service Agents are authorized to designate plan administrator intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Fund’s behalf. The Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized Service Agent or, if applicable, a Service Agent’s authorized designee, receives the order. Orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next computed after they are received by an authorized Service Agent or the Service Agent’s authorized designee and accepted by the Fund.

 

109


Transferring Legg Mason Fund Shares to Another Service Agent

You may transfer Fund shares only to a Service Agent that has entered into an agreement with the Distributor or one of its affiliates with respect to the Fund. Some Service Agents may have agreements with the Distributor or one of its affiliates with respect to some Legg Mason Funds and not others. Depending on the Service Agent to which you transfer the shares, certain shareholder services may not be available for the transferred shares. After the transfer, you may purchase additional Fund shares. All future trading of Fund shares, including exchanges, is subject to the rules of the Service Agent and its continued agreement with the Distributor that permits such trading.

You should contact your Service Agent or the appropriate fund for further information on transferring Fund shares.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

Exchanges of Fund shares are discussed under the “Buying shares,” “Exchanging shares,” and “Redeeming shares” sections of the Fund’s Prospectus; this information is incorporated herein by reference. The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in another fund sold by the Distributor. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the Fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. The Prospectus describes the requirements for exchanging shares of the Fund and may be obtained as described on the cover page of this SAI.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current NAV, and the proceeds, net of any applicable sales charge, are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then current NAV. The Distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS Exchanges. Class A, Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shareholders of the Fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any initial sales charge (if shares being exchanged were subject to an initial sales charge) but subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, if applicable. An exchange of shares that were not subject to any sales charge will be subject to any applicable initial sales charge or contingent deferred sales charge upon exchange.

Class C Exchanges. Class C shares of the Fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without imposition of any charge but subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, if applicable. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the Fund that have been exchanged.

Class C1 Exchanges. Investors that hold Class C1 shares may exchange those shares for Class C1 shares of other funds sold by the Distributor, or if a fund does not offer Class C1, for Class C shares, in each case without imposition of any charge but subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, if applicable. However, once an investor exchanges Class C1 shares for Class C shares, the investor would not be permitted to exchange from Class C shares back to Class C1 shares.

Class C2 Exchanges. Class C2 shares of the Fund may be exchanged for other Class C2 shares without imposition of any charge but subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, if applicable. Upon an exchange, the new Class C2 shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C2 shares of the Fund that have been exchanged.

Class D Exchanges. Class D shares of the Fund may not be exchanged.

Class 1 Exchanges. Class 1 shareholders who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares may exchange Class 1 shares for Class A shares of certain funds available for exchange. Ask your Service Agent about the funds available for exchange.

Certain retirement plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by the Distributor, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares or Class C1 shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. See “Grandfathered Retirement Program with Exchange Features” for additional information.

 

110


Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The Fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the Fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent trading of fund shares” in the Prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the Fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the Fund’s next determined NAV but the purchase order would be effective only at the NAV next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the Fund’s Prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the NAV next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange. Other taxes or tax-related consequences may apply, and you should consult your tax adviser before requesting an exchange.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The NAV per share of each class of the Fund is generally calculated as of the close of regular trading (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on each day on which the NYSE is open. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is normally open for trading every weekday except in the event of an emergency or for the following holidays (or the days on which they are observed): New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class specific expenses, the per share NAV of each class of the Fund will differ. Please see the Fund’s Prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the Fund in valuing its assets.

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES

The Manager delegates to the Subadviser the responsibility for voting proxies for the Fund through its contracts with the Subadviser. The Subadviser may use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies of the Fund if the Fund’s Board reviews and approves the use of those policies and procedures. Accordingly, the Manager does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the Fund.

Should the Manager become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the Subadviser to provide investment advisory services, the Manager shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent Subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained and the use of its proxy voting policies and procedures is authorized by the Board. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of the Manager (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at the Manager) and any fund, the Board of Directors of the Manager shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. The Manager shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations.

The Manager shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the Subadviser and providing them to the Fund as required for the Fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act. The Manager shall also be responsible for coordinating the provision of information to the Board with regard to the proxy voting policies and procedures of the Subadviser, including the actual proxy voting policies and procedures of the Subadviser, changes to such policies and procedures, and reports on the administration of such policies and procedures.

The Subadviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the Fund’s portfolio securities are voted. A copy of the proxy voting policies and procedures is attached as Appendix A to this SAI.

 

111


Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 877-6LM-FUND/656-3863, (2) on www.franklintempleton.com/mutualfundsliterature (click on the name of the Fund), and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Fund’s Board has adopted policies and procedures (the “policy”) developed by the Manager with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about the Fund’s portfolio securities for the Legg Mason Funds. The Manager believes the policy is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders and that it strikes an appropriate balance between the desire of investors for information about fund portfolio holdings and the need to protect the Fund from potentially harmful disclosures.

General Rules/Website Disclosure

The policy provides that information regarding the Fund’s portfolio holdings may be shared at any time with employees of the Manager, the Fund’s Subadviser and other affiliated parties involved in the management, administration or operations of the Fund (referred to as fund-affiliated personnel). With respect to non-money market funds, the Fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and Franklin Templeton personnel that are not fund-affiliated personnel (i) upon the filing of portfolio holdings reports in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings are not made until 15 calendar days following the end of the period covered by the applicable holdings report or (ii) no sooner than 8 business days after month end, provided that such information has been made available through public disclosure. Typically, public disclosure is achieved by required filings with the SEC and/or posting the information to the Fund’s Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The Fund currently discloses its complete portfolio holdings 8 business days after month-end. The Fund discloses this information on the Fund’s website: www.franklintempleton.com/mutualfundsliterature (click on the name of the Fund).

Ongoing Arrangements

Under the policy, the Fund may release portfolio holdings information on a regular basis to a custodian, sub-custodian, fund accounting agent, proxy voting provider, rating agency or other vendor or service provider for a legitimate business purpose, where the party receiving the information is under a duty of confidentiality, including a duty to prohibit the sharing of non-public information with unauthorized sources and trading upon non-public information. The Fund may enter into other ongoing arrangements for the release of portfolio holdings information, but only if such arrangements serve a legitimate business purpose and are with a party who is subject to a confidentiality agreement and restrictions on trading upon non-public information. None of the Fund, Legg Mason or any other affiliated party may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about the Fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by the Fund’s Board.

Set forth below is a list, as of December 31, 2021, of those parties with whom the Manager, on behalf of the Fund, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information in accordance with the policy, as well as the maximum frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the minimum length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The ongoing arrangements may vary for each party, and it is possible that not every party will receive information for the Fund. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay Before

Dissemination

1919 Investment Counsel, LLC    Daily    None
Barclays Bank PLC    Daily    None
Best Alternative Outsourcing Services LLP    Daily    None

 

112


Bloomberg AIM    Daily    None
Bloomberg L.P.    Daily    None
Bloomberg Portfolio Analysis    Daily    None
Brown Brothers Harriman    Daily    None
Charles River    Daily    None
Citco    Daily    None
Emerging Portfolio Fund Research, Inc. (EPFR), an Informa Company    Monthly    None
Enfusion Systems    Daily    None
ENSO LP    Daily    None
eVestment Alliance    Quarterly    8-10 Days
FactSet    Daily    None
HSBC Global Asset Management    Daily    None
Institutional Shareholder Services    Daily    None
ITG    Daily    None
Kailash Concepts    Monthly    None
Middle Office Solutions, LLC    Daily    None
Morgan Stanley Capital Inc.    Daily    None
Morningstar    Daily    None
NaviSite, Inc.    Daily    None
StarCompliance    Daily    None
State Street Bank and Trust Company    Daily    None
SunGard/Protegent (formerly Dataware)    Daily    None
The Bank of New York Mellon    Daily    None
The Northern Trust Company    Daily    None
The Northern Trust Melbourne    Daily    None
Thomson    Semi-annually    None
Thomson Reuters    Daily    None
VPD Financial Software Consulting    Daily    None

Portfolio holdings information for the Fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay Before Dissemination

Broadridge    Daily    None
Deutsche Bank    Monthly    6-8 Business Days

 

113


DST International plc (DSTi)    Daily    None
Electra Information Systems    Daily    None
Fidelity    Quarterly    5 Business Days
Fitch    Monthly    6-8 Business Days
Frank Russell    Monthly    1 Day
Glass Lewis & Co.    Daily    None
Informa Investment Solutions    Quarterly    8-10 Days
Interactive Data Corp    Daily    None
Liberty Hampshire    Weekly and Month End    None
RBC Investor and Treasury Services    Daily    None
S&P (Rating Agency)    Weekly Tuesday Night    1 Business Day
SunTrust    Weekly and Month End    None

Excluded from the lists of ongoing arrangements set forth above are ongoing arrangements where either (i) the disclosure of portfolio holdings information occurs concurrently with or after the time at which the portfolio holdings information is included in a public filing with the SEC that is required to include the information, or (ii) the Fund’s portfolio holdings information is made available no earlier than the day next following the day on which the Fund makes the information available on its website, as disclosed in the Fund’s Prospectus. The approval of the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions from the policy.

Release of Limited Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition to the ongoing arrangements described above, the Fund’s complete or partial list of holdings (including size of positions) may be released to another party on a one-time basis, provided the party receiving the information has executed a non-disclosure and confidentiality agreement and provided that the specific release of information has been approved by the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer or designee as consistent with the policy. By way of illustration and not of limitation, release of non-public information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings may be made (i) to a proposed or potential adviser or Subadviser(s) or other investment manager asked to provide investment management services to the Fund, or (ii) to a third party in connection with a program or similar trade.

In addition, the policy permits the release to investors, potential investors, third parties and Franklin Templeton personnel that are not fund-affiliated personnel of limited portfolio holdings information in other circumstances, including:

 

 

The Fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

The Fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by an investment professional (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

 

A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

 

The Fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration (for fixed income and money market funds), performance attribution (e.g., analysis of the Fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other

 

114


 

summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

 

A small number of the Fund’s portfolio holdings (including information that the Fund no longer holds a particular holding) may be released, but only if the release of the information could not reasonably be seen to interfere with current or future purchase or sales activities of the Fund and is not contrary to law.

 

The Fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Exceptions to the Policy

The Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, may, as is deemed appropriate, approve exceptions from the policy. Exceptions are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with the Manager’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions from the policy are reported annually to the Fund’s Board.

Limitations of Policy

The Fund’s portfolio holdings policy is designed to prevent sharing of portfolio information with third parties that have no legitimate business purpose for accessing the information. The policy may not be effective to limit access to portfolio holdings information in all circumstances, however. For example, the Manager or the Subadviser may manage accounts other than the Fund that have investment objectives and strategies similar to those of the Fund. Because these accounts, including the Fund, may be similarly managed, portfolio holdings may be similar across the accounts. In that case, an investor in another account managed by the Manager or the Subadviser may be able to infer the portfolio holdings of the Fund from the portfolio holdings in that investor’s account.

THE TRUST

The certificate of trust to establish the Trust was filed with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland on October 4, 2006. The Fund is a series of the Trust. As of April 16, 2007, the Fund was redomiciled as a series of the Trust. Prior to that the Fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Funds, a Massachusetts business trust.

Prior to June 30, 2012, Emerging Markets Debt Fund was named Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio. From October 5, 2009 to August 1, 2012, Managed Municipals Fund and California Municipals Fund were known as “Legg Mason Western Asset Managed Municipals Fund” and “Legg Mason Western Asset California Municipals Fund,” respectively. Prior to October 5, 2009, Managed Municipals Fund and California Municipals Fund were known as “Legg Mason Partners Managed Municipals Fund” and “Legg Mason Partners California Municipals Fund,” respectively. Prior to October 5, 2009, the Short Duration Municipal Income Fund was known as Legg Mason Partners Short Duration Municipal Income Fund. Prior to August 1, 2012, Short Duration Municipal Income Fund was known as Legg Mason Western Asset Short Duration Municipal Income Fund.

The Trust is a Maryland statutory trust. A Maryland statutory trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Trustees and shareholders of a statutory trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in a trust’s declaration of trust. The Trust’s Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”) provides that by becoming a shareholder of the Fund, each shareholder shall be expressly held to have agreed to be bound by the provisions of the Declaration and any other governing instrument of the Trust, such as the by-laws of the Trust, which contain additional rules governing the conduct of the business of the Trust.

Some of the more significant provisions of the Declaration are summarized below. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable provisions of the Declaration.

Shareholder Voting

Under the Declaration, the Trustees have broad authority to direct the business and affairs of the Trust. The Declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the Trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. For example, the Trustees are empowered to amend the Declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the Trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the Trust or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, terminate the Trust or

 

115


any series or class, or adopt or amend the by-laws of the Trust, in each case without shareholder approval if the 1940 Act would not require such approval.

The Fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the Fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the Declaration. The Declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of record of all series and classes of the Trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the Trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares. There is no cumulative voting on any matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders.

Election and Removal of Trustees

The Declaration provides that the Trustees may establish the number of Trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining Trustees, except when election of Trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. When a vote of shareholders is required to elect Trustees, the Declaration provides that such Trustees shall be elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The Declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the Trustees and that Trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the Trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. The provisions of the Declaration relating to the election and removal of Trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the Trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration

The Trustees are authorized to amend the Declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the Declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, Trustees, officers or, employees of the Trust or that limits the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided in the Declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance under the Declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares

The Fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the Trustees may determine. All shares offered pursuant to the Prospectus of the Fund, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal rights with respect to their shares and, except as the Trustees may determine, shall have no preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights. The Fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the Trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the Fund with identification required by law, or if the Fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings

The Declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the Fund such information with respect to their ownership of shares of the Fund, whether direct or indirect, as the Trustees may deem necessary in order to comply with various laws or regulations or for such other purpose as the Trustees may decide. The Fund may disclose such ownership information if required by law or regulation, or as the Trustees otherwise decide.

Small Accounts

The Declaration provides that the Fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the Trustees from time to time. Alternately, the Declaration permits the Fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

 

116


Series and Classes

The Declaration provides that the Trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and that the Trustees may determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The Trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the Trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into shares of another class.

Each share of the Fund, as a series of the Trust, represents an interest in the Fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the Trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability

The Declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the Fund and requires the Fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense claimed solely because of the shareholder’s being or having been a shareholder. The Fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The Declaration further provides that a Trustee acting in his or her capacity as a Trustee is not personally liable to any person, other than the Trust or its shareholders, in connection with the affairs of the Trust. Each Trustee is required to perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she believes to be in the best interests of the Trust. All actions and omissions of Trustees are presumed to be in accordance with the foregoing standard of performance, and any person alleging the contrary has the burden of proving that allegation.

The Declaration limits a Trustee’s liability to the Trust or any shareholder to the fullest extent permitted under current Maryland law by providing that a Trustee is liable to the Trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The Declaration requires the Trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and expenses in connection with any claim or proceeding in which he or she is involved by virtue of having been a Trustee, officer or employee. Subject to applicable federal law, expenses related to the defense against any claim to which indemnification may apply shall be advanced by the Trust upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the recipient of those expenses to repay the advanced amount if it is ultimately found that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. In making any determination as to whether a person has engaged in conduct for which indemnification is not available, or as to whether there is reason to believe that such person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification, such person shall be afforded a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The Declaration provides that any Trustee who serves as chair of the Board, a member or chair of a committee of the Board, lead independent Trustee, audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions

The Declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to the Fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by no fewer than three unrelated shareholders must be made on the Trustees. The Declaration details information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. The Trustees are not required to consider a demand that is not submitted in accordance with the requirements contained in the Declaration. The Declaration also requires that, in order to bring a derivative action, the complaining shareholders must be joined in the action by shareholders owning, at the time of the alleged wrongdoing, at the time of demand, and at the time the action is commenced, shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected funds. The Trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended for an additional period not to exceed 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the Trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that a suit should be maintained, then the Trust will commence the suit and the suit will proceed directly and not derivatively. If a majority of the independent Trustees

 

117


determines that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the Fund, the Trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the Trustees not to pursue the requested action was not consistent with the standard of performance required of the Trustees in performing their duties. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trust in connection with the consideration of the demand, if, in the judgment of the independent Trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the Declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the Fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The Declaration further provides that the Fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the Fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The Declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the Trust or the Fund be brought only in the U.S. District Court for the District of Maryland (Baltimore Division), or if such action may not be brought in that court, then such action shall be brought in the Circuit Court for Baltimore City and that the right to jury trial be waived to the fullest extent permitted by law.

The Declaration further provides that no provision of the Declaration will be effective to require a waiver of compliance with any provision of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or the 1940 Act, or of any valid rule, regulation or order of the Commission thereunder.

TAXES

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal (and, where noted, state and local) income tax considerations affecting the Fund and its shareholders. This discussion is very general and does not address all the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the Fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. This summary is based upon the Code, its legislative history, Treasury regulations (including temporary and proposed regulations), published rulings, and court decisions, each as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, which could affect the continuing accuracy of this discussion. This discussion assumes that each shareholder holds its shares of the Fund as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the specific federal, state, local, and foreign tax consequences of investing in the Fund.

Tax reform legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Act makes significant changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules for individuals and corporations, generally effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. Most of the changes applicable to individuals are temporary and, without further legislation, will not apply after 2025. The application of certain provisions of the Tax Act is uncertain, and the changes to the Code that the Tax Act enacted may have direct or indirect effects on the Fund, its investments, or its shareholders that cannot be predicted. In addition, legislative, regulatory, or administrative changes to, or in respect of the application of, the Tax Act could be enacted or promulgated at any time, either prospectively or with retroactive effect. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the implications of the Tax Act on their investment in the Fund. In addition, the Biden Administration has announced that it is contemplating legislation that may result in significant changes to the Code, which could potentially have retroactive effect. These changes may significantly alter the after-tax return of the Fund’s shareholders.

Tax Treatment of the Fund

The Fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify as such, the Fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that derive less than 90% of their income from sources described in this subparagraph (a) other than qualified publicly traded partnerships); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s assets consists of cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities, and other

 

118


securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or larger voting stock interest, (x) in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, (y) in the securities (other than the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are treated as engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or (z) in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” which generally include master limited partnerships.

In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the Fund. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership will be treated as qualifying income. In general, qualified publicly traded partnerships will be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes because they meet a passive income requirement under the Code. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships. The Fund’s investments in partnerships, if any, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in the Fund being subject to state, local, or foreign income, franchise, or withholding tax liabilities.

For purposes of the diversification test described above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. Also, for purposes of the diversification test, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular Fund investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to meet the diversification test.

As a regulated investment company, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the Fund must distribute at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., generally, its taxable income other than the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss, plus or minus certain other adjustments, and calculated without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at the regular corporate tax rate on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute.

If, for any taxable year, the Fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or were to fail to meet the distribution requirement, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation, and distributions would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the Fund’s distributions, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. However, such dividends would be eligible, subject to any generally applicable limitations, (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the Fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it would be required to pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification, or distribution test described above, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying Fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, or disposing of certain assets. In particular, if in the first instance, the Fund does not satisfy the diversification test as of a particular quarter end, it will have up to 30 days after that quarter end to adjust its holdings in order to comply with the test retroactively. Portfolio transactions executed by the Fund in order to comply with the diversification test will increase the Fund’s portfolio turnover and trading costs and may increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders to the extent any capital gains are realized as a result of such transactions. If the Fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund would generally be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets upon a disposition of such assets within five years of qualifying as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

119


If the Fund were to fail to distribute in a calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain net income (i.e., the excess of all gains from sales or exchanges of capital assets over the losses from such sales or exchanges) for the one-year period ending October 31 of that year (or November 30 or December 31 of that year if the Fund is permitted to elect and so elects) it would be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income that is retained by the Fund and subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a regulated investment company’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 of a calendar year (or November 30 of that year if the regulated investment company makes the election described above) generally are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year; in the case of a fund with a December 31 year end that makes the election described above, no such gains or losses will be so treated. The Fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary to avoid the application of this excise tax, but there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. In determining its net capital gain (i.e., net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses, including any capital loss carryforwards), its taxable income, and its earnings and profits, a regulated investment company generally is permitted to elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as any net capital loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31, or if there is no such loss, the net long-term capital loss or net short-term capital loss attributable to such portion of the taxable year), or late-year ordinary loss (generally, the sum of its (i) net ordinary loss from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31 and its (ii) other net ordinary loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.

Tax Treatment of the Fund’s Investments

The Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, foreign currencies, forward contracts, options, and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies), if any, will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund, and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount, and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to “mark to market” certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., require the Fund to treat all unrealized gains and losses with respect to those positions as though they were realized at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income prior to or without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the Fund level, the Fund might be required to sell portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, if any, the Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, the Fund may be required to recognize currently income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.

Any investments by the Fund in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market, and options on most stock indexes, are subject to special tax rules. Any section 1256 contracts held by the Fund at the end of its taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain later dates as prescribed under the Code) are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the Fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the Fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were neither part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the Fund.

 

120


In general, option premiums received by the Fund are not immediately included in the income of the Fund. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the Fund transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If a call option written by the Fund is exercised and the Fund sells or delivers the underlying security, the Fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the Fund minus (b) the Fund’s basis in the security. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying security. If securities are purchased by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received for purposes of computing its cost basis in the securities purchased. Gain or loss arising in respect of a termination of the Fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the Fund is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when the Fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the Fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by the Fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the Fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the Fund for more than one year. In general, the Fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

The Fund may purchase debt obligations with original issue discount (“OID”), market discount, or acquisition discount. Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (and all zero-coupon debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) will be treated as debt obligations that are issued with OID. Generally, the amount of the OID is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and is accordingly required to be distributed by the Fund) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. Periodic adjustments for inflation in the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds also may be treated as OID that is includible in the Fund’s gross income on a current basis.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance in the secondary market may be treated as having “market discount.” Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its “revised issue price”) over the purchase price of such obligation. Under the Code, (i) generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt security, (ii) alternatively, the Fund may elect to accrue market discount currently, in which case the Fund will be required to include the accrued market discount in the Fund’s income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial of full repayment or disposition of the debt security, and (iii) the rate at which the market discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Fund may be treated as having OID or, in certain cases, “acquisition discount” (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). The Fund will be required to include the OID or acquisition discount in income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which OID or acquisition discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.

Because the OID, market discount, or acquisition discount earned by the Fund in a taxable year may exceed the total amount of cash interest the Fund receives from the relevant debt obligations, the Fund may have to dispose of one or more of its investments, including at a time when it is not advantageous to do so, and use the proceeds thereof to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements. The Fund may realize capital gains or losses from such dispositions, which would increase or decrease the Fund’s investment company taxable income and/or net capital gain.

 

121


In addition, payment-in-kind securities held by the Fund, if any, will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year.

Very generally, where the Fund purchases a bond at a price that exceeds the redemption price at maturity (i.e., a premium), the premium is amortizable over the remaining term of the bond. In the case of a taxable bond, if the Fund makes an election applicable to all such bonds it purchases, which election is irrevocable without consent of the IRS, the Fund reduces the current taxable income from the bond by the amortized premium and reduces its tax basis in the bond by the amount of such offset; upon the disposition or maturity of such bonds acquired on or after January 4, 2013, the Fund is permitted to deduct any remaining premium allocable to a prior period. In the case of a tax-exempt bond, tax rules require the Fund to reduce its tax basis by the amount of amortized premium.

The Fund may invest in debt obligations that are in the lowest rating categories or are unrated, including debt obligations of issuers not currently paying interest or that are in default. Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, and how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as, and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its eligibility for treatment as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

A portion of the interest paid or accrued on high yield obligations may not (and interest paid on debt obligations, if any, that are considered for tax purposes to be payable in the equity of the issuer or a related party will not) be deductible to the issuer. If a portion of the interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations is not deductible by the issuer, that portion will be treated as a dividend for purposes of the corporate dividends-received deduction. In such cases, if the issuer of the high yield discount obligations is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction to the extent of the deemed dividend portion of such accrued interest.

The Fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market rules, constructive sale rules or rules applicable to passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), to partnerships or trusts in which the Fund invests or to certain options, futures, or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions,” (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the Fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country, or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with OID, including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if the Fund elects to accrue such market discount currently. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the Fund, the Fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. The Fund might also meet the distribution requirements by borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses.

Foreign Investments

Dividends, interest or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the Fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Even if the Fund is entitled to seek a refund in respect of such taxes, it may choose not to. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets at the close of any taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, which for this purpose may include obligations of foreign governmental issuers, the Fund may elect, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to treat foreign income or withholding taxes paid by the Fund, if any, as paid by its shareholders. For any year that the Fund is eligible for and makes such an election, each shareholder of the Fund will be required to include in income an amount equal to his or her allocable share of qualified foreign income taxes paid by the Fund, and shareholders will be entitled, subject to certain holding period requirements and other limitations, to credit their portions of these amounts against their United States federal income tax due, if any, or to deduct their portions from their United States taxable income, if any. No deductions for foreign taxes paid by the Fund may be claimed, however, by non corporate shareholders who do not itemize deductions and no deductions for foreign taxes will be permitted to individuals in computing their alternative minimum tax liability. Even if the Fund qualifies to make this election, it may choose not to do so; in that case,

 

122


foreign taxes that the Fund pays will nonetheless reduce the Fund’s taxable income. Foreign taxes paid by the Fund may reduce the return from the Fund’s investments.

Under certain circumstances, if the Fund receives a refund of foreign taxes paid in respect of a prior year, the value of Fund shares could be affected or any foreign tax credits or deductions passed through to shareholders in respect of the Fund’s foreign taxes for the current year could be reduced.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the Fund were to elect otherwise.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If the Fund purchases equity interests (including certain interests treated as equity interests) in foreign entities treated as PFICs for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and does not timely make certain elections, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation in which (i) 75% or more of the gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or (ii) the average percentage of the assets (generally by value, but by adjusted tax basis in certain cases) that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income is at least 50%. Generally, passive income for this purpose means dividends, interest (including income equivalent to interest), royalties, rents, annuities, the excess of gains over losses from certain property transactions and commodities transactions, income from certain notional principal contracts, and foreign currency gains. Passive income for this purpose does not include certain types of passive income excepted by the Code and other guidance.

If the Fund were to invest in a PFIC and timely elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code for the first year of its holding period in the PFIC stock, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the Fund would generally be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the Fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the Fund level, the Fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. In order to make the “qualified electing fund” election, the Fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.”

If the Fund were to invest in a PFIC and make a mark-to-market election, the Fund would be treated as if it had sold and repurchased its stock in that PFIC at the end of each year. In such case, the Fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. Such an election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the Fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years of the Fund, unless revoked with the consent of the IRS. By making the election, the Fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year might be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The Fund might have to distribute such excess income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the Fund level, the Fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss.

Investments in Municipal or Other Tax-Exempt Funds (California Municipals Fund, Managed Municipals Fund, and Short Duration Municipal Income Fund)

The Fund intends to satisfy conditions that will enable it to pay “exempt-interest dividends” to its shareholders. Exempt-interest dividends are dividends attributable to interest income received from municipal obligations and are generally not subject to regular U.S. federal income taxes, although they may be considered taxable for certain state and local income tax

 

123


purposes and may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax. Repurchase agreements on municipal obligations generally give rise to taxable interest income, which will not be included in exempt-interest dividends when distributed by the Fund.

Interest on indebtedness incurred by shareholders, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry shares is not deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes in proportion to the percentage that the Fund’s distributions of exempt-interest dividends bears to all of the Fund’s distributions, excluding capital gain dividends. Investors receiving social security or railroad retirement benefits should be aware that exempt-interest dividends received from the Fund may, under certain circumstances, cause a portion of such benefits to be subject to U.S. federal income tax. Furthermore, a portion of any exempt-interest dividend paid by the Fund that represents income derived from certain revenue or “private activity bonds” held by the Fund may not retain its federal tax-exempt status in the hands of a shareholder who is a “substantial user” of a facility financed by such bonds or a “related person” thereof. Moreover, some or all of the exempt-interest dividends distributed by the Fund may be a specific preference item, or a component of an adjustment item, for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are (a) “substantial users” with respect to a facility or “related” to such users within the meaning of the Code or (b) subject to the federal alternative minimum tax or the federal or California “excess net passive income” tax. Corporate shareholders are not subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

The treatment under state and local tax law of Fund dividends may differ from the U.S. federal income tax treatment of such dividends under the Code.

Capital Loss Carryforwards

As of February 28, 2022, as set forth below, the Fund had capital losses that may be carried forward indefinitely to offset future taxable capital gains. These capital losses have been deferred as either short-term or long-term losses and will be deemed to occur on the first day of the next taxable year in the same character as they were originally deferred.

 

Fund

   Amount of Capital
Loss Carryforward ($)

Emerging Markets Debt Fund

   40,605,056

Managed Municipals Fund

   37,871,357

Short Duration Municipal Income Fund

   12,109,588

No Capital Loss Carryforwards

As of February 28, 2022, California Municipals Fund had no unused capital loss carryforwards.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions. Dividends and other distributions by the Fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, if any dividend or distribution is declared by the Fund in October, November, or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month but is actually paid during the following January, such dividend or distribution will be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

The Fund intends to distribute annually substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends-paid deduction), and any net capital gain. However, if the Fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net capital gain, it will be subject to a corporate tax on the amount retained. In that event, the Fund may designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the income tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to their share of the excess of the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in their income over the income paid by the

 

124


Fund on the undistributed amount. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the Fund upon timely filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Exempt-interest dividends paid by the Fund (other than Emerging Markets Debt Fund) are exempt from regular U.S. federal income taxes. Other distributions from the Fund’s net investment income and of net realized short-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares, are taxable to a U.S. shareholder as ordinary income or, if certain conditions are met, as “qualified dividend income,” taxable to individual and certain other non-corporate shareholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. Distributions of net capital gain, if any, that the Fund reports as capital gain dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares, and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the Fund. The IRS and the Department of the Treasury have issued regulations that impose special reporting of capital gain dividends by the Fund in order to allow capital gain dividends to be taxable at reduced rates in the hands of certain noncorporate taxpayers who hold shares of the Fund through entities treated as partnerships.

In general, dividends may be reported by the Fund as qualified dividend income if they are attributable to qualified dividend income received by the Fund. Qualified dividend income generally means dividend income received from the Fund’s investments in common and preferred stock of U.S. corporations and stock of certain qualified foreign corporations, provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met by both the Fund and the shareholders. If 95% or more of the Fund’s gross income (calculated without taking into account net capital gain derived from sales or other dispositions of stock or securities) consists of qualified dividend income, the Fund may report all distributions of such income as qualified dividend income.

A foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation for this purpose if it is incorporated in a possession of the United States or it is eligible for the benefits of certain income tax treaties with the United States and meets certain additional requirements. Certain foreign corporations that are not otherwise qualified foreign corporations will be treated as qualified foreign corporations with respect to dividends paid by them if the stock with respect to which the dividends are paid is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. PFICs are not qualified foreign corporations for this purpose. Dividends received by the Fund from REITs generally are not expected to qualify for treatment as qualified dividend income.

A dividend that is attributable to qualified dividend income of the Fund that is paid by the Fund to a shareholder will not be taxable as qualified dividend income to such shareholder (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of the Fund held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share became ex-dividend with respect to such dividend, (2) to the extent that the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, or (3) if the shareholder elects to have the dividend treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest. The “ex-dividend” date is the date on which the owner of the share at the commencement of such date is entitled to receive the next issued dividend payment for such share even if the share is sold by the owner on that date or thereafter.

Certain dividends received by the Fund from U.S. corporations (generally, dividends received by the Fund in respect of any share of stock (1) with a tax holding period of at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend as to that dividend and (2) that is held in an unleveraged position) and distributed and appropriately so reported by the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations under the Code. Certain preferred stock must have a holding period of at least 91 days during the 181-day period beginning on the date that is 90 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend as to that dividend in order to be eligible. Capital gain dividends distributed to the Fund from other regulated investment companies are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction. In order to qualify for the deduction, corporate shareholders must meet the minimum holding period requirement stated above with respect to their Fund shares, taking into account any holding period reductions from certain hedging or other transactions or positions that diminish their risk of loss with respect to their Fund shares, and, if they borrow to acquire or otherwise incur debt attributable to Fund shares, they may be denied a portion of the dividends-received deduction with respect to those shares. Any corporate shareholder should consult its tax adviser regarding the possibility that its tax basis in its shares may be reduced, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, by reason of “extraordinary dividends” received with respect to the shares and, to the extent such basis would be reduced below zero, current recognition of income may be required.

 

125


The Fund does not anticipate that any of its dividends paid will qualify for the dividends-received deduction or be treated as qualified dividend income.

Under Section 163(j) of the Code, a taxpayer’s business interest expense is generally deductible to the extent of the taxpayer’s business interest income plus certain other amounts. If the Fund earns business interest income, it may report a portion of its dividends as “Section 163(j) interest dividends,” which its shareholders may be able to treat as business interest income for purposes of Section 163(j) of the Code. The Fund’s “Section 163(j) interest dividend” for a tax year will be limited to the excess of its business interest income over the sum of its business interest expense and other deductions properly allocable to its business interest income. In general, the Fund’s shareholders may treat a distribution reported as a Section 163(j) interest dividend as interest income only to the extent the distribution exceeds the sum of the portions of the distribution reported as other types of tax-favored income. To be eligible to treat a Section 163(j) interest dividend as interest income, a shareholder may need to meet certain holding period requirements in respect of the Fund shares and must not have hedged its position in the Fund shares in certain ways.

Dividends and distributions from the Fund (excluding exempt-interest dividends) will generally be taken into account in determining a shareholder’s “net investment income” for purposes of the Medicare contribution tax applicable to certain individuals, estates and trusts.

Certain tax-exempt educational institutions will be subject to a 1.4% tax on net investment income. For these purposes, certain dividends (excluding exempt-interest dividends) and capital gain distributions, and certain gains from the disposition of Fund shares (among other categories of income), are generally taken into account in computing a shareholder’s net investment income.

Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares of the Fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his or her shares of the Fund as capital assets). One or more of the Fund’s distributions during the year may include such a return of capital distribution. Each shareholder who receives distributions in the form of additional shares will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholder would have received if he or she had instead elected to receive cash distributions. The shareholder’s aggregate tax basis in shares of the Fund will be increased by such amount.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a capital gain distribution or, in the case of Emerging Markets Debt Fund, a dividend should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such distribution or dividend may nevertheless be taxable to them.

If Fund shares are held through a qualified retirement plan entitled to tax-advantaged treatment for federal income tax purposes, distributions will generally not be taxable currently. Special tax rules apply to such retirement plans. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax treatment of distributions (which may include amounts attributable to Fund distributions) which may be taxable when distributed from the retirement plan.

Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of his or her shares, a shareholder will generally recognize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his or her basis in the shares. A redemption of shares by the Fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shareholder held such shares for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shareholder held such shares for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including by reinvesting dividends or capital gains distributions in the Fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to the shares and, to the extent not disallowed will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder (including amounts credited to the shareholder as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares during that six-month period.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the Fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then by January 31 of the calendar year following the year of disposition acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise

 

126


applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain or loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is so reportable does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper.

If a shareholder’s shares are redeemed to pay a fee because the shareholder’s account balance is less than a certain threshold, the redemption will be treated as a taxable sale or exchange of shares, as described above. Such a fee generally will not be deductible by a shareholder that is an individual for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, and, for other taxable years, the deductibility of such a fee by a shareholder that is an individual may be subject to generally applicable limitations on miscellaneous itemized deductions.

Basis Reporting. The Fund, or, in the case of a shareholder holding shares through a Service Agent, the Service Agent, will report to the IRS the amount of proceeds that a shareholder receives from a redemption or exchange of Fund shares. For redemptions or exchanges of shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, the Fund will also report the shareholder’s basis in those shares and the character of any gain or loss that the shareholder realizes on the redemption or exchange (i.e., short-term or long-term), and certain related tax information. If a shareholder has a different basis for different shares of the Fund in the same account (e.g., if a shareholder purchased Fund shares held in the same account when the shares were at different prices), the Fund will by default report the basis of the shares redeemed or exchanged using the average basis method, under which the basis per share is the average of the bases of all the shareholder’s Fund shares in the account. For these purposes, shares acquired prior to January 1, 2012 and shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 will generally be treated as held in separate accounts.

A shareholder may instruct the Fund to use a method other than average basis for an account. If redemptions, including in connection with payment of an account fee, or exchanges have occurred in an account to which the average basis method applied, the basis of the Fund shares remaining in the account will continue to reflect the average basis notwithstanding the shareholder’s subsequent election of a different method. For further assistance, shareholders who hold their shares directly with the Fund may call the Fund at 877-6LM-FUND/656-3863. Shareholders who hold shares through a Service Agent should contact the Service Agent for further assistance or for information regarding the Service Agent’s default method for calculating basis and procedures for electing to use an alternative method. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers concerning the tax consequences of applying the average basis method or electing another method of basis calculation and should consider electing such other method prior to making redemptions or exchanges in their accounts.

Backup Withholding. The Fund may be required in certain circumstances to apply backup withholding on dividends (including exempt interest dividends), distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification numbers or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

Notices. Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the Fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the Fund during the preceding taxable year. In certain cases, the Fund may be required to amend the tax information reported to you with respect to a particular year. In this event, you may be required to file amended U.S. federal income or other tax returns with respect to such amended information and, if applicable, to pay additional taxes (including potentially interest and penalties) or to seek a tax refund and may incur other related costs.

 

127


Other Taxes

Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Generally, shareholders will have to pay state or local taxes on Fund dividends and other distributions, although distributions derived from interest on U.S. government obligations (but not distributions of gain from the sale of such obligations) may be exempt from certain state and local taxes.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

Ordinary dividends and certain other payments made by the Fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to federal withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty). In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or similar form certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides an IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have already been subject to the 30% withholding tax.

The 30% withholding tax generally will not apply to exempt interest dividends, to distributions of the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses or to redemption proceeds. The 30% withholding tax also will not apply to dividends that the Fund reports as (a) interest-related dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the Fund’s “qualified net interest income,” or (b) short-term capital gain dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the Fund’s “qualified short-term gain.” “Qualified net interest income” is the Fund’s net income derived from U.S.-source interest and OID, subject to certain exceptions and limitations. “Qualified short-term gain” generally means the excess of the net short-term capital gain of the Fund for the taxable year over its net long-term capital loss, if any. In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports a payment as an interest-related dividend or a short-term capital gain dividend. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

A non-U.S. shareholder is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of the Fund unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. shareholder within the United States, (ii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder that is an individual, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met or (iii) the special rules relating to gain attributable to the sale or exchange of “United States real property interests” (as defined below, “USRPIs”) apply to the non-U.S. shareholder’s sale of shares of the Fund.

Special rules would apply if the Fund were a qualified investment entity (“QIE”) because it is either a “United States real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions to the definition of USRPIs described below. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States, and other trade or business assets. USRPIs are generally defined as any interest in U.S. real property and any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in a USRPHC or, very generally, an entity that has been a USRPHC in the last five years. A regulated investment company that holds, directly or indirectly, significant interests in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) may be a USRPHC. Interests in domestically controlled QIEs, including REITs and regulated investment companies that are QIEs, not-greater-than-10% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in regulated investment companies generally are not USRPIs, but these exceptions do not apply for purposes of determining whether the Fund is a QIE. If an interest in the Fund were a USRPI, the Fund would be required to withhold U.S. tax on the proceeds of a share redemption by a greater-than-5% non-U.S. shareholder, in which case such non-U.S. shareholder generally would also be required to file U.S. federal income tax returns and pay any additional taxes due in connection with the redemption.

If the Fund were a QIE, under a special “look through” rule, any distributions by the Fund to a non-U.S. shareholder (including, in certain cases, distributions made by the Fund in redemption of its shares) attributable directly or indirectly to (i)

 

128


distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier regulated investment company or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands and (ii) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Fund would retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the Fund’s non-U.S. shareholders and would be subject to U.S. tax withholding. In addition, such distributions could result in the non-U.S. shareholder being required to file a U.S. federal income tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions (e.g., as ordinary income or USRPI gain), would vary depending upon the extent of the non-U.S. shareholder’s current and past ownership of the Fund.

Under legislation commonly known as “FATCA,” the Fund is required to withhold 30% of certain ordinary dividends it pays to shareholders that fail to meet prescribed information reporting or certification requirements. In general, no such withholding will be required with respect to a U.S. person or non-U.S. individual that timely provides the certifications required by the Fund or its agent on a valid IRS Form W-9 or applicable IRS Form W-8, respectively. Shareholders potentially subject to withholding include foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”), such as non-U.S. investment funds, and non-financial foreign entities (“NFFEs”). To avoid withholding under FATCA, an FFI generally must enter into an information sharing agreement with the IRS in which it agrees to report certain identifying information (including name, address, and taxpayer identification number) with respect to its U.S. account holders (which, in the case of an entity shareholder, may include its direct and indirect U.S. owners), and an NFFE generally must identify and provide other required information to the Fund or other withholding agent regarding its U.S. owners, if any. Such non-U.S. shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by regulations and other guidance. A non-U.S. shareholder in a country that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

A non-U.S. entity that invests in the Fund will need to provide the Fund with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding.

Non-U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the impact of these requirements on their investment in the Fund.

California Taxation. California shareholders will not be subject to California state personal income tax on dividends they receive from the California Fund to the extent that such distributions qualify as exempt-interest dividends under the Code and California law and provided that, at the close of each quarter of the California Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the California Fund’s total assets are invested in California municipal securities. To the extent that distributions are derived from taxable income, including long-term or short-term capital gains, such distributions will not be exempt from California state personal income tax. Dividends from the California Fund are not excluded in determining California state franchise or income taxes on corporations and financial institutions. The foregoing is only a brief summary of the tax considerations generally affecting the California Fund and its shareholders who are California residents. Investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with specific reference to their own tax situation.

CODES OF ETHICS

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the Fund, the Manager, the Subadviser and the Distributor each has adopted a code of ethics that permits its personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes of ethics. Copies of the codes of ethics applicable to personnel of the Fund, the Manager, the Subadviser, the Distributor and the Independent Trustees are on file with the SEC.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Fund’s Annual Report to shareholders for the fiscal period ended February 28, 2022, contains the Fund’s audited financial statements, accompanying notes and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, all of which are incorporated by reference into this SAI (California Municipals Fund https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/764624/000119312522126921/d243594dncsr.htm; Emerging Markets Debt Fund https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/0000764624/000119312522126980/d308477dncsr.htm; Managed Municipals Fund https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/0000764624/000119312522127009/d258187dncsr.htm; and Short Duration Municipal

 

129


Income Fund https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/0000764624/000119312522126966/d272751dncsr.htm). These audited financial statements are available free of charge upon request by calling the Fund at 877-6LM-FUND/656-3863.

 

130


 

 

[This page intentionally left blank.]



Appendix A

Proxy Voting Policies

Western Asset Management Company, LLC

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

BACKGROUND

An investment adviser is required to adopt and implement policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). The authority to vote the proxies of our clients is established through investment management agreements or comparable documents. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities have been established for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the investment manager.

POLICY

As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)- 6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

PROCEDURE

Responsibility and Oversight

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority

The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

Proxy Gathering

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their

 

A-1


responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

 

  1.

Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

 

  2.

Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

 

  3.

Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)

 

  4.

If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

 

  5.

Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into the account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

  6.

Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering, and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

 

  a.

A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

 

  b.

Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

 

  c.

A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

 

  d.

Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

 

  e.

A proxy log including:

 

  1.

Issuer name;

 

  2.

Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

 

  3.

Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

 

  4.

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

  5.

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

 

  6.

Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

 

A-2


  7.

A record of how the vote was cast; and

 

  8.

Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

Disclosure

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest.

Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

 

  1.

Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

 

  2.

Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

 

  3.

Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

 

  I.

Board Approved Proposals

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

 

  1.

Matters relating to the Board of Directors

Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board- approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

 

  a.

Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

 

  b.

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

 

A-3


  c.

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

 

  d.

Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

 

  2.

Matters relating to Executive Compensation

Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

 

  a.

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

 

  b.

Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

 

  c.

Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

 

  d.

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

 

  3.

Matters relating to Capitalization

The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

 

  a.

Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

 

  b.

Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

 

  c.

Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

 

  4.

Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions

Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

 

  5.

Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

 

  a.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.

 

  b.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

 

  6.

Other Business Matters

Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

 

  a.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

 

  b.

Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

 

  II.

Shareholder Proposals

 

A-4


SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

 

  a.

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

 

  b.

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

 

  c.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

 

  III.

Voting Shares of Investment Companies

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

 

  1.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

 

  2.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

 

  IV.

Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

 

  1.

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.

 

  2.

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

 

  3.

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

 

  4.

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS

For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.

 

A-5


In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.

Western Asset Management Company Limited

Proxy Voting and Corporate Actions Policy

NOTE: Below policy relating to Proxy Voting and Corporate Actions is a global policy for all Western Asset affiliates. As compliance with the Policy is monitored by Western Asset Pasadena affiliate, the Policy has been adopted from US Compliance Manual and therefore all defined terms are those defined in the US Compliance Manual rather than UK Compliance Manual.

As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

RESPONSIBILITY AND OVERSIGHT

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

CLIENT AUTHORITY

The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

PROXY GATHERING

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

PROXY VOTING

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

 

A-6


   

Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

 

   

Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

 

   

Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)

 

   

If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

 

   

Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

   

Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

TIMING

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

RECORDKEEPING

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

 

   

A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

 

   

Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

 

   

A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

 

   

Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

 

   

A proxy log including:

     

Issuer name;

 

     

Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

 

     

Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

 

     

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

     

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

 

     

Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

 

     

A record of how the vote was cast; and

 

     

Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

DISCLOSURE

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

 

A-7


CONFLICT OF INTEREST

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

   

Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

   

Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

VOTING GUIDELINES

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

BOARD APPROVAL PROPOSALS

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

Matters relating to the Board of Directors – Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

 

   

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

   

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

   

Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

Matters relating to Executive Compensation – Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by- case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

 

   

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

   

Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

   

Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

   

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more

 

A-8


 

than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

Matters relating to Capitalization – The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board- approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

 

   

Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock;

 

   

Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits);

 

   

Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs;

 

   

Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions;

 

   

Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions;

Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures – Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

 

   

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans;

 

   

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

Other Business Matters – Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

 

   

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws;

 

   

Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

 

   

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans;

 

   

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals;

 

   

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

VOTING SHARES OF INVESTMENT COMPANIES

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

 

   

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios;

 

   

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

VOTING SHARES OF FOREIGN ISSUERS

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the

 

A-9


following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

 

   

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management;

 

   

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees;

 

   

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated;

 

   

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS

For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary.

Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.

In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.

CORPORATE ACTIONS

Western Asset must pay strict attention to any corporate actions that are taken with respect to issuers whose securities are held in client accounts. For example, Western Asset must review any tender offers, rights offerings, etc., made in connection with securities owned by clients. Western Asset must also act in a timely manner and in the best interest of each client with respect to any such corporate actions.

Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. (“WAMS”)

Compliance Policies and Procedures

Proxy Voting

WAMS has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and the applicable laws and regulations. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, WAMS will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

 

A-10


Procedure

Responsibility and Oversight

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority

The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

Proxy Gathering

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

 

  1.

Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

 

  2.

Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

 

  3.

Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. [See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.]

 

  4.

If a material conflict of interest exists, (4.1) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (4.2) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

 

  5.

Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

  6.

Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (4) or (5) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

 

 

A-11


Recordkeeping

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

 

   

A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

 

   

Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

 

   

A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

 

   

Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

 

   

A proxy log including:

 

     

Issuer name;

 

     

Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

 

     

Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

 

     

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

 

   

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

 

     

Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

 

     

A record of how the vote was cast; and

 

     

Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

Disclosure

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

 

   

Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

 

   

Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part 1 deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part 2 deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part 3 addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part 4 addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers

Part 1 - Board Approved Proposals 

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

 

A-12


   

Matters relating to the Board of Directors. Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

 

     

Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

 

     

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

 

     

Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

 

     

Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

 

   

Matters relating to Executive Compensation. Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

 

     

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

 

   

Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or re-pricing of underwater options.

 

     

Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

 

     

Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

 

   

Matters relating to Capitalization. The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

 

     

Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

 

     

Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

 

     

Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

 

   

Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions. Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

 

   

Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures. Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

 

     

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.

 

     

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

 

   

Other Business Matters. Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

 

     

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

 

     

Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

Part 2 - Shareholder Proposals

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business

 

A-13


operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

 

   

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

 

   

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

 

   

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

Part 3 – Voting Shares of Investment Companies

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts 1 and 2 above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

 

   

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

 

   

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g. proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

Part 4 – Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

 

   

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.

 

   

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

 

   

Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

 

   

Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have pre-emptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have pre-emptive rights.

Retirement Accounts

For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager. In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (1) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (2) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.

 

A-14


Appendix B

Credit Ratings

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., S&P Global Ratings and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. Global Rating Scales

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short- term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Moody’s defines credit risk as the risk that an entity may not meet its contractual financial obligations as they come due and any estimated financial loss in the event of default or impairment. The contractual financial obligations1 addressed by Moody’s ratings are those that call for, without regard to enforceability, the payment of an ascertainable amount, which may vary based upon standard sources of variation (e.g., floating interest rates), by an ascertainable date. Moody’s rating addresses the issuer’s ability to obtain cash sufficient to service the obligation, and its willingness to pay.2 Moody’s ratings do not address non-standard sources of variation in the amount of the principal obligation (e.g., equity indexed), absent an express statement to the contrary in a press release accompanying an initial rating.3 Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Short-term ratings are assigned for obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.4, 5

Moody’s issues ratings at the issuer level and instrument level on both the long- term scale and the short-term scale. Typically, ratings are made publicly available although private and unpublished ratings may also be assigned.6

Moody’s differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporate, financial institution, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf ) to all structured finance ratings.7 The addition of (sf ) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same.

 

1

In the case of impairments, there can be a financial loss even when contractual obligations are met.

 

2

In some cases the relevant credit risk relates to a third party, in addition to, or instead of the issuer. Examples include credit-linked notes and guaranteed obligations.

 

3

Because the number of possible features or structures is limited only by the creativity of issuers, Moody’s cannot comprehensively catalogue all the types of non-standard variation affecting financial obligations, but examples include indexed values, equity values and cash flows, prepayment penalties, and an obligation to pay an amount that is not ascertainable at the inception of the transaction.

 

4

For certain preferred stock and hybrid securities in which payment default events are either not defined or do not match investors’ expectations for timely payment, long-term and short-term ratings reflect the likelihood of impairment and financial loss in the event of impairment.

 

5

Debts held on the balance sheets of official sector institutions – which include supranational institutions, central banks and certain government-owned or controlled banks – may not always be treated the same as debts held by private investors and lenders. When it is known that an obligation is held by official sector institutions as well as other investors, a rating (short-term or long-term) assigned to that obligation reflects only the credit risks faced by non-official sector investors.

 

6

For information on how to obtain a Moody’s credit rating, including private and unpublished credit ratings, please see Moody’s Investors Service Products.

 

7

Like other global scale ratings, (sf) ratings reflect both the likelihood of a default and the expected loss suffered in the event of default. Ratings are assigned based on a rating committee’s assessment of a security’s expected loss rate (default probability multiplied by expected loss severity), and may be subject to the constraint that the final expected loss rating assigned would not be more than a certain number of notches, typically three to five notches, above the rating that would be assigned based on an assessment of default probability alone. The magnitude of this constraint may vary with the level of the rating, the seasoning of the transaction, and the uncertainty around the assessments of expected loss and probability of default.

 

B-1


The (sf) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics. Through its current methodologies, however, Moody’s aspires to achieve broad expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Global Long-Term Ratings:

Aaa—Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa—Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A—Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa—Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba—Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B—Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa—Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca—Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C—Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*

By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Global Short-Term Ratings:

P-1—Ratings of Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

P-2—Ratings of Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

P-3—Ratings of Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Ratings:

U.S. Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale for commercial paper issued by US municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.

For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (VMIG) scales discussed below.

Moody’s uses the MIG scale for US municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.

 

B-2


MIG 1—This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2—This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3—This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG—This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interest payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase -price -upon -demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.

VMIG 1—This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2—This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short- term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3—This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG—This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s National Scale Long-Term Ratings:

Moody’s long-term National Scale Ratings (NSRs) are opinions of the relative creditworthiness of issuers and financial obligations within a particular country. NSRs are not designed to be compared among countries; rather, they address relative credit risk within a given country. Moody’s assigns national scale ratings in certain local capital markets in which investors have found the global rating scale provides inadequate differentiation among credits or is inconsistent with a rating scale already in common use in the country.

In each specific country, the last two characters of the rating indicate the country in which the issuer is located or the financial obligation was issued (e.g., Aaa.ke for Kenya).

Long-Term NSR Scale

Aaa.n Issuers or issues rated Aaa.n demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other domestic issuers and issuances.

 

B-3


Aa.n Issuers or issues rated Aa.n demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other domestic issuers and issuances.

A.n Issuers or issues rated A.n present above-average creditworthiness relative to other domestic issuers and issuances.

Baa.n Issuers or issues rated Baa.n represent average creditworthiness relative to other domestic issuers and issuances.

Ba.n Issuers or issues rated Ba.n demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other domestic issuers and issuances.

B.n Issuers or issues rated B.n demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other domestic issuers and issuances.

Caa.n Issuers or issues rated Caa.n demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other domestic issuers and issuances.

Ca.n Issuers or issues rated Ca.n demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other domestic issuers and issuances.

C.n Issuers or issues rated C.n demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other domestic issuers and issuances.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of S&P Global Ratings’ Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P Global Ratings’ analysis of the following considerations:

 

 

The likelihood of payment—the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise S&P Global Ratings imputes; and

 

The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

An issue rating is an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

AAA—An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA—An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

A—An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

BBB—An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C—Obligations rated “BB”, “B”, “CCC”, “CC”, and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

 

B-4


BB—An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B—An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CCC—An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CC—An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

C—An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

D—An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

Description of S&P Global Ratings’ Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

A-1—A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2—A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3—A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B—A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

C—A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

D—A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period.

However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual

 

B-5


certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Description of S&P Global Ratings’ Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings:

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

 

 

Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

 

Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

SP-1—Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2—Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3—Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

D—“D” is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Long-Term Issuer Credit Ratings

AAA An obligor rated “AAA” has extremely strong capacity to meet its financial commitments. “AAA” is the highest issuer credit rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings.

AA An obligor rated “AA” has very strong capacity to meet its financial commitments. It differs from the highest-rated obligors only to a small degree.

A An obligor rated “A” has strong capacity to meet its financial commitments but is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligors in higher-rated categories.

BBB An obligor rated “BBB” has adequate capacity to meet its financial commitments. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments.

BB, B, CCC, and CC Obligors rated “BB”, “B”, “CCC”, and “CC” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “CC” the highest. While such obligors will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

BB An obligor rated “BB” is less vulnerable in the near term than other lower-rated obligors. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties and exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

B An obligor rated “B” is more vulnerable than the obligors rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments.

CCC An obligor rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet its financial commitments.

CC An obligor rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

 

B-6


SD and D An obligor is rated “SD” (selective default) or “D” if S&P Global Ratings considers there to be a default on one or more of its financial obligations, whether long- or short-term, including rated and unrated obligations but excluding hybrid instruments classified as regulatory capital or in nonpayment according to terms. A “D” rating is assigned when S&P Global Ratings believes that the default will be a general default and that the obligor will fail to pay all or substantially all of its obligations as they come due. An “SD” rating is assigned when S&P Global Ratings believes that the obligor has selectively defaulted on a specific issue or class of obligations but it will continue to meet its payment obligations on other issues or classes of obligations in a timely manner. A rating on an obligor is lowered to “D” or “SD” if it is conducting a distressed debt restructuring.

Ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

Short-Term Issuer Credit Ratings

A-1 An obligor rated “A-1” has strong capacity to meet its financial commitments. It is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. Within this category, certain obligors are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

A-2 An obligor rated “A-2” has satisfactory capacity to meet its financial commitments. However, it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligors in the highest rating category.

A-3 An obligor rated “A-3” has adequate capacity to meet its financial obligations. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments.

B An obligor rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

C An obligor rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment that would result in an “SD” or “D” issuer rating and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet its financial commitments.

SD and D An obligor is rated “SD” (selective default) or “D” if S&P Global Ratings considers there to be a default on one or more of its financial obligations, whether long- or short-term, including rated and unrated obligations but excluding hybrid instruments classified as regulatory capital or in nonpayment according to terms. A “D” rating is assigned when S&P Global Ratings believes that the default will be a general default and that the obligor will fail to pay all or substantially all of its obligations as they come due. An “SD” rating is assigned when S&P Global Ratings believes that the obligor has selectively defaulted on a specific issue or class of obligations but it will continue to meet its payment obligations on other issues or classes of obligations in a timely manner. A rating on an obligor is lowered to “D” or “SD” if it is conducting a distressed debt restructuring.

Description of S&P Global Ratings’ Dual Ratings:

Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, “AAA/A-1+” or “A-1+/A-1”). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

Description of S&P Global Ratings’ Active Qualifiers:

S&P Global Ratings uses the following qualifiers that limit the scope of a rating. The structure of the transaction can require the use of a qualifier such as a “p” qualifier, which indicates the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. A qualifier appears as a suffix and is part of the rating.

Federal deposit insurance limit: “L” qualifier. Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

 

B-7


Principal: “p” qualifier. This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only and that the interest is not rated.

Preliminary ratings: “prelim” qualifier. Preliminary ratings, with the “prelim” suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P Global Ratings of appropriate documentation. S&P Global Ratings reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.

 

 

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.

 

 

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation, and discussions with the obligor.

Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).

 

 

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P Global Ratings’ opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligations of these entities.

 

 

Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing, or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P Global Ratings would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.

 

 

A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

Termination structures: “t” qualifier. This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Counterparty instrument rating: “cir” qualifier. This symbol indicates a counterparty instrument rating (CIR), which is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an issuer in a securitization structure with respect to a specific financial obligation to a counterparty (including interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and liquidity facilities). The CIR is determined on an ultimate payment basis; these opinions do not take into account timeliness of payment.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Corporate Finance Obligation Ratings:

Ratings of individual securities or financial obligations of a corporate issuer address relative vulnerability to default on an ordinal scale. In addition, for financial obligations in corporate finance, a measure of recovery given default on that liability is also included in the rating assessment. This notably applies to covered bonds ratings, which incorporate both an indication of the probability of default and of the recovery given a default of this debt instrument. On the contrary, ratings of debtor-in-possession (DIP) obligations incorporate the expectation of full repayment.

The relationship between the issuer scale and obligation scale assumes a generic historical average recovery. Individual obligations can be assigned ratings higher, lower, or the same as that entity’s issuer rating or Issuer Default Rating (IDR), based on their relative ranking, relative vulnerability to default or based on explicit Recovery Ratings.

As a result, individual obligations of entities, such as corporations, are assigned ratings higher, lower, or the same as that entity’s issuer rating or IDR, except DIP obligation ratings that are not based off an IDR. At the lower end of the ratings scale, Fitch publishes explicit Recovery Ratings in many cases to complement issuer and obligation ratings.

AAA: Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

B-8


AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

B: Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. “CCC” ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. “CC” ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. “C” indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

The ratings of corporate finance obligations are linked to Issuer Default Ratings (or sometimes Viability Ratings for banks) by i) recovery expectations, including as often indicated by Recovery Ratings assigned in the case of low speculative grade issuers and ii) for banks an assessment of non-performance risk relative to the risk captured in the Issuer Default Rating or Viability Rating (e.g. in respect of certain hybrid securities).

For performing obligations, the obligation rating represents the risk of default and takes into account the effect of expected recoveries on the credit risk should a default occur.

If the obligation rating is higher than the rating of the issuer, this indicates above average recovery expectations in the event of default. If the obligations rating is lower than the rating of the issuer, this indicates low expected recoveries should default occur.

Ratings in the categories of “CCC”, “CC” and “C” can also relate to obligations or issuers that are in default. In this case, the rating does not opine on default risk but reflects the recovery expectation only.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Issuer Default Ratings:

Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns, insurance companies and certain sectors within public finance, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs are also assigned to certain entities or enterprises in global infrastructure, project finance and public finance. IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default (including by way of a distressed debt exchange) on financial obligations. The threshold default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts.

In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default.

AAA: Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

B-9


BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments.

B: Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C: Near default. A default or default-like process has begun, or the issuer is in standstill, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a “C” category rating for an issuer include:

 

 

the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

 

 

the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation;

 

 

the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange;

 

 

a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent

RD: Restricted default. “RD” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced:

 

 

an uncured payment default or distressed debt exchange on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation, but

 

 

has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation, or other formal winding-up procedure, and has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include:

 

   

the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

 

   

the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;

 

   

the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; ordinary execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

D: Default. “D” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure or that has otherwise ceased business.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Structured Finance Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Ratings of structured finance obligations on the long-term scale consider the obligations’ relative vulnerability to default. These ratings are typically assigned to an individual security or tranche in a transaction and not to an issuer.

AAA: Highest credit quality.

“AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

B-10


AA: Very high credit quality.

“AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality.

“A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality.

“BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative.

“BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time.

B: Highly speculative.

“B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC: Substantial credit risk.

Default is a real possibility.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk.

Default of some kind appears probable.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Default appears imminent or inevitable.

D: Default.

Indicates a default. Default generally is defined as one of the following:

 

 

Failure to make payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of the rated obligation;

 

 

bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of the business of an issuer/obligor; or

 

 

distressed exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation to avoid a probable payment default.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Country Ceilings Ratings:

Country Ceilings are expressed using the symbols of the long-term issuer primary credit rating scale and relate to sovereign jurisdictions also rated by Fitch on the Issuer Default Rating (IDR) scale. They reflect the agency’s judgment regarding the risk of capital and exchange controls being imposed by the sovereign authorities that would prevent or materially impede the private sector’s ability to convert local currency into foreign currency and transfer to non-resident creditors — transfer and convertibility (T&C) risk. They are not ratings but expressions of a cap for the foreign currency issuer ratings of most, but not all, issuers in a given country. Given the close correlation between sovereign credit and T&C risks, the Country Ceiling may exhibit a greater degree of volatility than would normally be expected when it lies above the sovereign Foreign Currency Rating.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Public Finance and Global Infrastructure Obligation Ratings:

Ratings of public finance obligations and ratings of infrastructure and project finance obligations on the long-term scale, including the financial obligations of sovereigns, consider the obligations’ relative vulnerability to default. These ratings

 

B-11


are assigned to an individual security, instrument or tranche in a transaction. In some cases, considerations of recoveries can have an influence on obligation ratings in infrastructure and project finance. In limited cases in U.S. public finance, where Chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code provides reliably superior prospects for ultimate recovery to local government obligations that benefit from a statutory lien on revenues, Fitch reflects this in a security rating with limited notching above the IDR. Recovery expectations can also be reflected in a security rating in the U.S. during the pendency of a bankruptcy proceeding under the Code if there is sufficient visibility on potential recovery prospects.

AAA: Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time.

B: Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Default appears imminent or inevitable.

D: Default. Indicates a default. Default generally is defined as one of the following:

 

 

Failure to make payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of the rated obligation;

 

 

bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of the business of an issuer/obligor where payment default on an obligation is a virtual certainty; or

 

 

distressed exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation to avoid a probable payment default.

Notes: In U.S. public finance, obligations may be pre-refunded, where funds sufficient to meet the requirements of the respective obligations are placed in an escrow account. When obligation ratings are maintained based on the escrowed funds and their structural elements, the ratings carry the suffix “pre” (e.g. “AAApre”, “AA+pre”).

Structured Finance Defaults

Imminent default, categorized under “C”, typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a distressed debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation will typically be rated in the “C” category.

 

B-12


Structured Finance Write-downs

Where an instrument has experienced an involuntary and, in the agency’s opinion, irreversible write-down of principal (i.e. other than through amortization, and resulting in a loss to the investor), a credit rating of “D” will be assigned to the instrument. Where the agency believes the write-down may prove to be temporary (and the loss may be written up again in future if and when performance improves), then a credit rating of “C” will typically be assigned. Should the write-down then later be reversed, the credit rating will be raised to an appropriate level for that instrument. Should the write-down later be deemed as irreversible, the credit rating will be lowered to “D”.

Notes:

In the case of structured finance, while the ratings do not address the loss severity given default of the rated liability, loss severity assumptions on the underlying assets are nonetheless typically included as part of the analysis. Loss severity assumptions are used to derive pool cash flows available to service the rated liability.

The suffix “sf” denotes an issue that is a structured finance transaction.

Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificates (EETCs) are corporate-structured hybrid debt securities that airlines typically use to finance aircraft equipment. Due to the hybrid characteristics of these bonds, Fitch’s rating approach incorporates elements of both the structured finance and corporate rating methodologies. Although rated as asset-backed securities, unlike other structured finance ratings, EETC ratings involve a measure of recovery given default akin to ratings of financial obligations in corporate finance, as described above.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Issuers and Obligations:

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention.8 Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

F1: Highest Short-Term Credit Quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2: Good Short-Term Credit Quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair Short-Term Credit Quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

B: Speculative Short-Term Credit Quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C: High Short-Term Default Risk. Default is a real possibility.

RD: Restricted Default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

8A long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity.

 

B-13


 

[This page intentionally left blank.]


Appendix C

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING

CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

The following information is a summary of certain factors affecting the credit and financial condition of the State of California (“California” or the “State”). The sources of payment for California municipal obligations and the marketability thereof may be affected by financial or other difficulties experienced by the State and certain of its municipalities and public authorities. This summary does not purport to be a complete description and, with the exception of the last paragraph hereof, is derived solely from information contained in an official statement, relating to an offering of California bonds dated March 9, 2022 (the “Official Statement”). The Funds have not verified the accuracy, completeness or timeliness of the information contained in the Official Statement. Any characterizations of fact, assessments of conditions, estimates of future results and other projections are statements of opinion made by the State in, and as of the date of, the Official Statement and are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially.

ECONOMY GENERALLY

California’s economy, the largest among the 50 states and one of the largest in the world, has major components in high technology, trade, entertainment, manufacturing, tourism, construction and services. The makeup of the State economy generally mirrors that of the national economy. California is by far the most populous state in the nation, with an estimated 39.37 million residents as of July 2021. Its population is approximately 33 percent larger than that of the second most populous state, and California contains approximately 12 percent of the total U.S. population. As of March 9, 2022, the State’s population was projected to continue to grow over the long term, although more slowly than in the past, and to reach 44.2 million residents by 2060. California’s economy accounted for nearly 15 percent of the U.S. Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) through the first three quarters of 2021. The COVID-19 pandemic materially and adversely impacted local, state and federal economies, including, among other things, labor force, employment, income, construction and exports. While the economy has improved since the second half of 2020 and while both U.S. and State real GDP have recovered to their pre-pandemic (fourth quarter of 2019) levels in the first and second quarters of 2021, respectively, recovery of nonfarm employment for the State and the nation to its pre-pandemic (fourth quarter of 2019) level is not expected until the second half of 2022.

Certain Information Regarding the Financial Condition of the State’s General Fund, Budget Reserves and Risks to General Fund

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget reflected a projected surplus of $45.7 billion, which included $20.6 billion in the State’s General Fund for discretionary purposes, $16.1 billion in additional Proposition 98 funding for local school and community college (“K-14 education”) and $9 billion for both reserve deposits and additional supplemental pension payments. The State’s budget resilience as of March 9, 2022 was strong: the result of building reserves, eliminating budgetary debt, reducing retirement liabilities and focusing on one time spending over ongoing investments to maintain structurally balanced budgets over the long-term.

At the time of enactment, the 2021 Budget Act included $25.2 billion in reserves for fiscal year 2021-22, comprised of:

 

 

$15.8 billion in the Budget Stabilization Account (“BSA”);

 

 

$4.5 billion in the Public School System Stabilization Account (“PSSSA”);

 

 

$900 million in the Safety Net Reserve Fund (“SNRF”); and

 

 

$4 billion (estimated) in the State’s Special Fund for Economic Uncertainties (“SFEU”) operating reserve at the end of that fiscal year.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget proposed a projected $34.6 billion in reserves for fiscal year 2022-23, comprised of:

 

 

$20.9 billion in the BSA;

 

 

$9.7 billion in the PSSSA;

 

 

$900 million in the SNRF; and

 

 

$3.1 billion (estimated) in the SFEU operating reserve at the end of that fiscal year.

 

C-1


As of March 9, 2022, risks to the State’s General Fund included ongoing challenges related to the COVID-19 pandemic and significant unfunded liabilities of the two main retirement systems managed by State entities, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System (“CalPERS”) and the California State Teachers’ Retirement System (“CalSTRS”).

There can be no assurances that the continuing impacts or unforeseen impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, or other changes in the State or national economies or in State or Federal policies, will not materially adversely affect the financial condition of the State’s General Fund.

The State manages its cash flow requirements during the fiscal year primarily with internal borrowing by the General Fund from over 800 of the State’s approximately 1,300 other funds and accounts in the State Treasury (the “special funds” and each a “special fund”). If necessary or otherwise advisable, the State may also utilize external borrowing.

COVID-19

On March 4, 2020, the Governor declared a state of emergency to help the State prepare for and respond to the novel coronavirus identified as COVID-19. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak a global pandemic and on March 13, 2020, the President of the United States declared a national state of emergency. Since then, tens of millions of cases of COVID-19 have been diagnosed throughout the country, resulting in hundreds of thousands of deaths. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, California, like other state and local government authorities, implemented, and revised from time to time, restrictions on mass gatherings and widespread closings and modifications of the operations of government, businesses, universities and schools. The severe drop in economic activity in the first quarter of 2020 caused by the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a recession (the “COVID-19 Recession”) that ended the nation’s longest economic expansion in history in February 2020. While the COVID-19 Recession ended relatively quickly in April 2020, the economic and public health impacts of the pandemic were still ongoing as of March 9, 2022.

In December 2020, two vaccines were approved for emergency use in the United States and vaccinations began in California. A third vaccine was approved for emergency use in February 2021. All Californians ages 5 and over were eligible to receive free vaccines as of March 9, 2022. The State estimated that, as of February 9, 2022, 73.6 percent of people in California aged 5 and over had been fully vaccinated and over 13.4 million individuals had received boosters, reflecting 55.1 percent of people in the State who were eligible to do so.

The ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the economy will depend on a variety of public health factors, including, but not limited to, the effectiveness of vaccines, vaccination rates in California, the rest of the United States, and the world and the spread and virulence of existing and new COVID-19 variants that may arise.

National Economy

After ten years of expansion, the U.S. entered a recession in February 2020, induced by the COVID-19 pandemic. The COVID-19 Recession ended in April 2020 and was both the deepest and shortest recession in modern history. U.S. real GDP contracted by 3.4 percent on a seasonally-adjusted annualized rate (“SAAR”) basis in 2020, and has since recovered to its pre-pandemic (fourth quarter of 2019) level within just six quarters, in the second quarter of 2021, averaging growth of 6.5 percent SAAR in the first half of 2021. In comparison, during the severe recession in 2009 (the “Great Recession”), the U.S. real GDP drop was just about one-third as deep, but took more than twice as long to recover. The nation’s real GDP growth slowed to 2.1 percent in the third quarter of 2021 (subsequently revised to 2.3 percent after the forecast was finalized), as the Delta variant exacerbated global supply chain bottlenecks. U.S. real GDP was projected to have grown by 5.5 percent in 2021 before gradually slowing to 2.6 percent growth by the end of the forecast window in 2025.

While U.S. real GDP recovered in the second quarter of 2021, the return to pre-pandemic levels for nonfarm employment was expected to take longer. The U.S. added back more than 18.3 million nonfarm jobs between May 2020 and October 2021, or more than four-fifths of the 22.4 million nonfarm jobs lost in March and April 2020 during the pandemic peak. The U.S. unemployment rate peaked at a historic 14.7 percent in April 2020 before decreasing steadily to 4.6 percent in October 2021, compared to 3.5 percent just before the pandemic (February 2020). The U.S. unemployment rate was projected to gradually fall from an annual average of 8.1 percent in 2020 to 3.5 percent by 2023 before slowly increasing to 3.8 percent by 2025. U.S. nonfarm jobs are projected to recover to pre-pandemic levels (first quarter of 2020) by the third quarter of 2022 with high-wage sectors assumed to recover two quarters earlier than low-wage sectors. The U.S. labor force was projected to recover to its pre-

 

C-2


pandemic level (fourth quarter of 2019) in the third quarter of 2022 and the U.S. labor force participation rate was assumed to recover to its pre-pandemic level (first quarter of 2020) of 63.2 percent in mid-2024.

U.S. consumer inflation slowed to its lowest rate in five years in 2020, at 1.2 percent, as economic activity and movement were limited during the pandemic, driving inflation in gasoline, apparel, and rents down. However, U.S. inflation exceeded 5 percent for six consecutive months from May to October 2021, reaching 6.2 percent in October 2021 – its fastest pace since 1990. Inflation was projected to average 2.2 percent from 2023 to 2025. Interest rates have remained near zero since March 2020 and based on information available through early November 2021, the economic forecast assumed the Federal Reserve would begin raising rates in early 2023. This is more than a year earlier than what was expected in early 2021, and is in response to elevated inflation in the second half of 2021 as well as stronger-than-expected recovery of the labor market. However, the Federal Reserve signaled at its final meeting of 2021 in mid-December that there could be three interest rate hikes in 2022. As of March 9, 2022, the May Revision economic forecast is expected to include any developments in the projections regarding inflation between November 2021 and April 2022 and incorporate the updated timeline for when the Federal Reserve is expected to increase interest rates along with any future changes in federal policy.

California Economy

California remained the fifth largest economy in the world in 2020, with a GDP of $3.1 trillion in current dollars, despite falling by 31.4 percent (SAAR) in the second quarter of 2020. California real GDP has since recovered and surpassed its pre-pandemic level (fourth quarter of 2019), within just five quarters, in the first quarter of 2021 – one quarter earlier than the nation’s recovery. In comparison, during the Great Recession, California real GDP took more than three times as long to recover from a contraction that was about half as deep. California’s unemployment rate reached a monthly record-high 16 percent in April 2020 before decreasing to 7.5 percent in September 2021, or 3.2 percentage points higher than its February 2020 rate of 4.3 percent. California added back nearly 1 million jobs between May 2020 and September 2021, or about 64 percent of the 2.7 million jobs lost in March and April 2020. California’s labor force was projected to recover to its pre-pandemic level (fourth quarter of 2019) by the third quarter of 2022, in line with national trends. California’s unemployment rate was projected to steadily decrease to its 2019 annual pre-pandemic record-low of 4.2 percent by 2024 and California’s nonfarm employment was projected to recover to its pre-pandemic level (first quarter of 2020) by the fourth quarter of 2022 – the fastest post-recession recovery in modern history.

California average wages grew by a historically high annual rate of 10.5 percent in 2020, largely driven by the changing composition of jobs which resulted from the significant loss of low-wage jobs in 2020. In comparison, California average wage growth was 4.4 percent in 2019, and averaged just over 3 percent during the post-Great Recession expansionary period. Without underlying wage growth, the re-insertion of low-wage jobs in 2021 would have been expected to bring average wages down, reversing some of the composition effect in 2020. However, average wage growth continued in the first half of 2021, exceeding 8 percent in California, despite the return of many low-wage jobs, and was expected to translate into strong growth of 6.1 percent for the entire year. The strong growth also reflected current labor market frictions as of March 9, 2022, prompting employers to increase wages. California’s personal income grew by 8.6 percent in 2020 and averaged 9.9 percent year-over-year growth in the first half of 2021. In contrast, personal income fell by 3.4 percent in 2009 during the Great Recession. California’s total personal income was projected to decelerate to below 2019 annual pre-pandemic rates in 2022 before accelerating to an average annual growth of 5.3 percent between 2023 and 2025. Strong growth in total wages and salaries supported by robust nonfarm employment and average wage growth was projected to more than offset the decreases in transfer payments through 2022 as various pandemic-related assistance programs phase out. By 2025, most major components of personal income were broadly assumed to trend back toward their pre-pandemic growth rates.

California consumer inflation slowed to its lowest rate in five years in 2020, at 1.7 percent as economic activity and movement were limited during the pandemic, driving inflation in gasoline, apparel, and rents down. However, through October 2021, California’s inflation had been running above 4 percent since April 2021, but remained lower than the national rate. California’s inflation rate was higher than the national rate in 2020. Elevated inflation in 2021 was driven by strong demand for gasoline, air travel, and hotels (previously suppressed during the onset of the pandemic) and supply chain disruptions (the global semi-conductor chip shortage reduced inventory for new cars, causing elevated inflation for new and used vehicles, and various shortages have driven up the prices of durable goods). California’s headline inflation was projected to decelerate to around 2019 annual pre-pandemic trends of slightly above 3 percent by the first quarter of 2023, after averaging 4.2 percent and 3.8 percent in 2021 and 2022, respectively. Inflation was then projected to slowly rise to 3.3 percent by 2025. California inflation is projected

 

C-3


to be about 1 percentage point higher than the U.S. rate beginning in 2023, consistent with pre-pandemic trends, as the State’s higher housing and energy costs were assumed to continue to keep inflation higher in the State than for the nation. As of March 9, 2022, the May Revision forecast is expected to be updated to include any developments in the projections regarding inflation between November 2021 and April 2022.

California residential housing units authorized by building permits in 2021 averaged nearly 121,000 through September 2021, 17.6 percent higher than the comparable period in 2020 and 10.5 percent higher than in the same period in 2019. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget estimated total permits for new construction averaged 120,000 units in 2021 and projected it would reach 149,000 units by 2025. The shares of multi-family units was projected to increase to around 46 percent by 2025, up from 41.7 percent in 2020 and in line with the 2019 pre-pandemic share.

COVID-19 Federal Assistance

As of March 9, 2022, the federal government had provided temporary funding to support the State’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic through the following six federal bills:

1) Coronavirus Preparedness and Response Supplemental Appropriations Act (HR 6074);

2) Families First Coronavirus Response Act (HR 6201) (“FFCRA”);

3) Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (HR 748) (the “CARES Act”);

4) Paycheck Protection Program and Health Care Enhancement Act (HR 266);

5) Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act (HR 133) (“CRRSA”); and

6) American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (HR 1319) (“ARPA”)

Together, these funds have helped and continue to help pay for emergency response, testing and contact tracing, health care, and vaccinations. These funds have directly supported the unemployed and K-12 schools. Families and individuals have also benefitted from expansions of the federal Child Tax Credit, Earned Income Tax Credit, and partial tax exemptions on unemployment benefits, as well as expanded financial assistance for health coverage. Combined with direct payments and other assistance to individuals and families, hospitals and medical providers, businesses, higher education institutions and college students, local housing authorities, airports, farmers, and local government, As of March 9, 2022, California was benefitting from over $657 billion in federal assistance, which includes the funding described below.

As of January 2022, the total funding relating to the COVID-19 pandemic allocated to State programs by the federal government was estimated to be approximately $251 billion. These funds have supported various State programs such as unemployment insurance (“UI”) (constituting $171 billion of the total), the State’s Medicaid program (“Medi-Cal”), and child care.

In addition, as of March 9, 2022, over $228 billion is expected to be provided to individuals and families, hospitals and medical providers, businesses, higher education institutions and college students, local housing authorities, airports, farmers and local government. The State government has no role in the allocation and distribution of these funds.

The 2020 Budget Act reflected $2.7 billion in federal stimulus funds appropriated from the Coronavirus Relief Fund (“CRF”), authorized in the CARES Act, for COVID-19 related expenditures. The 2020 Budget Act also allowed these funds to be used to offset fiscal year 2019-20 costs needed to meet immediate needs of various vulnerable populations (the 2021 Budget Act subsequently authorized fiscal year 2021-22 COVID-19 costs to be offset using amounts from the CRF). As of January 2022, the State’s CRF allocation has been fully spent and all expenditures have been reported to the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

ARPA provided California with $27 billion in State fiscal recovery funds (“SFRF”) to mitigate the impacts of COVID-19. Of that amount, approximately $9.2 billion was appropriated in the 2021 Budget Act to replace the amount of specified General Fund revenue that California lost due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The State has since reevaluated the methodology used to calculate the loss to California’s General Fund revenue as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic to be more consistent with the U.S. Treasury’s interim final rule. As of March 9, 2022, the State estimated the General Fund revenue loss to be $11.2 billion., or about $2 billion more than the amount in the 2021-22 Budget. To maximize funding flexibility and streamline federal reporting activities, the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget proposes shifting $1.8 billion of programs funded by the SFRF to either the General Fund or other state funds. This proposal results in no net General Fund costs, since this shift would be offset with a like amount of savings resulting from the additional $2 billion in revenue replacement funding.

 

C-4


On March 22, 2020, California secured a presidential Major Disaster Declaration, which made federal funding available to the State for emergency protective measures, including direct federal assistance, as well as a base 75 percent federal cost share reimbursement of State eligible costs through the Federal Emergency Management Agency (“FEMA”), consistent with cost sharing under the federal Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (the “DREAA”). On February 2, 2021, President Biden ordered the FEMA cost share increased to 100 percent for most eligible costs, including eligible costs incurred prior to February 2, 2021. On March 1, 2022, President Biden extended the 100 percent FEMA cost share through July 1, 2022, for costs incurred since January 20, 2020. After July 1, 2022, the FEMA cost share will be reduced to 90 percent of eligible costs, remaining above the base 75 percent FEMA cost share set in the DREAA.

As of March 9, 2022, the Governor’s Office (and those individuals, departments, and offices reporting to it, including the Department of Finance) anticipated that, over time, the federal government will reimburse most of the State’s direct response expenditures for activities to mitigate the threat and spread of COVID-19, including expenditures for personal protective equipment, medical equipment and supplies, to support the hospital surge and vaccine distribution, and to provide necessary services to vulnerable populations, such as supporting seniors who might not be able to obtain sufficient food and supplies. Nevertheless, significant uncertainty remained because the COVID-19 pandemic is a unique disaster situation. FEMA guidance has evolved throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, and, as of March 9, 2022, FEMA had yet to act on many of the State’s submitted reimbursement requests. As a result, the State’s expenditure and funding split estimates will continue to be refined to reflect actual costs and federal funds availability as more information becomes available.

State COVID-19 Expenditures

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget included estimated total COVID-19 pandemic direct emergency response costs of approximately $14.4billion. This total represented costs incurred in fiscal years 2019-20 and 2020-21, as well as estimated and proposed costs in fiscal years 2021-22 and 2022-23. Of the $14.4 billion in total direct response costs, the budget included $3.7 billion for fiscal year 2021-22 and $1.3 billion for fiscal year 2022-23. Actual costs for fiscal years 2019-20 and 2020-21 were approximately $9.5 billion with an estimated General Fund impact of approximately $1 billion net of federal reimbursements.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

The following are certain significant recent developments as of March 9, 2022 concerning the State.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget

On January 10, 2022, the Governor released his budget proposal for fiscal year 2022-23.

Recent Cash Receipts

In February, the Department of Finance reported that, based on agency cash receipts, tax receipts for the first seven months of fiscal year 2021-22 were $15.95 billion above the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget forecast of $109.35 billion. Of note, $6.2 billion of this total additional revenue was due to higher-than-expected Pass-Through Entity (“PTE”) elective tax payments included in the corporation tax. PTE elective tax payments included in the corporation tax are offset in the same amount by reductions in State personal income tax (“PIT”). While the amount of PTE elective tax payments can be tracked in monthly cash reports, the extent to which taxpayers will reduce their PIT payments to reflect the elective tax credits cannot be determined until more complete tax return data for calendar year 2021 are available. Despite the lack of data on the impact of the PTE elective tax on PIT payments, it is reasonable to assume that a portion of the $6.2 billion may overstate the amount of overall revenue strength as of March 9, 2022. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget forecast was finalized at the end of November, so the year-to-date difference accounts for December and January cash receipts.

GOVERNOR’S PROPOSED BUDGET FOR FISCAL YEAR 2022-23

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget, released on January 10, 2022, fully funds the State’s rainy day fund and makes significant payments on future obligations. It prioritizes public safety with investments in behavioral health reform and construction of more affordable housing. It includes investments in public schools and proposes to make California the first state in the nation to achieve universal healthcare coverage. General Fund revenues and transfers for fiscal year 2022-23 are projected at $195.7 billion; a decrease of $1 billion, or 0.5 percent, compared with a revised estimate of $196.7 billion for fiscal year 2021-22. These estimates include transfers to the BSA of $5 billion and $1.6 billion in fiscal years 2021-22 and 2022-23, respectively.

 

C-5


The BSA transfers have the effect of lowering (transfer to) or raising (transfer from) reported levels of General Fund revenues and transfers.

General Fund expenditures for fiscal year 2022-23 are projected at $213.1 billion, an increase of $3.1 billion compared with a revised estimate of $210 billion for fiscal year 2021-22.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget assumes expansion of the economy during the multi-year forecast period running through the end of fiscal year 2025-26 and proposes funding for:

 

 

K-12 Education — total funding of $119 billion ($70.5 billion General Fund) for all K-12 education programs.

 

 

Higher Education — total funding of $39.6 billion ($21.8 billion General Fund) for the three higher education segments and the California Student Aid Commission.

 

 

Health and Human Services — $93.5 billion in funding, including $64.7 billion General Fund and $28.8 billion from State special funds, for these programs.

 

 

Public Safety — total State funding of $18.6 billion, including $15 billion General Fund and $3.6 billion from special funds, for Corrections and Rehabilitation.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget economic forecast incorporates State and federal policies and programs authorized as of mid-November 2021, just prior to the forecast being finalized. It reflects the passage of the $1.2 trillion Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act in early November 2021 but does not assume enactment of the “Build Back Better” plan or any other significant federal legislation under consideration. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget forecast was finalized before the first known case of the Omicron variant in California and assumes that current and future COVID-19 variants do not create any further major economic disruptions nationally and internationally. The forecast also assumes that supply chain bottlenecks will ease and regular production will be restored by early 2023. As of March 9, 2022, it is expected that the May Revision forecast will be updated to include any developments in the public health situation and economic policy changes between November 2021 and April 2022, as well as any material economic impacts caused directly or indirectly from the Russian invasion of Ukraine in February 2022.

CURRENT STATE BUDGET

The 2021 Budget Act maintained budget resiliency and provided a strong foundation for economic recovery. The 2021 Budget Act continued to build reserves and pay down the State’s debts and liabilities. In addition, the 2021 Budget Act included several investments that can be adjusted annually to support increases in child care slots, California Work Opportunity and Responsibility to Kids (“CalWORKs”) services, a food assistance program, and an expanded Middle Class Scholarship program. The 2021 Budget Act provides immediate pandemic relief to families and small businesses and includes historic levels of funding to address California’s longstanding challenges related to homelessness and housing affordability. The 2021 Budget Act included the following major components at the time of its enactment.

 

 

K-12 Education Under Proposition 98 — $82.9 billion guaranteed total funding, of which $66.4 billion was from the General Fund and the remainder was from local property taxes;

 

 

Higher Education — total State funding of $26 billion for all major segments of higher education, including $21.6 billion from the General Fund. The remaining funds included amounts from special and bond funds.

 

 

Health and Human Services — total State funding for these programs of $83.7 billion, of which $57.4 billion is from the General Fund and $26.4 billion is from special funds; and

 

 

Public Safety — total State funding of $17.2 billion, of which $13.9 billion is from the General Fund and $3.3 billion is from special funds, for the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (“CDCR”).

Building on the significant General Fund recovery that was well underway by the end of fiscal year 2020-21, the 2021 Budget Act prioritized spending the additional revenue surplus (compared to estimates as of the 2020 Budget Act) primarily in fiscal year 2021-22 on one-time spending. In total, the 2021-22 Budget dedicated approximately 85 percent of new General Fund spending and the entire $27 billion in one-time ARPA resources provided for State fiscal recovery to one-time expenditure investments. The one-time investments provided immediate relief to families and businesses and address certain of California’s long-standing challenges. The major one-time investments included $8.1 billion for the State’s second Golden State Stimulus package (“GSS II”), which provided stimulus payments to low- and moderate-income households, and nearly $3 billion for various

 

C-6


water and drought packages. Approximately $9.2 billion of the federal resources was used to replace lost State General Fund revenue due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

ECONOMIC AND BUDGET RISKS

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget is based on a variety of estimates and assumptions. If actual results materially differ from those estimates and assumptions, the State’s financial condition may be materially different than anticipated in the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget. The State faces certain risks with potentially significant adverse General Fund impact including, but not limited to, the following:

 

 

COVID-19 Pandemic — The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget economic forecast was finalized in late November, when daily COVID-19 cases averaged above 4,000 and before the first known case of the Omicron variant. The forecast assumed the Delta or any future COVID-19 variants do not create any further major disruptions nationally and internationally. Another surge in COVID-19 cases as new strains emerge, such as the Omicron variant, could, among other negative impacts, slow labor force and nonfarm employment growth. A more infectious variant with higher hospitalization and death rates would lead to even more negative economic impacts. A global increase in cases could also lead to continued supply chain disruptions lasting longer than assumed in the forecast. As of March 9, 2022, there was no assurance that there would be additional, significant federal aid to assist the State with future negative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

 

Threat of Recession — As of March 9, 2022, much of the burden of the COVID-19 recession had so far been borne by low-wage industries that are more reliant on in-person contact such as leisure and hospitality. Three out of four jobs lost in the United States and California in March and April 2020 during the peak of the COVID-19 recession were in low-wage sectors, essentially erasing all the job gains in California in these sectors since the Great Recession. However, ongoing COVID-19 pandemic circumstances, as new and more transmissible variants of the virus emerge, as vaccination rates slow, and as labor force participation remains low, may lead to a slower recovery or even another slowdown potentially causing higher levels of unemployment across all sectors. This scenario would more closely resemble the unfolding of the Great Recession, which also began in a single sector of the economy with the collapse of the housing market, but eventually became systemic through the financial system and caused an economy-wide downturn.

 

 

Inflation — California inflation rates have generally been higher than the nation’s inflation rates due to the State’s faster increases in energy prices and continued housing pressures. After slowing from 3.0 percent in 2019 to 1.7 percent in 2020, California inflation accelerated to 5.6 percent in October 2021 and averaged around 4 percent in 2021 through October, which is the fastest rate of increase since 1991. Elevated inflation in 2021 was driven by pandemic-induced factors (the prices of gasoline, air travel and hotels skyrocketed due to strong demand) and supply chain disruptions (e.g. the global semi-conductor chip shortage reduced inventory for new cars, causing elevated inflation for new and used vehicles, and various shortages have driven up the prices of durable goods). Sustained high inflation can lead to price instability if businesses and consumers expect the price increases to continue. The longer inflation persists, the larger the negative impact on consumers’ budgets, especially for low-income households that spend a larger proportion of their income on necessities such as food, housing, and transportation. Elevated inflation has already led the Federal Reserve to signal earlier and more frequent increases in interest rates than were able to be incorporated in the economic forecast due to timing. Earlier and more frequent interest rate increases could discourage borrowing and slow consumption, as well as lead to a stock market correction that could hinder California’s economic recovery, as rising interest rates would harm businesses that have debt to maintain and individuals with variable mortgage rates.

 

 

Labor Market Frictions — A key assumption underlying the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget economic forecast is the projected recovery to pre-pandemic labor force levels (fourth quarter of 2019) in the third quarter of 2022. If current labor market frictions as of March 9, 2022 (impediments to employers and job seekers agreeing on employment, e.g., disagreements on appropriate wages, workplace safety or ability to work remotely) persist longer than projected, then low labor force growth would constrain job growth, which in turn would lead to less consumption and spending. Persistent labor market frictions would also contribute to a slower resolution of supply chain issues as some of the bottlenecks may be due to shortage of domestic labor.

 

 

Supply Chain Disruptions — The COVID-19 pandemic triggered challenges for transportation logistics throughout the supply chain as factories closed, ports became congested, and worker shortages emerged. Although business inventory was able to buffer some of the supply chain disruptions early in the COVID-19 pandemic (decreasing by 156.2 percent in 2020 for the nation

 

C-7


 

after averaging growth of 55 percent in 2018 and 2019), persistent shortages of semi-conductors, long berthing times at ports, and increased consumer activity have all contributed to prolonged post-recession supply chain disruptions. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget economic forecast assumed that these disruptions will ease and regular production and transportation will resume by early 2023, and that future COVID-19 variants do not create any further disruptions. A slower resolution of supply chain issues would potentially keep inflation high for longer than assumed and could also lead to lower production and economic activity.

 

 

Capital Gains Volatility — A significant amount of the State’s tax revenue is derived from capital gains, which, up to 2019 (the most recent year tax data is available) represented approximately 15 to 17 percent of the State’s total PIT revenue. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget economic forecast included much higher capital gains realizations in 2020 and 2021. Accordingly, it was expected that capital gains would comprise a higher share of PIT revenue than seen in recent years. As of March 9, 2022, it was the State’s most volatile revenue source and was heavily reliant on stock market performance. Proposition 2, however, mitigates some of the State’s exposure to capital gains volatility by requiring spikes in capital gains tax revenue be used to repay the State’s debts and liabilities, and to be deposited in the BSA.

 

 

Global Relations and Trade — Given globalization and interconnectedness of physical and financial world markets, disruptions in large markets due to economic slowdowns in other countries or regions, geopolitical tensions and deteriorating international trade relations, and the global impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic (such as travel restrictions and supply chain disruptions), may have significant negative impacts on the nation’s economy, including California. As of March 9, 2022, there was significant uncertainty around how the Russian invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 would evolve, as well as the conflict’s potential economic impacts to the U.S. and to California, and it was continuing to be monitored.

The COVID-19 pandemic created global supply chain disruptions that negatively impacted domestic markets and reduced imports and exports for the nation and the State.

In addition, supply disruptions have put upward pressure on prices. These price trends exacerbated inflationary pressures in the U.S. As of March 9, 2022, continued uncertainty surrounding the stability of global supply chains and the unknown duration of the COVID-19 pandemic presented ongoing risks to the U.S. and California trade and economies.

A material change in federal trade policy, including revisions to or imposition of tariffs on the State’s trading partners, could directly and indirectly impact the State’s economy. The 2019 U.S. tariffs of up to 25 percent on $250 billion worth of Chinese products, equivalent to half of the nation’s imports from China, remained in place as of January 2022. These tariffs triggered Chinese retaliatory tariffs of 25 percent on over $50 billion worth of U.S. exports. Because California is a transport hub, and China is the State’s largest trading partner by total trade value of goods (based on 2019 annual average data), an ongoing trade war could have negative effects on the State’s economy.

The persistence of trade barriers exacerbates the supply chain issues triggered by large-scale worldwide shutdowns during the COVID-19 pandemic, increasing the costs of imports purchased from abroad and leading to higher consumer prices and to decreased business revenues. These effects potentially impact wages and employment in the short run and could trigger a change in the business model of companies that until now have made significant investment decisions based on a system of free global trade.

 

 

Health Care Costs — As of March 9, 2022, Medi-Cal was one of the State’s largest expenditures. The State also provides health benefits to its own employees and retirees. General Fund spending on health care costs is thus heavily dependent upon the rate of health care cost inflation. If this inflation rises faster than expected, annual General Fund spending could quickly rise by hundreds of millions of dollars. The consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic may also significantly increase General Fund health care costs.

 

 

Housing Constraints — As of March 9, 2022, California continued to face a critical housing shortage despite California residential housing units authorized by building permits (seasonally adjusted) increasing by 17.1 percent through November 2021 (year-to-date as compared to the corresponding period in 2020). This followed decreases of 5 percent and 4.6 percent in 2019 and 2020, respectively. Strong housing demand has contributed to rising home prices. The California median sales price of existing single-family homes exceeded $800,000 for the first time in April 2021 and reached a record-high of $827,940 in

 

C-8


 

August 2021 before ending the year at $796,570 in December 2021, 11 percent higher than in December 2020 and 29 percent higher than the pre-pandemic record of $617,410 in August 2019.

Continued rising home price trends can potentially exacerbate the negative effects of income inequality and of the COVID-19 Recession. Californians will face increasing affordability issues which may affect their decisions about where to live and work. Given the State’s structural housing supply constraints and shortage, low-income populations will be especially vulnerable to evictions and to high housing costs. Furthermore, certain businesses may relocate to the extent location decisions are significantly influenced by the ability of their employees and customers to live nearby.

 

 

Debts and Liabilities — The State’s past budget challenges were often addressed by use of unprecedented levels of debt, deferrals, and budgetary obligations accumulated during periods of economic recession in the prior two decades. There can be no assurance that any future budget challenges would not be addressed in a similar manner. Since the end of the Great Recession, the State repaid all budgetary debts and implemented plans to pay down the remaining unfunded portions of all major State pension and retiree healthcare liabilities over the next three decades. As part of the 2020 Budget Act, several billion dollars of new budgetary loans and education funding deferrals were utilized to help offset then projected revenue losses due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The 2021 Budget Act pays off a portion of those budgetary loans while completely paying off the education funding deferrals that were utilized during fiscal year 2020-21. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget proposes to pay off more of the budgetary loans. As of March 9, 2022, the State still faced hundred of billions of dollars in long-term pension and retiree healthcare cost pressures.

 

 

Climate Change — Historically, the State has been susceptible to wildfires and hydrologic variability. As greenhouse gas emissions continue to accumulate, climate change was expected by the State to intensify and increase the frequency of extreme weather events, such as coastal storm surges, drought, wildfires, floods and heat waves, and raise sea levels along the coast. Over the past several years, the State has already experienced the impacts of climate change through a multi-year drought and unprecedented wildfires. The previous drought was a five-year event from 2012 to 2016, and five years later in 2021, California was once again facing drought conditions. On October 19, 2021, the Governor extended the drought state of emergency to all 58 of the State’s counties, which is up from 50 counties as of July 31, 2021. The dry weather also increases wildfire risk. Both factors create challenges for regional growth and housing construction, especially if water is not available and wildfires continue to be destructive. In 2020, over 4 million acres burned in California, more than twice the previous record of approximately 2 million acres in 2018 and about 2.6 million acres burned in 2021. Destruction of housing increases the demand for construction resources for rebuilding and worsens the State’s housing imbalances.

The future fiscal impact of climate change on the State’s budget is difficult to predict, but in the opinion of the State, it could be significant. However, as of March 9, 2022, the State was in the process of implementing various resilience measures to reduce the impacts of climate change, including significant investments in wildfire prevention, water infrastructure projects and workforce development. As of March 9, 2022, the ability of the State to take actions to mitigate any future fiscal impact of climate change on the State budget is limited and there can be no assurances that the current or any future resilience measures will be effective in materially mitigating the impact of climate change on the State.

 

 

Energy Risks — Another result of unprecedented climate-induced weather events, including drought, extreme heat events and wildfires, is stress on California’s electrical system. The future fiscal impact of stresses to the energy grid caused by climate is difficult to predict but could be significant. In recent years, California has taken numerous steps to increase resiliency to be better prepared to meet the State’s electricity demands. As of March 9, 2022, California was taking additional immediate actions by expanding demand response programs and creating additional incentives to move large energy users to back-up power generation to address reliability concerns and implementing longer-term actions, such as suspending certain permitting requirements to allow greater energy production.

 

 

Cybersecurity Risks — The State, like many other large public and private entities, relies on a large and complex technology environment to conduct its operations. The State’s reliance on this environment has increased due to higher rates of telework as mandated by public health measures during the COVID-19 pandemic. As a recipient and provider of personal, private, or sensitive information, the State is subject to multiple cyber threats including, but not limited to, hacking, viruses, malware and other attacks on computer and other sensitive digital networks and systems.

 

C-9


Entities or individuals may attempt to gain unauthorized access to the State’s digital systems for the purposes of misappropriating assets or information or causing operational disruption and damage. In 2017, the State established a statewide security operations center to protect against malicious activity targeting critical technology infrastructure. No assurances can be given that the State’s efforts to manage cyber threats and attacks will be successful or that any such attack will not materially impact the operations or finances of the State.

STATE INDEBTEDNESS AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS

General

The State Treasurer is responsible for the sale of most debt obligations of the State and its various authorities and agencies. The State has always paid when due the principal of and interest on its general obligation bonds, general obligation commercial paper (“CP”) notes, lease-revenue obligations and short-term obligations, including revenue anticipation notes (“RANs”) and revenue anticipation warrants (“RAWs”).

Capital Facilities Financing

General Obligation Bonds. The State’s Constitution prohibits the creation of general obligation indebtedness of the State unless a bond measure is approved by a majority of the electorate voting at a general election or a direct primary. Each general obligation bond act provides a continuing appropriation from the General Fund of amounts for the payment of debt service on the related general obligation bonds, subject under State law only to the prior application of moneys in the General Fund to the support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education. Under the State Constitution, appropriations to pay debt service on any general obligation bonds cannot be repealed until the principal of and interest on such bonds have been paid. Certain general obligation bond programs, called “self-liquidating bonds,” receive revenues from specified sources so that moneys from the General Fund are not expected to be needed to pay debt service, but the General Fund was expected to pay the debt service, pursuant to the continuing appropriation contained in the bond act, if the specified revenue source is not sufficient. The principal self-liquidating general obligation bond program for the State is the veterans general obligation bonds, which are supported by mortgage repayments from housing loans made to military veterans of the State.

General obligation bonds are typically authorized for infrastructure and other capital improvements at the State and local level. Pursuant to the State’s Constitution, general obligation bonds cannot be used to finance State budget deficits.

Variable Rate General Obligation Bonds. The State’s general obligation bond law permits the State to issue as variable rate indebtedness up to 20 percent of the aggregate amount of its long-term general obligation bonds outstanding. The State Treasurer has adopted a Debt Management Policy that, as of March 9, 2022, further reduced this limitation on variable rate indebtedness to 10 percent of the aggregate amount of long-term general obligation bonds outstanding. The terms of this policy, including this 10 percent limitation, can be waived or changed in the sole discretion of the State Treasurer. The State’s long-term general obligation bonds issued as variable rate indebtedness represented about 1.39 percent of the State’s total outstanding general obligation bonds. With respect to the $100,000,000 of variable rate general obligation bonds having a scheduled mandatory tender date, if these bonds cannot be remarketed or redeemed on or prior to their scheduled mandatory tender date, there is no event of default but the interest rate on the bonds not remarketed or redeemed on or prior to such date will increase on and after the scheduled mandatory tender date subject to a maximum interest rate of eight percent until such bonds can be remarketed or redeemed or are paid at maturity.

The State is obligated to redeem, on the applicable purchase date, any weekly and daily variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”) tendered for purchase if there is a failure to pay the related purchase price of such VRDOs on such purchase date from proceeds of the remarketing thereof, or bid process related thereto, as applicable, or from liquidity support related to such VRDOs. As of March 9, 2022, the State had not entered into any interest rate hedging contracts in relation to any of its variable rate general obligation bonds.

General Obligation Commercial Paper Program. Pursuant to legislation enacted in 1995, voter-approved general obligation indebtedness may be issued either as long-term bonds or, for some but not all bond acts, as CP notes. CP notes may be renewed or may be refunded by the issuance of bonds. The State uses CP notes to provide flexibility for bond programs, such as to provide interim funding for voter-approved projects or to facilitate refunding of variable rate bonds into fixed rate bonds. CP notes are not included in the calculation of permitted variable rate indebtedness. As of January 1, 2022, a total of $2.3 billion in principal amount of CP notes was authorized under agreements with various banks.

 

C-10


Bank Arrangements. In connection with VRDOs and the CP program, the State has entered into a number of reimbursement agreements or other credit agreements with a variety of financial institutions. These agreements include various representations and covenants of the State, and the terms (including interest rates and repayment schedules) by which the State would be required to pay or repay any obligations thereunder (including reimbursement of drawings resulting from any failed remarketings). To the extent that VRDOs or CP offered to the public cannot be remarketed over an extended period (whether due to downgrades of the credit ratings of the institution providing credit enhancement or other factors) and the applicable financial institution is obligated to purchase VRDOs or CP, interest payable by the State pursuant to the reimbursement agreement or credit agreement would generally increase over current market levels relating to the VRDOs or CP, and, with respect to VRDOs, the principal repayment period would generally be shorter (typically less than five years) than the repayment period otherwise applicable to the VRDOs. In addition, after the occurrence of certain events of default as specified in a credit agreement, payment of the related VRDOs held by the applicable financial institution may be further accelerated and payment of related CP held by the applicable financial institution, as applicable, may also be accelerated and interest payable by the State on such VRDOs or CP could increase significantly.

Lease-Revenue Obligations. In addition to general obligation bonds, the State acquires and constructs capital projects through the issuance of lease-revenue obligations (also referred to as lease-purchase obligations). Such borrowing must be authorized by the Legislature in a separate act or appropriation. Under these arrangements, the State Public Works Board (“SPWB”), another State or local agency or a joint powers authority uses proceeds of bonds to finance the acquisition or construction of a wide range of capital projects. These capital projects are leased to various State agencies under a long-term lease which provides the source of revenues which are pledged to the payment of the debt service on the lease-revenue bonds. Under applicable court decisions, such lease arrangements do not constitute the creation of “indebtedness” within the meaning of the State constitutional provisions that require voter approval.

Non-Recourse Debt. Certain State agencies and authorities issue revenue obligations for which the General Fund has no liability. These revenue bonds represent obligations payable from State revenue-producing enterprises and projects (e.g., among other revenue sources, taxes, fees and/or tolls) and conduit obligations payable from revenues paid by private users or local governments of facilities financed by the revenue bonds. In each case, such revenue bonds are not payable from the General Fund. The enterprises and projects include transportation projects, various public works projects, public and private educational facilities (including the California State University (“CSU”) and University of California (“UC”) systems), housing, health facilities and pollution control facilities.

Build America Bonds. In February 2009, Congress enacted certain new municipal bond provisions as part of the federal economic stimulus act (“ARRA”), which allowed municipal issuers such as the State to issue “Build America Bonds” (“BABs”) for new infrastructure investments. BABs are bonds whose interest is subject to federal income tax, but pursuant to ARRA, the U.S. Treasury was to repay the issuer an amount equal to 35 percent of the interest cost on any BABs issued during 2009 and 2010. The BAB subsidy payments related to general obligation bonds are General Fund revenues to the State, while subsidy payments related to lease-revenue bonds are deposited into a fund which is made available to the SPWB for any lawful purpose. In neither instance are the subsidy payments specifically pledged to repayment of the BABs to which they relate. The cash subsidy payment with respect to the BABs, to which the State is entitled, is treated by the IRS as a refund of a tax credit and such refund may be offset by the Department of the Treasury by any liability of the State payable to the federal government. As of March 9, 2022, none of the State’s BAB subsidy payments had been reduced because of such an offset.

Between April 2009 and December 2010, the State issued $13.5 billion of BAB general obligation bonds and the SPWB issued $551 million of BAB lease-revenue bonds. As of January 1, 2022, the State had approximately $11.5 billion of outstanding BAB general obligation bonds and $347 million of outstanding BAB lease-revenue bonds. As of January 1, 2022, the aggregate amount of the subsidy payments expected to be received for the remaining part of fiscal year 2021-22 through the maturity of the outstanding BABs (mostly 20 to 30 years from issuance) was approximately $4.65 billion for the general obligation BABs and $103 million for the SPWB lease-revenue BABs. The estimated subsidy amounts included the expected 5.7 percent reduction to the BAB subsidy from sequestration as described in the next paragraph.

Pursuant to certain federal budget legislation adopted in August 2011, starting as of March 1, 2013, the government’s BAB subsidy payments were reduced as part of a government-wide “sequestration” of many program expenditures. As of March 9, 2022, the amount of the reduction of the BAB subsidy payment has ranged from a high of 8.7 percent in 2013 to a low of 5.7 percent for federal fiscal years 2021 through 2030. As of March 9, 2022, the amount of this reduction had been less than $30

 

C-11


million annually and such reductions were scheduled to continue through September 30, 2030. Congress can terminate, extend or otherwise modify reductions in BABs subsidy payments due to sequestration at any time. None of the BAB subsidy payments were pledged to pay debt service for the general obligation and SPWB BABs.

Future Issuance Plans; General Fund Debt Ratio

Based on estimates from the Department of Finance and accounting for bonds sold in this fiscal year through January 31, 2022, the State Treasurer’s Office estimates approximately $3.4 billion of new money general obligation bonds (some of which may initially be in the form of CP notes) and approximately $862 million of new money lease-revenue bonds were expected to be issued through the end of fiscal year 2021-22. In fiscal year 2022-23, the Department of Finance estimated issuance of approximately $7.6 billion of new money general obligation bonds (some of which may initially be in the form of CP notes) and approximately $1 billion of new money lease-revenue bonds. The estimates for fiscal year 2022-23 were expected to be updated by the Department of Finance based on updated information provided by departments. The actual amount of bonds sold will depend on other factors such as overall budget constraints, market conditions and other considerations. As of March 9, 2022, the State also expected to issue refunding bonds as market conditions warrant.

The ratio of debt service on general obligation and lease-revenue bonds supported by the General Fund, to annual General Fund revenues and transfers (the “General Fund Debt Ratio”), can fluctuate as assumptions for future debt issuance and revenue projections are updated from time to time. Any changes to these assumptions will impact the projected General Fund Debt Ratio. Based on the General Fund revenue estimates, less any transfers to and from the BSA contained in the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget and the bond issuance estimates described in the paragraph above, the General Fund Debt Ratio was projected, as of March 9, 2022, to equal approximately 3.99 percent in fiscal year 2021-22 and 3.98 percent in fiscal year 2022-23.

The General Fund Debt Ratio is calculated based on the amount of debt service expected to be paid, without adjusting for receipts from the U.S. Treasury for the State’s current outstanding general obligation and lease-revenue BABs or the availability of any special funds that may be used to pay a portion of the debt service to help reduce General Fund costs. As of March 9, 2022, the total of these offsets was projected to be approximately $1.9 billion for fiscal year 2021-22 and $1.7 billion for fiscal year 2022-23. Including the projected offsets reduces the General Fund Debt Ratio to 3.03 percent in fiscal year 2021-22 and 3.10 percent in fiscal year 2022-23. The actual General Fund Debt Ratio in future fiscal years will depend on a variety of factors, including actual debt issuance (which may include additional issuance approved in the future by the Legislature and, for general obligation bonds, the voters), actual interest rates, debt service structure, and actual General Fund revenues and transfers.

Tobacco Settlement Revenue Bonds

In 1998, the State signed a settlement agreement with the four major cigarette manufacturers, in which the participating manufacturers agreed to make payments to the State in perpetuity. Under a separate Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”), half of the payments made by the cigarette manufacturers are paid to the State and half to certain local governments, subject to certain adjustments.

In 2002, the State established a special purpose trust to purchase the tobacco assets and to issue revenue bonds secured by the tobacco settlement revenues. Legislation in 2003 authorized a credit enhancement mechanism that requires the Governor to request an appropriation from the General Fund in the annual Budget Act for payment of debt service and other related costs in the event tobacco settlement revenues and certain other amounts are insufficient. The California State Legislature is not obligated to make any General Fund appropriation so requested.

As of March 9, 2022, the credit enhancement mechanism only applies to certain tobacco settlement bonds that were issued in 2021. As of January 1, 2022, these bonds had an outstanding principal amount of approximately $2.3 billion (the “2021 enhanced bonds”). The 2021 enhanced bonds are neither general nor legal obligations of the State and neither the faith and credit, nor the taxing power, nor any other assets or revenues of the State shall be pledged to the payment of the enhanced bonds. However, as described above, the State committed to request a General Fund appropriation from the Legislature in the event tobacco settlement revenues are insufficient to pay debt service on the 2021 enhanced bonds, and in the event that certain other available amounts, including the enhanced tobacco settlement bonds reserve fund, which currently supports only the 2021enhanced bonds, are depleted. Every enacted budget since 2003 has included this appropriation, but, as of March 9, 2022, use of the appropriated moneys had never been required.

 

C-12


In 2011 and 2012, draws on the enhanced tobacco settlement bonds reserve fund for then-outstanding enhanced tobacco settlement bonds in the amount of approximately $7.94 million were used to make required debt service payments. In April 2013, this reserve fund was replenished in full from tobacco revenues. As of December 31, 2021, the balance of the enhanced tobacco settlement bonds reserve fund, which currently supports only the 2021 enhanced bonds was approximately $51.6 million. If, in any future year tobacco settlement revenues are less than required debt service payments on the 2021 enhanced bonds in such year, additional draws on this reserve fund will be required and at some point in the future, this reserve fund may become fully depleted. The State is not obligated to replenish the enhanced tobacco settlement bonds reserve fund from the General Fund, or to request an appropriation to replenish this reserve fund.

Department of Health Care Access and Information Guarantees

The Department of Health Care Access and Information (formerly known as the Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development) (“HCAI”) insures loans and bonds that finance and refinance construction and renovation projects for nonprofit and publicly owned healthcare facilities. As of March 9, 2022, this program was authorized by statute to insure up to $3 billion for health facility projects.

State law established the Health Facility Construction Loan Insurance Fund (the “Fund”) as a trust fund which is continuously appropriated and may only be used for purposes of this program. The Fund is used as a depository of fees and insurance premiums and any recoveries and is the initial source of funds used to pay administrative costs of the program and shortfalls resulting from defaults by insured borrowers. If the Fund is unable to make payment on an insured loan or bond, State law provides for the State Treasurer to issue debentures to the holders of the defaulted loan or bond which are payable on parity with State general obligation bonds. The Fund is liable for repayment to the General Fund of any money paid from the General Fund. As of March 9, 2022, all claims on insured loans had been paid from the Fund and no debentures had been issued.

As of December 31, 2021, HCAI insured 67 loans to nonprofit or publicly owned health facilities throughout California with a then-current outstanding aggregate par amount of approximately $1.644 billion, and a cash balance of approximately $149 million. The actuarial study of the Fund (a biennial study) as of June 30, 2018, was completed in January 2020 (the “2018 actuarial study”). Based upon a number of assumptions, the 2018 actuarial study concluded, among other things, that the Fund appeared to be sufficient, under the “expected scenario” to maintain a positive balance until at least fiscal year 2047-48. Even under the “most pessimistic scenario,” the 2018 actuarial study found that there was a 70 percent likelihood that the Fund’s reserves as of June 30, 2018 would protect against any General Fund losses until at least fiscal year 2028-29, and a 90 percent likelihood that the Fund’s reserves as of June 30, 2018 would protect against any General Fund losses until at least fiscal year 2023-24. There can be no assurances that the financial condition of the Fund has not materially declined since the 2018 actuarial study. As of March 9, 2022, the actuarial study of the Fund as of June 30, 2020 was expected to be completed by the end of April 2022.

In December 2016, HCAI, the Department of Finance, and the State Treasurer entered into an MOU that outlined the processes for the (i) issuance of debentures; (ii) payment of debentures from the General Fund should the Fund fail to pay the debentures; and (iii) repayment to the General Fund for any money paid for debentures.

Cash Management Borrowings

As part of its cash management program, prior to fiscal year 2015-16 the State regularly issued short-term obligations to meet cash management needs. RANs had been issued in every year except one between 1983 and 2014. The most recent issues of RANs ranged in aggregate principal amounts of approximately $2 billion to $10 billion. As of March 9, 2022, with the State’s improved budget and cash position through fiscal year 2020-21 and the growth of internal borrowable resources from special funds including new reserve funds, the State has not had to use external borrowing since the last RAN issue in fiscal year 2014-15. Based on cash projections as of March 9, 2022, no RANs were planned through fiscal year 2022-23.

SOURCES OF TAX REVENUE

In calendar year 2020, there was a dramatic decline in economic activity in the second quarter, including in the State, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, followed by an uneven recovery for the remainder of the year. For calendar year 2021, the economy, buoyed by multiple rounds of federal stimulus, an accommodative monetary policy, and the reopening of businesses, showed very strong growth. Despite the downturn and record unemployment in calendar year 2020, PIT withholding receipts in calendar year 2020 increased by 7.4 percent year-over-year compared to calendar year 2019, and then grew an additional 20.3

 

C-13


percent in calendar year 2021. This exceptionally strong growth in PIT tax withholding indicates that high-wage taxpayers that are subject to higher tax rates have received a disproportionately larger share of the wage gains than lower-wage taxpayers and were, on a wage basis, less impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Because the economic hardship of the COVID-19 pandemic has largely impacted low-income taxpayers, and because of California’s progressive tax structure, California’s revenues only suffered a moderate and temporary slowdown in fiscal year 2019-20 with revenues and transfers increasing a modest 0.2 percent year-over-year. However, revenues and transfers surged 38 percent year-over-year in fiscal year 2020-21. Moderate growth was included in the forecast for fiscal years 2021-22 and 2022-23; however, due to policy changes and lower transfers and federal reimbursements, revenues and transfers in fiscal year 2022-23 were only slightly higher (0.8 percent) than revenues and transfers in fiscal year 2020-21.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget included various tax proposals to provide relief and assistance to low-income households, restaurants and venue owners, and small businesses, to further encourage investment in technologies that combat climate change, and to reverse a policy adopted as part of the 2020-21 Budget that is no longer needed. The cumulative effect of these proposals is a reduction of $130 million in estimated fiscal year 2021-22 revenues and transfers, and a reduction of $6 billion in projected fiscal year 2022-23 revenues and transfers.

The proposal with the most significant impact on state General Fund revenues and transfers is the repeal for tax year (calendar year) 2022 of the limitation on the use of business incentive tax credits and the suspension of Net Operating Losses (“NOLs”). The 2020-21 Budget had suspended the use of NOLs for taxpayers with income above $1 million and limited the use of business incentive tax credits to $5 million per year for tax years 2020, 2021, and 2022. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget proposes repealing this suspension and limitation policy, which is projected to result in revenues decreasing by $5.5 billion in fiscal year 2022-23, with projected corporate tax revenues decreasing by $5.2 billion, and projected PIT revenues decreasing by $300 million. This policy was enacted in February 2022 and revenue impacts of this early action is expected to be reflected in the May Revision forecast.

The State’s first Golden State Stimulus was enacted as part of early action to the 2021-22 Budget and provided immediate cash support to families most likely to have suffered economically from the COVID-19 pandemic.

The 2021-22 Budget included GSS II, which is expected to provide $8.1 billion in tax rebates to 11.1 million households. Tax return data for the 2020 tax year suggest that GSS II will instead provide $6.4 billion in rebates to 8.9 million households.

In fiscal years 2021-22 and 2022-23, same as recent years, the vast majority of the State’s General Fund revenues and transfers were projected to be derived from three sources: PIT, sales and use taxes, and corporation taxes.

Cost recovery revenues for federal reimbursement of expenses related to COVID-19 and wildfires increased General Fund revenues and transfers by over $700 million in fiscal year 2019-20, $600 million in fiscal year 2020-21, $3.7 billion in fiscal year 2021-22 and $6 billion in fiscal year 2022-23. General Fund revenues and transfers in fiscal year 2020-21 reflect a $7.8 billion withdrawal from the BSA, a $4.7 billion transfer to the BSA, $1.9 billion in loans and loan repayments to the General Fund, and a $450 million withdrawal from the SNRF. General Fund revenues and transfers in fiscal year 2021-22 reflected a $5 billion transfer to the BSA, over $800 million in loan repayments to special funds and a $450 million transfer to the SNRF. General Fund revenues and transfers in fiscal year 2022-23 reflect a $1.6 billion transfer to the BSA and nearly $700million in loan repayments to special funds.

Personal Income Tax

California PIT is imposed on net taxable income; that is, gross income less exclusions and deductions, with rates ranging from 1 percent to 12.3 percent. In addition, the State imposes a 1 percent surcharge on taxable income above $1 million and dedicates the proceeds from this surcharge to the State’s Mental Health Services Fund. The PIT brackets, along with other tax law parameters, are adjusted annually for inflation. Personal, dependent, and other credits are allowed against the gross tax liability. Taxpayers may be subject to the State’s alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). California’s PIT structure is highly progressive. For example, the Franchise Tax Board (“FTB”) estimates that the top 1 percent of State income taxpayers paid 45 percent of the State’s total PIT in tax year 2019.

Proposition 30 and Proposition 55, passed in 2012 and 2016, respectively, provided for a one-percent increase in the PIT rate for joint filing taxpayers with income above $500,000 and equal to or below $600,000; a 2 percent increase for incomes above $600,000 and equal to or below $1,000,000; and a 3 percent increase for incomes above $1,000,000 in calendar years 2012

 

C-14


to 2030. For single filers these tax rate increases start at incomes one-half those for joint filers. The brackets for these higher rates are indexed for inflation each year. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget projected the revenue from these additional tax brackets to be $12.3 billion in fiscal year 2020-21, $13.5 billion in fiscal year 2021-22, and $13.7 billion in fiscal year 2022-23.

Income taxes on capital gains realizations, which are linked to stock market and real estate performance, can add significant volatility to PIT receipts. During the Great Recession, capital gains tax receipts dropped from nearly $9 billion in fiscal year 2007-08 to just under $3 billion in fiscal year 2009-10, a 67 percent decline. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget projected that capital gains would account for 11.8 percent of General Fund revenues and transfers in fiscal year 2019-20, 11.8 percent in fiscal year 2020-21, 12.5 percent in fiscal year 2021-22 and 11.8 percent in fiscal year 2022-23. The volatility in these percentages is primarily due to an underlying volatility in the level of capital gains tax revenues, rather than to volatility in other General Fund revenues and transfers.

The elective PTE tax enacted in the 2021 Budget Act decreases PIT revenues by an estimated $14.1 billion in fiscal year 2021-22 and $9.7 billion in fiscal year 2022-23, with offsetting revenue gains in corporate income taxes.

The policy proposals in the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget decrease PIT revenues by $65 million in fiscal year 2021-22 and $439 million in fiscal year 2022-23. These policy proposals include a new foster young adult tax credit, indexing the Young Child Tax Credit to inflation and allowing zero income returns to claim the credit, conformity to federal tax treatment of certain federal grants to California businesses, and new tax credits to encourage research, development, and implementation of climate solution technologies.

Sales and Use Tax

California imposes a sales tax on retailers for the privilege of selling tangible personal property in the State. Most retail sales and leases are subject to the tax. However, exemptions have been provided for certain essentials such as food for home consumption, prescription drugs, gas delivered through mains, and electricity. Other exemptions provide relief for a variety of sales ranging from custom computer software to aircraft.

California imposes a use tax at the same rates as the regular sales tax on consumers of tangible personal property that is used, consumed or stored in this State. Use tax applies to purchases from out-of-state vendors that did not collect tax on their sales. Use tax also applies to most leases of tangible personal property.

As of March 9, 2022, the breakdown for the uniform statewide State and local sales and use tax (referred to herein as the “sales tax”) rate of 7.25 percent was as follows (many local jurisdictions have additional sales taxes for local purposes):

 

 

3.9375 percent imposed as a State General Fund tax;

 

 

1.0625 percent dedicated to local governments for realignment purposes (Local Revenue Fund 2011);

 

 

0.5 percent dedicated to local governments for health and welfare program realignment (Local Revenue Fund);

 

 

0.5 percent dedicated to local governments for public safety services (Local Public Safety Fund); and

 

 

1.25 percent local tax imposed under the Uniform Local Sales and Use Tax Law, with 0.25 percent dedicated to county transportation purposes and 1.0 percent for city and county general-purpose use.

Proposition 30 constitutionally guaranteed that 1.0625 percent of the sales tax rate is dedicated to the cost of the realignment of certain defined public safety services programs from the State to the counties and explicitly states that this sales tax revenue does not constitute General Fund revenue for purposes of the Proposition 98 guarantee. The 1.0625 percent of the sales tax rate was expected to generate $8.6 billion in fiscal year 2021-22 and $9 billion in fiscal year 2022-23.

Existing law provides that 0.25 percent of the base State and local sales tax rate will be suspended in any calendar year upon certification by the Director of the Department of Finance that specified conditions exist. There are two sets of tests, each with two conditions. The first set of tests examines whether the actual SFEU balance as of June 30 exceeds 4 percent of the current fiscal year’s General Fund revenues, and whether the forecasted SFEU balance as of June 30 of the next fiscal year, excluding the impact from the 0.25 percent sales tax rate, exceeds 4 percent of the next fiscal year’s projected General Fund revenues. The second set of tests observes whether the forecasted SFEU balance as of June 30, excluding the impact from the 0.25 percent sales tax rate, exceeds 3 percent of current year General Fund revenues, and whether the actual revenues in May through September of the current calendar year equal or exceed the May Revision forecast. If both conditions in either set of tests are met as certified by the Director of the Department of Finance, then the 0.25 percent rate will be suspended. The

 

C-15


Department of Finance estimated, as of March 9, 2022, that the reserve level would be insufficient to trigger a suspension of the 0.25 percent rate for calendar year 2022.

On June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled 5-4 in favor of South Dakota in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., overruling previous decisions (Quill & Bellas Hess) which significantly limited states’ legal authority to require that out-of-state retailers collect and remit use tax. Quill & Bellas Hess had resulted in large use tax gaps as e-commerce has grown to account for about 10 percent of overall U.S. retail sales. In April 2019, the Legislature passed Chapter 5, Statutes of 2019 (AB 147), which made changes to sales tax law in the wake of the Wayfair decision, including requiring that businesses remit sales tax to California if they met a threshold of $500,000 sales into California per year. It also mandated that any business acting as a marketplace facilitator had to remit California sales tax for sales into California that took place on their website. The $500,000 threshold requirement went into effect on April 25, 2019 and the marketplace facilitator requirement went into effect on October 1, 2019. This legislation helped capture much of the shift to online transactions that occurred as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Corporation Tax

Corporation tax revenues are derived from the following taxes:

 

 

The franchise tax and the corporate income tax are levied at an 8.84 percent rate on profits. The former is imposed on corporations for the privilege of doing business in California, while the latter is imposed on corporations that derive income from California sources but are not sufficiently present to be classified as doing business in the State.

 

 

Banks and other financial corporations are subject to the franchise tax plus an additional tax at the rate of 2 percent on their net income. This additional tax is in lieu of personal property taxes and business license taxes.

 

 

In general, the AMT is based on a higher level of net income computed by adding back certain tax preferences. This tax is imposed at a rate of 6.65 percent.

 

 

A minimum franchise tax of up to $800 is imposed on corporations and Sub-Chapter S corporations. Limited partnerships, limited liability partnerships, and limited liability corporations (“LLCs”) are also subject to the $800 minimum franchise tax. New corporations are exempted from the minimum franchise tax for the first year of incorporation.

 

 

Sub-Chapter S corporations are taxed at 1.5 percent of profits.

 

 

Fees and taxes paid by LLCs, which accounted for 6.5 percent of corporation tax revenue in fiscal year 2020-21.

The 2021 Budget Act included a State tax change effective starting with tax returns for calendar year 2021 that generally allows taxpayers who have income from PTEs to electively pay a tax at the business entity level and receive State PIT credit for the same amount (the “PTE Elective Tax”). This election shifts tax liability from the individual’s State PIT to the business entity (i.e. the taxpayer elects to pay elective amount(s) as a corporation tax rather than as a PIT), which enables the taxpayer to reduce his/her federal tax liability by avoiding having this elective payment amount counted against the $10,000 State and local tax deduction limitation on a taxpayer’s federal PITs. Accordingly, every dollar received from the PTE Elective Tax paid generates a dollar of PIT credit.

The PTE Elective Tax is estimated to increase corporate income tax revenues by $13.7 billion in fiscal year 2021-22 and $10 billion in fiscal year 2022-23, with offsetting revenue losses in PIT revenues. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget proposal to repeal the temporary suspension on the use of NOLs and the limitation on business tax credits established in the 2020- 21 Budget one year early decreases projected corporate tax revenues by $5.2 billion in fiscal year 2022-23. This policy was enacted in February 2022 and any revisions to the revenue impacts of this early action is expected to be reflected in the May Revision forecast.

The policy proposals in the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget, not including the adjustments to the PTE Elective Tax or restoration of NOLs and business tax credits, decrease corporate income tax revenues by $65 million in fiscal year 2021-22 and $342 million in fiscal year 2022-23. These policy proposals include conformity to federal tax treatment of certain federal grants to California businesses and new tax credits to encourage research, development, and implementation of climate solution technologies.

Insurance Tax

The majority of insurance written in California is subject to a 2.35 percent gross premium tax. For insurers, this premium tax takes the place of all other State and local taxes except those on real property and motor vehicles. Exceptions to the

 

C-16


2.35 percent rate are certain pension and profit-sharing plans which are taxed at the lesser rate of 0.5 percent, surplus lines and non-admitted insurance at 3 percent and ocean marine insurers at 5 percent of underwriting profits. As of March 9, 2022, the insurance tax was estimated to have generated General Fund revenues of $3.1 billion in fiscal year 2020-21 and was projected to generate $3.4 billion in fiscal year 2021-22 and $3.5 billion in fiscal year 2022-23.

Special Fund Revenues

The State’s Constitution and statutes specify the uses of certain revenues. Such receipts are accounted for in various special funds. While these funds are not directly available to repay State general obligation bonds, the General Fund may, when needed to meet cash flow needs, temporarily borrow from certain special funds. In general, special fund revenues comprise three categories of income:

 

 

Receipts from tax levies, which are allocated to specified functions, such as motor vehicle taxes and fees and certain taxes on tobacco products.

 

 

Charges for certain services provided by the State government to individuals, businesses, or organizations, such as fees for the provision of business and professional licenses.

 

 

Rental royalties and other receipts designated for particular purposes (e g., oil and gas royalties).

Motor vehicle-related taxes and other fees were projected, as of March 9, 2022, to account for approximately one-third of all special fund revenues in fiscal year 2022-23. Principal sources of this income are motor vehicle fuel taxes, registration and weight fees, and vehicle license fees (“VLFs”). In fiscal year 2022-23, approximately $21 billion of special fund revenues were projected to come from the ownership or operation of motor vehicles, which includes an increase to existing taxes and new fees from the Road Repair and Accountability Act of 2017, Chapter 5, Statutes of 2017 (SB 1), which began collection in fiscal year 2017-18.

Taxes on Tobacco Products

Cigarette and tobacco taxes primarily affect special funds, with $60 million going to the General Fund and $1.9 billion going to special funds in fiscal year 2020-21. Proposition 56 increased the excise tax rate on cigarettes, tobacco products, and electronic cigarettes, effective April 1, 2017. The excise tax increased by $2 from 87 cents to $2.87 per pack of cigarettes. The equivalent excise tax on the distribution of other tobacco products such as cigars, chewing tobacco, pipe tobacco, and snuff also increased by $2 from a $1.37-equivalent to a $3.37-equivalent tax, effective July 1, 2017. Proposition 56 also imposed the $3.37-equivalent tobacco products tax on electronic cigarettes, which had previously not been subject to a tobacco products tax. All of the new money from Proposition 56 goes to special funds.

Chapter 483, Statutes of 2021 (SB 395), will implement an additional 12.5-percent retail tax on the sale of electronic cigarettes and nicotine liquid, beginning July 1, 2022. It is expected to generate $29 million in fiscal year 2022-23, all of which goes to special funds.

Chapter 34, Statutes of 2020 (SB 793), would have banned all flavored tobacco products, including mentholated cigarettes and flavored e-cigarette liquids, beginning January 1, 2021. However, a referendum to overturn the law qualified for the November 2022 election, during which time the flavor ban is suspended. Current cigarette and tobacco revenue estimates assume that voters uphold the legislation and the flavor ban goes into effect following the election, resulting in a decline in the consumption of tobacco products beginning in fiscal year 2022-23.

Taxes on Cannabis Products

Proposition 64, The California Legal Marijuana Initiative, approved by the voters in November 2016, legalized the recreational use of cannabis within California for persons age 21 and over, effective November 9, 2016. The measure also levied new State excise taxes on the cultivation and retail sale of both recreational and medical cannabis as of January 1, 2018, to be spent for specified purposes. The cultivation tax had been $9.25 per ounce of flower, $2.75 per ounce of leaves, or $1.29 per ounce of fresh whole plant but was indexed for inflation in 2020 and 2022. Beginning January 1, 2022, the cultivation tax rates reflecting the adjustment for inflation were $10.08 per ounce of flower, $3 per ounce of leaves or $1.41 per ounce of fresh plant. There is an additional State retail excise tax equal to 15 percent of the average market price for cannabis products. Recreational cannabis is also subject to State and local sales taxes. Medical cannabis, on the other hand, is exempted from existing State and local sales taxes if the purchaser presents a valid medical marijuana identification card. However, taxes on both medical and

 

C-17


recreational cannabis can be levied by local governments. Proposition 64 specified that resources in the Cannabis Tax Fund are not subject to appropriation by the Legislature. Resources are dispersed to agencies according to a set of priorities identified in statute beginning with those tasked with administering the regulation of cannabis and followed by research, law enforcement, and education programs related to cannabis.

CONSTITUTIONAL LIMITS ON SPENDING AND TAXES

State Appropriations Limit

The State is subject to an annual appropriations limit imposed by the State Constitution (the “Appropriations Limit”). The Appropriations Limit does not restrict appropriations to pay debt service on voter-authorized bonds.

The State is prohibited from spending “appropriations subject to limitation” in excess of the Appropriations Limit. “Appropriations subject to limitation,” with respect to the State, are authorizations to spend “proceeds of taxes,” which consist of tax revenues and certain other funds, including proceeds from regulatory licenses, user charges or other fees to the extent that such proceeds exceed “the cost reasonably borne by that entity in providing the regulation, product or service,” but “proceeds of taxes” exclude most State subventions to local governments, tax refunds and some benefit payments such as UI. No limit is imposed on appropriations of funds which are not “proceeds of taxes,” such as reasonable user charges or fees and certain other non-tax funds.

Various types of appropriations are excluded from the Appropriations Limit. For example, debt service costs of bonds existing or authorized by January 1, 1979, or subsequently authorized by the voters, appropriations required to comply with mandates of courts or the federal government, appropriations for qualified capital outlay projects, appropriations for tax refunds, appropriations of revenues derived from any increase in gasoline taxes and motor vehicle weight fees above January 1, 1990 levels, certain appropriations made in response to a declared emergency, and appropriation of certain special taxes imposed by initiative (e.g., cigarette and tobacco taxes) are all excluded. The Appropriations Limit may also be exceeded in certain emergencies.

The Appropriations Limit in each year is based on the Appropriations Limit for the prior year, adjusted annually for changes in State per capita personal income and changes in population, and adjusted, when applicable, for any transfer of financial responsibility of providing services to or from another unit of government or any transfer of the financial source for the provisions of services from tax proceeds to regulatory licenses, user charges, or user fees. The measurement of change in population is a blended average of statewide overall population growth and the change in attendance at K-14 education districts. The Appropriations Limit is tested over consecutive two-year periods. Any excess of the aggregate “proceeds of taxes” received over such two-year period above the combined Appropriations Limits for those two years is divided equally between transfers to K-14 education districts and refunds to taxpayers.

The State has rarely exceeded its Appropriations Limit. In recent years, however, State appropriations have trended closer to the limit, and in fiscal year 2018-19, total spending exceeded the limit by $1.9 billion and total spending exceeded the limit in fiscal year 2020-21. Strong revenue growth, coupled with more moderate growth in the Appropriations Limit, served to reduce the room under the limit. Two of the three growth factors, the change in civilian population and the change in K-14 average daily attendance, have dropped to less than 1 percent and have been negative, respectively, in a number of recent years. Statutory changes enacted as part of the 2021-22 Budget excluded county sales tax generated realignment revenues provided to cities and counties as well as the GSS II, as emergency expenditures, from the Appropriations Limit. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget estimated fiscal year 2020-21 appropriations to exceed the limit by $19 billion, and fiscal year 2021-22 appropriations to be under the limit by approximately $16.4 billion, resulting in the State exceeding its two-year limit by $2.6 billion. Estimates of the Appropriations Limit for fiscal years 2020-21 and 2021-22 will continue to be revised in connection with the adoption of the annual budget acts of 2022 and 2023, respectively.

Annually, an estimate of the new Appropriations Limit is included in the Governor’s Budget and is thereafter subject to the deliberative budget process and final establishment in the annual Budget Act.

K-14 Education under Proposition 98

General. California provides instruction and support services to roughly six million students in grades kindergarten through twelve in more than 10,000 schools throughout the State. K-12 education programs are primarily funded under

 

C-18


Proposition 98, and were expected, as of March 9, 2022, to receive funding of $70.7 billion from the General Fund for fiscal year 2022-23 (both Non-Proposition 98 and Proposition 98). As of March 9, 2022, the State also provided instruction and support services for approximately 2.1 million students based on enrollment (or approximately 1.1 million full-time equivalent students) at 116 community colleges.

Proposition 98 Funding for K-12 and Community Colleges. State funding for K-14 education is determined largely by Proposition 98, a voter-approved constitutional amendment passed in 1988. Proposition 98, as amended by Proposition 111 in 1990, is mainly comprised of a set of three formulas, or three tests, that guarantee schools and community colleges a minimum level of funding from the State General Fund and local property taxes, commonly referred to as the “minimum guarantee”. Which test applies in a particular year is determined by multiple factors including the level of funding in fiscal year 1986-87, local property tax revenues, changes in school attendance, growth in per capita personal income, and growth in per capita General Fund revenues. The applicable test, as determined by these factors, sets the minimum funding level. Most of the factors are adjusted frequently and some may not be final for several years after the close of the fiscal year. Therefore, additional appropriations—referred to as “settle-up” funds—may be required to fully satisfy the minimum guarantee for prior years. Final settle-up payments are determined as part of the Proposition 98 certification process, which occurs the fiscal year after the close of the related fiscal year; any outstanding settle-up balance owed to schools must be paid or scheduled to be paid as part of the State’s multi-year budgeting process.

Although the State’s Constitution requires a minimum level of funding for education, the State may provide more or less than the minimum guarantee. If the State provides more than is required, the minimum guarantee is increased on an ongoing basis. If the State provides less than required, the minimum guarantee must be suspended in statute with a two-thirds vote of the Legislature. When the minimum guarantee is suspended, the suspended amount is owed to schools in the form of a maintenance factor. A “maintenance factor obligation” is also created in years when the operative minimum guarantee is calculated using a per capita General Fund inflation factor (Test 3) and is lower than the calculation using a per capita personal income inflation factor (Test 2). (In Test 1 years, a fixed percentage of General Fund revenues is used in the calculation.) In Test 3 years, the amount of maintenance factor obligation created is equal to the difference between the funded level and the Test 2 level. Under a suspension, the maintenance factor obligation created is the difference between the funded level and the operative minimum guarantee. The maintenance factor obligation is repaid according to a constitutional formula in years when the growth in per capita General Fund revenues exceeds the growth in per capita personal income.

The passage of Proposition 30 temporarily created an additional source of funds for K-14 education. The Education Protection Account, created by Proposition 30, was available to offset Proposition 98 General Fund expenditures for fiscal years 2012-13 through 2018-19, freeing up General Fund resources for other purposes. Proposition 55 extended the additional income tax rates established by Proposition 30 through tax year 2030.

Proposition 2 created the PSSSA, a special fund that serves as a Proposition 98 reserve, and requires a deposit in the PSSSA under specified conditions. At the time of the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget, these conditions were met, requiring a deposit in fiscal year 2022-23 of approximately $3.1 billion. Economic conditions as of the 2021 Budget Act required deposits in fiscal years 2020-21 and 2021-22 of approximately $1.9 billion and approximately $2.6 billion, respectively, but Proposition 2 requires a two-year true up on this transfer calculation, and after the true up, deposits totaling approximately $3.1 billion and approximately $3.6 billion, respectively, are required. Balances in the PSSSA must be spent on education in fiscal years in which the minimum Proposition 98 funding level is not sufficient to fund the prior year funded level adjusted for growth and inflation. With the total balance in the PSSSA exceeding 3 percent of the total Proposition 98 funded amount in fiscal year 2021-22 as of March 9, 2022, school district reserve caps of 10 percent will be triggered for applicable districts in fiscal year 2022-23 pursuant to statute.

Proposition 98 Funding for Fiscal Years 2021-22 and 2022-23. Test 1 is operative in fiscal years 2021-22 and 2022-23, requiring 38 percent of General Fund revenues to be spent on K-14 education. The funding provided to K-12 schools and community colleges is estimated to grow in both fiscal years 2021-22 and 2022-23. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget estimated the Proposition 98 minimum guarantee at approximately $102 billion in fiscal year 2022- 23, an increase of approximately $8.2 billion compared to the amount assumed for fiscal year 2021-22 in the 2021 Budget Act.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget enacted a revised funding level for K-12 schools and community colleges in fiscal year 2021-22 of approximately $99.1 billion, which is approximately $5.3 billion higher than the level assumed at the 2021 Budget Act as estimates of State revenues continue to increase.

 

C-19


Property taxes were estimated to continue increasing, mostly due to shifts of local property tax revenues back to schools and community colleges, and increases in base property tax revenues, though more modestly than prior to the COVID-19 pandemic.

STATE EXPENDITURES

Local Government Impacts on State Finances

The primary units of local government in California are the 58 counties, which range in population size from less than 2,000 residents in Alpine County to over 10 million in Los Angeles County. County governments provide many basic services, including indigent health care, welfare, jails, and public safety in unincorporated areas. In addition, there are 482 incorporated cities in California and thousands of special districts formed to provide various services. The fiscal condition of these local governments can impact the State’s financial condition and flexibility as summarized below.

Constitutional and Statutory Limitations. The fiscal condition of local governments changed when Proposition 13 was approved by California voters in 1978. Proposition 13 reduced and limited the future growth of local property taxes and limited the ability of local governments to impose “special taxes” (devoted to a specific purpose) without two-thirds voter approval.

In the aftermath of Proposition 13, the State provided aid to local governments, including from the General Fund, to make up for the local governments’ loss of property tax revenue. Significantly, the State assumed a much larger responsibility for funding K-14 education. In 1988, Proposition 98 established a minimum guaranteed level of funding for K-14 education with a combination of local property taxes and State General Fund.

During the recession of the early 1990s, the Legislature reduced the post-Proposition 13 aid to local government entities other than K-14 education by requiring cities and counties to transfer some of their property tax revenues to school districts. The Educational Revenue Augmentation Fund (“ERAF”) was created by statute in 1992 for this purpose. However, the Legislature provided additional funding sources, such as sales taxes, and reduced certain mandates for local services funded by cities and counties.

Proposition 218, a constitutional amendment approved by the voters in 1996, further limited the ability of local governments to raise taxes, fees, and other exactions. The limitations include requiring a majority vote approval for general local tax increases, prohibiting fees for services in excess of the cost of providing such service, and providing that no fee may be charged for fire, police, or any other service widely available to the public.

The 2004 Budget Act, related legislation, Proposition 1A of 2004, and Proposition 22, approved by the voters in 2010, further changed the State-local fiscal relationship. The constitutional and statutory changes in the 2004 Budget Act and Proposition 1A of 2004 were implemented in an agreement negotiated between the Governor and local government officials (the “State-local agreement”) in connection with the 2004 Budget Act.

Part of the State-local agreement was a reduction of the VLF rate from 2 percent to 0.65 percent of the market value of the vehicle. To protect local governments, which had previously received all VLF revenues, the 1.35 percent reduction in VLF revenue was backfilled by an increase in the amount of property tax revenues they receive. This arrangement benefited local government finances because the annual backfill amount increased in proportion to the growth in property tax revenues, which historically has grown at a higher rate than VLF revenues. This arrangement continues without change in the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget.

Another part of the State-local agreement includes Proposition 1A of 2004, which, among other things, amended the State Constitution to reduce the Legislature’s authority over local government revenue sources by placing restrictions on the State’s access to local governments’ property, sales, and VLF revenues as of November 3, 2004.

Proposition 22 prohibits future borrowing by the State from local government funds, and generally prohibits the Legislature from making changes in local government funding sources. In addition, allocation of local transportation funds cannot be changed without an extensive process.

Property Tax Revenues. The amount of property tax revenue generated each year can affect the State General Fund budget because local property tax revenue is allocated to offset General Fund expenditures for K-14 education required by Tests 2 and 3 of Proposition 98. Under Test 1 of Proposition 98, which is operative in fiscal year 2021-22, and which, as of March 9,

 

C-20


2022, was expected to be operative for the foreseeable future, property tax revenue supplements instead of offsets the State’s General Fund obligation for schools. As of the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget, statewide property tax revenues were estimated to increase 6.6 percent in fiscal year 2021-22 and 6.5 percent in fiscal year 2022-23. Property tax estimates used in the calculation of the Proposition 98 minimum guaranteed level of funding are based on growth in statewide property taxes, but also include other factors such as excess tax, dissolved redevelopment agency (“RDA”) funds, and the shift of property taxes from local governments to K-14 schools into the ERAF.

Dissolved Redevelopment Agency Funds. RDAs were dissolved on February 1, 2012, and their functions were taken over by successor agencies tasked with winding down the RDAs’ affairs. Property tax revenue that would have gone to RDAs is now redirected to other local entities, including cities, counties, school and community college districts, and special districts, after payments are made for (1) pre-existing “pass through” payments to local agencies, (2) the former RDAs’ debts (known as “enforceable obligations”), and (3) limited administrative costs.

Property tax revenue allocated to school and community college districts supplements the funding schools receive from the State’s General Fund under Test 1 of Proposition 98. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget estimated that schools will receive an additional $2.6 billion in fiscal year 2021-22 and $2.9 billion in fiscal year 2022-23. Additional revenues were projected to average $3.3 billion per year from fiscal year 2023-24 through fiscal year 2025-26, with annual growth proportionate to the changes in property tax growth, and the rate at which the enforceable obligations of the former RDAs are retired.

Realigning Services to Local Governments. The 2011 Budget Act included a major realignment of public safety programs from the State to local governments (AB 109). The realignment was designed to move program and fiscal responsibility to the level of government that can best provide the service, eliminate duplication of effort, generate savings, and increase flexibility. The implementation of the Community Corrections Grant Program authorized by AB 109 moved lower-level offenders from State prisons to county supervision and reduced the number of parole violators in the State’s prisons.

Other realigned programs include local public safety programs, mental health, substance abuse, foster care, child welfare services, and adult protective services. The 2011 Realignment is funded through two sources in fiscal year 2022-23: (1) a State special fund sales tax of 1.0625 percent (projected to total $9 billion) and (2) $787.2 million in VLFs, projected as of the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget. General Fund savings have been over $2.5 billion annually from the realigned programs beginning in fiscal year 2011-12. As of March 9, 2022, the State estimated savings of $3.6 billion in fiscal year 2021-22.

Unemployment Insurance

The UI program is a federal-State program that provides weekly UI payments to eligible workers who lose their jobs through no fault of their own. The regular unemployment program is funded by unemployment tax contributions paid by employers for each covered worker.

Due to the significant increase in unemployment resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, employer contributions in the State are not currently sufficient to cover the cost of the benefits to State claimants. In April 2020, in accordance with federal law, the State began to fund deficits in the State UI Fund through a federal loan to support benefit payments. Pursuant to federal law, if the State is unable to repay the loan within the same year it is taken, State funds must be used to pay the annual interest payments on the borrowed funds.

The principal amount of the State UI Fund federal loan was $19.6 billion at the end of calendar year 2021. Using economic outlook and unemployment projections as of March 9, 2022, the principal amount of the State UI Fund federal loan was projected to be $21.8 billion at the end of calendar year 2022 and $21.5 billion at the end of calendar year 2023. The State is only responsible for the payment of interest on the State UI Fund federal loan. Repayment of principal on this State UI Fund federal loan is strictly an employer responsibility, and not a liability of the State’s General Fund. The State may, as a policy choice, choose to pay down the principal amount of the state’s UI Fund federal loan. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget included $3 billion over two years ($1 billion in fiscal year 2022-23 and $2 billion in fiscal year 2023-24) to reduce the principal amount of the state’s UI Fund federal loan. To further ensure that the State’s UI Fund federal loan is repaid, when a state has an outstanding loan balance for two consecutive years, the federal government reduces the Federal Unemployment Tax Act (“FUTA”) credit it gives to employers. This is equivalent to an increase in the FUTA tax on employers and has the effect of paying down the State UI Fund federal loan.

 

C-21


The FFCRA provided interest free federal loans through December 26, 2020 for states to continue UI program benefit payments. The CRRSA then extended this interest free loan period through March 14, 2021. ARPA extended the interest free loan period again through September 6, 2021. However, the interest free loan period was not extended further. The interest due depends on a variety of factors, including the actual amount of the federal loan outstanding (which in turn will depend on the State rate of unemployment, employer contributions to the State UI Fund, and any State or federal law changes relating to the funding of the programs) and the interest rate imposed by the federal government. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget assumed an estimate of approximately $470 million General Fund for the anticipated interest payment due September 30, 2022. Beginning in fiscal year 2023-24, it was estimated, as of March 9, 2022, the annual interest payment on the State’s UI Fund federal loan will range between $400 million to $500 million General Fund.

A portion of the UI debt is the result of fraudulent claims filed with EDD, although the majority of fraud occurred in the much larger federal pandemic unemployment programs funded by the federal government but administered by the State. As of January 2022, of the $180.3 billion in State UI and federal pandemic benefit payments issued since March 2020, $20.3 billion was estimated to be fraudulent. The State UI program accounted for $34.3 billion of the $180.3 billion in UI benefit payments and approximately $1.3 billion of the $20.3 billion in estimated payments of fraudulent claims. The remaining $19 billion in estimated fraud is associated with the federal pandemic unemployment programs and is not a liability of the State’s employers and does not impact the required interest payments on the State’s UI Fund federal loan. Current federal guidance is that the federal government will not be requiring repayment of the $19 billion of fraudulent payments related to federal pandemic unemployment programs (or fraudulent payments by other states), but does require EDD to make efforts to recover such payments. EDD is currently attempting to recover fraudulent payments. Recovered fraudulent payments will be remitted to the UI program from which such fraudulent payment was made (either from the State UI program or one of the federal pandemic unemployment programs, as applicable).

Health and Human Services

Medi-Cal. Medi-Cal, California’s Medicaid program, is a health care entitlement program for qualified low-income individuals and families who receive public assistance or otherwise lack health care coverage. Medi-Cal covers approximately one-third of all Californians.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget projected expenditures of $123.8 billion ($26.8 billion General Fund) in fiscal year 2021-22 and $132.7 billion ($34.9 billion General Fund) in fiscal year 2022-23 for the Medi-Cal program. Compared with the 2021 Budget Act, inclusive of budget revisions, Medi-Cal expenditures in fiscal year 2021-22 increased by $567.2 million and decreased by $1.3 billion General Fund. The General Fund decrease is primarily due to projected savings associated with continued enhanced Federal Medical Assistance Percentage (“FMAP”) provided due to the federal COVID-19 Public Health Emergency from January 2022 through June 2022. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget assumed the Public Health Emergency would end on June 30, 2022.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget estimated average monthly caseload of 14.7 million in fiscal year 2021-22 and 14.3 million in fiscal year 2022-23 and assumed caseload would peak at 15.2 million in July 2022. The increase across both fiscal years is driven by the continuous coverage requirement in the federal FFCRA, which requires continuous Medicaid coverage for beneficiaries through the duration of the federal COVID-19 Public Health Emergency as a condition for receiving an enhanced FMAP.

The Medi-Cal budget may significantly change over time, including within a single fiscal year, due to its size, financial complexity, federal requirements, and the fact that Medi-Cal operates on a cash, rather than an accrual, basis of accounting, which means that the timing of transactions can significantly disrupt fiscal year budgetary estimates.

Year-over-Year Changes. The $8.1 billion General Fund expenditure increase from fiscal year 2021-22 to fiscal year 2022-23 is primarily due to costs associated with increased caseload projections; underlying program cost growth; assumed conclusion of the enhanced FMAP on June 30, 2022; repayment of federal funds for claims not eligible for FMAP; and implementation of significant proposals including the Behavioral Health Continuum Infrastructure Program, Behavioral Health Bridge Housing, Children and Youth Behavioral Health Initiative, and the California Advancing and Innovating Medi-Cal Initiative.

The $2.7 billion increase in other State funds is largely attributable to the receipt of the Home and Community Based Services funds in fiscal year 2021-22, increased reimbursements, and increased drug rebates.

 

C-22


The $1.9 billion decrease in federal fund spending in fiscal year 2022-23 compared with fiscal year 2021-22 is primarily due to the assumed loss of enhanced FMAP, the gradual disenrollment of beneficiaries no longer eligible for Medi-Cal, assumed reduced federal grants for behavioral health workload, and assumed reduced SFRF spending for the Behavioral Health Continuum Infrastructure Program.

Medi-Cal Coverage for Undocumented Older Adults. The 2021 Budget Act included statutory changes to expand Medi-Cal coverage, including In-Home Supportive Services (“IHSS”), to income-eligible adults aged 50 and older who are otherwise eligible but for immigration status, no sooner than May 1, 2022. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget projected expenditures of $54 million ($43.1 million General Fund) in fiscal year 2021-22 and $660.9 million ($567.1 million General Fund) in fiscal year 2022-23 for this purpose, inclusive of IHSS. Expenditures are projected to gradually increase to $1.5 billion ($1.4 billion General Fund) annually at full implementation. . As of March 9, 2022, Medi-Cal covered undocumented immigrants under the age of 26.

Medi-Cal Coverage for Undocumented Adults Aged 26-49. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget proposes to expand Medi-Cal coverage to income-eligible adults aged 26 through 49, regardless of immigration status, no sooner than January 1, 2024. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget included $819.3 million ($613.5 million General Fund) in fiscal year 2023-24 for this purpose. Expenditures are projected to grow to $2.7 billion ($2.2 billion General Fund) annually at full implementation, inclusive of IHSS costs.

Managed Care Organization (MCO) Tax. Federal Medicaid regulations allow states to impose certain health care-related taxes on plans or providers as long as certain conditions are met. The revenue from these taxes serve as the non-federal share of spending for health care services in a state’s Medicaid program, which allows the State to draw down additional federal funding and reduce General Fund expenditures. A three-and-year MCO tax was federally approved on April 3, 2020, effective through December 31, 2022. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget includes net General Fund savings of $1.7 billion in fiscal year 2021-22 and $1.5 billion in fiscal year 2022-23 from this MCO tax. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget does not propose a renewal of the MCO tax after the current one expires.

In-Home Supportive Services. The IHSS program provides domestic and related services such as housework, transportation, and personal care services to eligible low-income aged, blind, or disabled persons. These services are provided to assist individuals to remain safely in their homes as an alternative to out-of-home care.

CalWORKs. The CalWORKs program is the State’s version of the federal Temporary Assistance for Needy Families program and provides temporary cash assistance to low-income families with children to meet basic needs, such as shelter, food, and clothing. CalWORKs includes specific welfare-to-work requirements and provides supportive services, including child care, to enable adult participants to meet these requirements. Eligibility requirements and benefit levels are established by the State, but counties have flexibility in program design, services, and funding to meet local needs.

The federal government pays a substantial portion of welfare benefit costs, subject to a requirement that states provide significant matching funds. Federal law imposes detailed eligibility and programmatic requirements for states to be entitled to receive federal funds. Federal law also imposes time limits on program availability for individuals, and establishes certain work requirements. Consistent with the federal law, CalWORKs contains time limits on the receipt of welfare aid. The centerpiece of CalWORKs is the linkage of eligibility to work participation requirements.

In recent years, the CalWORKs caseload had been declining consistent with California’s improving economy. However, in the 2020 and 2021 Budget Acts, the CalWORKs caseload was projected to grow significantly due to the COVID-19 pandemic’s economic impact. This higher caseload did not materialize, possibly as a result of expanded and extended UI benefits and direct stimulus payments. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget included revised caseload projections, based on application uptake estimates resulting from the sunset of federal unemployment benefits.

SSI/SSP. The federal Supplemental Security Income (“SSI”) program provides a monthly cash benefit to eligible seniors and persons with disabilities who meet the program’s income and resource requirements. In California, the SSI payment is augmented with a State Supplementary Payment (“SSP”) grant. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget included approximately $3.1 billion General Fund for the SSI/SSP program in fiscal year 2022-23, reflective of full year costs for a 24 percent SSP increase effective January 1, 2022. As of March 9, 2022, the average monthly caseload in this program was estimated to be 1.1 million recipients in fiscal year 2022-23.

 

C-23


Developmental Services. The Department of Developmental Services (“DDS”) provides consumers with developmental disabilities a variety of services and supports that allow them to live and work independently or in supported environments. As of March 9, 2022, DDS estimated it would serve approximately 407,634 individuals in the community and approximately 322 individuals in State-operated facilities in fiscal year 2022-23.

The 2021 Budget Act included $146 million ($89.9 million General Fund) in fiscal year 2021-22 for provider rate increases based on the DDS 2019 Rate Study. The estimated annual cost to support the new rate structure gradually grows to $2.1 billion ($1.2 billion General Fund) beginning in fiscal year 2025-26. Funding includes resources for development and implementation of a quality incentive payment program focused on improving consumer outcomes and service quality. From fiscal year 2021-22 through March of fiscal year 2023-24, associated General Fund program costs are offset by increased federal funding for home and community based services made available by ARPA.

Child Care. The 2021 Budget Act included an investment in child care access, which is maintained in the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget. Effective July 1, 2021, child care programs transitioned from the California Department of Education to the Department of Social Services.

The 2021 Budget Act expanded child care access by adding over 145,000 spaces for children in a child care center or family child care home (referred to as child care slots) across fiscal years 2021-22 and 2022-23, and the State intends to add 20,000 new slots annually in fiscal years 2023-24 and 2025-26 should the State’s economic condition support it. The new child care slots will be phased in each fiscal year in October and April. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget includes $779.2 million total funds ($256.1 million General Fund) for 110,500 new child care slots in fiscal year 2021-22, and $823.7 million total funds ($394.7 million General Fund) for 36,000 additional new child care slots in fiscal year 2022-23. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget assumed the majority of new child care slots would be funded by the General Fund in fiscal year 2024-25 as one-time federal relief funding expires.

In addition, the State entered into the first collective bargaining agreement with Child Care Providers United - California, which provides significant rate increases to many child care providers. The agreement is effective July 26, 2021 through June 30, 2023. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget includes $186.5 million in fiscal year 2021-22 and $373.1 million in fiscal year 2022-23 to support rate increases for child care providers while the state continues to work with partners and stakeholders toward further rate reform and increased access to a comprehensive, quality, and affordable child care and development system.

Public Safety

General. CDCR operates 36 youth and adult correctional facilities and 35 youth and adult camps as well as numerous other facilities. The CDCR also contracts for multiple adult parolee service centers and reentry services. The CDCR’s infrastructure includes more than 43 million square feet of building space on more than 24,000 acres of land (37 square miles) statewide.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget assumed an average daily adult incarcerated population of 112,864 in fiscal year 2022-23 and an average daily adult parole population of 42,963 in fiscal year 2022-23. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget included total expenditures (excluding capital outlay) of $14.2 billion ($13.8 billion from the General Fund) for CDCR, including salaries and benefits of approximately $10 billion.

Prison Population. Pursuant to various rulings issued by a panel of three federal judges, (some affirmed by the United States Supreme Court), the State was ordered to reduce its prison population to 137.5 percent of the system’s design capacity by February 28, 2016. In January 2015, CDCR met this court-ordered population benchmark because of successful implementation of a variety of court-ordered population reduction measures and approval of Proposition 47 by the voters in 2014, which required reclassification of certain felonies to misdemeanors (and related resentencing). Notwithstanding these changes, the fall 2016 adult incarcerated population projections estimated that population would increase by approximately 1,000 individuals per year. Given the need to establish a durable solution for prison crowding, the voters approved Proposition 57 in 2016 to maintain compliance with the court-ordered population cap, end federal court oversight, and establish more incentives for the incarcerated population to participate in rehabilitative programs.

Proposition 57 reformed the juvenile and adult criminal justice system in California by creating a parole consideration process for non-violent incarcerated individuals who served the full term for their primary criminal offense in State prison, authorizing CDCR to award credits earned for good conduct and approved rehabilitative or educational achievements, and

 

C-24


requiring judges to determine whether juveniles charged with certain crimes should be tried in juvenile or adult court. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget estimated that Proposition 57 would result in a population reduction of approximately 16,400 incarcerated adults in fiscal year 2022-23, with this population reduction of incarcerated individuals increasing to approximately 23,000 in fiscal year 2024-25. These figures are, in the State’s opinion, subject to considerable uncertainty and include the estimated effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on CDCR operations. The COVID-19 pandemic also significantly impacted prison population but as of March 9, 2022, its long-term effect is uncertain. In addition, as of March 9, 2022, the CDCR was facing litigation related to proposed credit earning changes included in the projections. Depending on the outcome of the litigation, the actual incarcerated adult population could be higher by several thousand.

Prison Medical Care. The federal receiver, appointed by the court to oversee the CDCR’s medical operations (the “Receiver”), has architectural plans for the design and construction of additional facilities and improvements to existing facilities for incarcerated individuals with medical or mental health care needs. The State has indicated that all of these projects will be constructed at existing State correctional institutions.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget included $3.3 billion from the General Fund for the Receiver’s costs in fiscal year 2022-23, which represents an increase of approximately $236 million as compared to the 2021 Budget Act.

Citing “significant progress” in improving California’s prison medical care, a federal District Court judge in January 2012 ordered California officials to begin planning for the end of the federal Receivership of the State’s prison medical programs. On March 10, 2015, the court modified its order to update and clarify the process to transition responsibility for the incarcerated population’s medical care back to the State. This transition process was ongoing as of March 9, 2022. As of the end of December2021, 19 institutions had been transitioned back to the State, with 15 facilities remaining to be transferred.

Retiree Health Care Costs

In addition to pension benefits, the State also provides retiree health care and dental benefits to its retired employees and their spouses and dependents (when applicable). These benefits are referred to as “Other Postemployment Benefits” or “OPEB.”

As of June 30, 2020, the most recent measurement date of the net OPEB liability, approximately 198,000 retirees were enrolled to receive health benefits and approximately 199,000 to receive dental benefits. Generally, employees vest for those benefits after serving 10 years with the State. The long-term costs for the State’s OPEB may negatively affect the State’s financial condition if the State does not adequately manage such costs.

The State reports on its liability for postemployment healthcare as well as other forms of postemployment benefits, such as life insurance, in its annual financial reports pursuant to the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (“GASB”) Statement No. 75, Accounting and Financial Reporting for Postemployment Benefits Other Than Pensions, which first applied to the State’s reporting for fiscal year 2017-18. GASB Statement No. 75 requires:

 

 

Recognition of the unfunded actuarial accrued liability (“UAAL”; i.e. Net OPEB Liability) in the financial statements.

 

 

Development of an actuarial accrued liability (“AAL”; i.e. Total OPEB Liability) and normal costs using a blended discount rate which is based on a 20-year general obligation bond index if benefits are financed on a pay-as-you-go basis, and the expected return on trust assets if pre-funding assets are available to pay benefits. Normal cost is the present value of future benefits earned by employees during the current fiscal year.

 

 

Development of an annual OPEB expense based on the normal cost plus an amortization of changes in the UAAL due to demographic experience, assumption changes, plan changes and investment experience.

GASB Statement No. 75 increases the financial statement liability because the entire UAAL is recognized in the financial statements. In addition, the liability was projected to be more volatile because the UAAL will be based on a blended discount rate that changes at each measurement date as the 20-year general obligation bond index changes.

The State’s latest OPEB actuarial valuation report as of June 30, 2020 was prepared by the private actuarial firm, Gabriel, Roeder, Smith & Company, which was tasked with calculating the State’s liability for these benefits. The report will be utilized to report OPEB liabilities and accounting elements in the State’s GAAP basis audited basic financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. The actuarial valuations contained in the report cover the cost estimates for existing employees, retirees and dependents. The objective of the report was to determine the liabilities associated with OPEB provided to the

 

C-25


State’s employees in compliance with the new GASB standards and to develop the actuarial funding costs assuming a full-funding policy. The economic assumptions for price and wage inflation are 2.25 percent and 2.50 percent, respectively.

The report provided actuarial liabilities using a blended discount rate which is based on a 20-year general obligation bond index if benefits are financed on a pay-as-you-go basis, and the expected return on trust assets if pre-funding assets are available to pay benefits. The State’s OPEB actuarial valuation report as of June 30, 2020, reports a total OPEB liability (“TOL”) of $97.88 billion, of which $95.19 billion is unfunded.

An actuarially determined contribution (“ADC”) was developed assuming a full-funding interest rate of 6.75 percent. The ADC represents the annual employer contribution that along with member contributions and investment income was projected to fully fund the program in approximately 30 years.

The TOL increased from $93.51 billion as of June 30, 2019, to $97.88 billion as of June 30, 2020, representing a change of $4.37 billion. If the previous assumptions had been realized, the TOL would have increased by $4.27 billion, to $97.78 billion as of June 30, 2020. The primary factors contributing to the $0.10 billion of unexpected increase in actuarial liabilities include:

 

 

Demographic experience increased the expected actuarial liabilities by 1.1 percent or $1.06 billion. Examples of demographic experience losses include: more members retiring than assumed, members retiring earlier than assumed and members living longer than assumed. During the year, the number of retirees increased by 2.8 percent from 192,701 at June 30, 2019, to 198,150 at June 30, 2020, and the number of active members increased by 1.0 percent from 276,317 to 278,986, which are key reasons for the demographic loss.

 

 

During the year, favorable healthcare claims experience and plan design changes decreased the expected TOL by approximately 3.7 percent or $3.59 billion.

 

 

Healthcare trend rates for the June 30, 2020 actuarial valuation were reviewed and updated since the last actuarial valuation, and the related assumption changes decreased the expected TOL by approximately 5.7 percent or $5.58 billion.

 

 

Changing the GASB Statements No. 74 and 75 blended discount rate as of June 30, 2019, which ranged from 3.13 percent to 3.85 percent, to the blended discount rate as of June 30, 2020, which ranges from 2.45 percent to 3.38 percent, increased the TOL by 8.3 percent or $8.16 billion.

The State’s funding policy provides for a 50 percent cost sharing of the normal cost, between active members and the State, graded over several years since the adoption of the pre-funding policy. Pre-funding normal cost contributions are deposited into CalPERS’ California Employers’ Retiree Benefit Trust. As of March 9, 2022, the State expected to earn 6.75 percent per year on these contributions. Pre-funding normal costs and investment income are not available to pay benefits until the earlier of 2046, or the year that the total actuarial liabilities are fully funded. The State finances benefits on a pay-as-you-go basis prior to the year that pre-funding assets are available to pay benefits. For the purposes of developing the full-funding normal cost, AAL and ADC, a discount rate of 6.75 percent was used.

The State Controller plans to issue an actuarial valuation report annually. The State’s OPEB actuarial valuation report as of June 30, 2021 was expected to be published mid-July 2022.

Ongoing Efforts. In 2015, a comprehensive strategy to eliminate the OPEB unfunded AAL over approximately 30 years by increasing prefunding shared equally between State employers and employees and reducing the cost structure of employee and retiree health care benefits was initiated through the collective bargaining process. Statutory language passed as part of the 2015 Budget Act contains the funding policy and framework designed to support the elimination of the unfunded AAL.

The State negotiated contributions for OPEB prefunding equivalent to the normal costs of those benefits, so that the additional contributions were equally shared between employers and employees and phased in over a three-year period. The negotiated contracts require matching contributions to an OPEB trust fund to set aside 100 percent of the actuarially determined “normal costs.”

The funding schedule for these agreements generally phased in contributions over three years beginning July 1, 2016, July 1, 2017, or July 1, 2018, depending on the bargaining unit. Additionally, new employees are subject to a lower employer contribution for future retiree health benefits, and a longer vesting period to qualify for the retiree health care contribution. As of March 9, 2022 successor contract agreements with all 21 bargaining units require all rank-and-file State employees to make OPEB contributions to prefund those benefits and address the $95.2 billion unfunded liability for retiree health benefits. Additionally, as determined annually by the California Department of Human Resources, related excluded and exempt employees

 

C-26


also prefund retiree health benefits. State employees of the judicial branch are also subject to the prefunding strategy and retiree health provisions.

As part of Chapter 2, Statutes of 2016 (AB 133), the 2015 Budget Act was amended to include a one-time allocation of $240 million to pay down the State’s unfunded liability for retiree health care. As of March 9, 2022, the State had more than $5.27 billion set aside in the prefunding trust fund to pay for future retiree health benefits. By the end of fiscal year 2022-23, the trust fund balance was projected to approach $7.3 billion in assets.

The 2021-22 Budget included $310 million one-time Proposition 2 funding for the employer’s share of General Fund prefunding contributions and an additional $616 million one-time Proposition 2 funding to help reach full funding for retiree health benefits by 2046. Because employee prefunding contributions were suspended in fiscal year 2020-21 due to a personal leave program for State employees, a one-time amount of $616 million was provided by the State employer on behalf of employees, based on the actuarial liability for each bargaining unit.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget included $365 million one-time Proposition 2 funding for the employer’s share of General Fund prefunding contributions.

The funding plan to eliminate the OPEB unfunded AAL assumes that the State continues to pay for retiree health benefits on a pay-as-you-go basis while assets are accumulated in a trust fund, and that no investment income will be used to pay for benefits until the plan is fully funded. Statutory language passed as part of the 2015 Budget Act contains the framework for this funding plan, preventing the use of investment income from the retiree health care trust fund for the payment of retiree health benefits until the earlier of:

 

  1.

The date the State Bargaining Unit subaccount within the trust fund reaches a 100 percent funded ratio.

 

  2.

July 1, 2046—the date the actuarial calculation of the prefunding plan was expected to reach a 100 percent funded ratio.

PENSION SYSTEMS

General

CalPERS and CalSTRS are the two principal retirement systems in which the State participates. The assets and liabilities of the funds administered by CalPERS and CalSTRS are included as fiduciary funds in the financial statements of the State. Thus, a summary description of CalPERS and CalSTRS is set forth in the State’s financial statements and required supplementary information. CalPERS and CalSTRS each have unfunded liabilities in the tens of billions of dollars.

The UC maintains a separate retirement system. The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget did not specifically allocate any of UC’s appropriation to fund its employer retirement costs; UC manages its retirement contributions within its overall budget.

General Fund retirement costs were expected to continue to increase in the foreseeable future. The State has indicated that the amount of such increases will depend on a variety of factors, including but not limited to actual investment returns, actuarial assumptions, actual experience, benefit adjustments and, in the case of CalSTRS, statutory changes to contribution levels.

CalPERS

General. CalPERS administers a total of 14 funds, including four funds for the defined benefit retirement plans: the Public Employees’ Retirement Fund (“PERF”), the Legislators’ Retirement Fund (“LRF”), the Judges’ Retirement Fund (“JRF”), and the Judges’ Retirement Fund II (“JRF II”). (These plans, as well as the other plans administered by CalPERS, are described in the comprehensive financial reports of CalPERS, which can be found on CalPERS’ website. Such information is not incorporated by reference herein.) The PERF, LRF, JRF, and JRF II are defined benefit pension plans which generally provide benefits based on members’ years of service, age, final compensation, and benefit formula. In addition, benefits are provided for disability, death, and survivors of eligible members or beneficiaries. Certain summary information concerning PERF is set forth below. Certain summary information concerning LRF, JRF, JRF II, and the 1959 Survivor Benefit program (which provides payments to the survivors of eligible members who die before retirement) is set forth at the end of this section.

CalPERS is administered by a 13-member Board of Administration (the “CalPERS Board”) that includes four ex officio members: the State Controller, the Director of the California Department of Human Resources, the State Treasurer, and a

 

C-27


member designated by the State Personnel Board. The other nine CalPERS Board members include six elected members: a member elected by active school employees, a member elected by retirees, a member elected by active State employees, a member elected by active public agency employees, two members elected by all members, and three appointed members: a public representative appointed jointly by the Speaker of the Assembly and the Senate Rules Committee, an official of a life insurer appointed by the Governor, and an elected local official appointed by the Governor.

Members and Employers. The PERF is a multiple-employer defined benefit retirement fund. In addition to the State, employer participants include nearly 3,000 public agencies and school districts. CalPERS acts as the common investment and administrative agent for the member agencies. The State and school districts (for “classified employees,” which generally consist of school employees other than teachers) are required by law to participate in CalPERS. Other public agencies can elect whether or not to participate in CalPERS or administer their own plans. Members of CalPERS generally become fully vested in their retirement benefits earned to date after five years of credited service. Separate accounts are maintained for each employer participating in CalPERS, and separate actuarial valuations are performed for each individual employer’s plan to determine the employer’s periodic contribution rate and other information for the individual plan, based on the benefit selected by the employer and the individual plan’s proportionate share of CalPERS assets.

Unless otherwise specified, the information relating to CalPERS provided in this section relates only to State employees. State employees include Executive Branch, CSU, Judicial, and Legislature employees.

Benefits for State employees are paid according to the category of employment and the type of benefit coverage provided by the State. Generally, all employees in a covered class of employment who work on a half-time basis or more are eligible to participate in CalPERS. The five categories of membership applicable to State employees are set forth below. Certain categories also have “tiers” of membership. It is up to the employee to select their preferred membership tier. Different tiers may have different benefits, as well as different employee contribution requirements. The member categories are as follows:

 

 

Miscellaneous Members — staff, operational, supervisory, and all other eligible employees who are not in special membership categories.

 

 

Safety Members — employees whose principal duties are in active law enforcement or fire prevention and suppression work but are not defined as a State Peace Officer/Firefighter Member, or who occupy positions designated by law as Safety Member positions.

 

 

State Industrial Members — employees of the CDCR who have the same service retirement and other benefits as Miscellaneous Members, but who also have industrial death and disability benefits under certain limited circumstances.

 

 

State Peace Officer/Firefighter Members — employees who are involved in law enforcement, firefighting and fire suppression, public safety, protective services, or the management and supervision thereof, whose positions are defined as State Peace Officer/Firefighter Members in the Government Code or by the Department of Human Resources.

 

 

Patrol Members — California Highway Patrol (“CHP”) officers and their related supervisors and managers.

Retirement Benefits. Generally, annual pension benefits depend on employment category, years of service credit, final compensation, and age of retirement. Annual pension benefits generally range from 2 percent of final compensation at age 55 for each year of service credit (applicable to Miscellaneous and State Industrial category members) to 3 percent of final compensation for each year of service for retirement at age 50 (for State Peace Officer/Firefighter category members). Pension benefits are subject to annual cost of living adjustments (the annual adjustment is determined by the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers and generally ranges from 2 to 3 percent) and an additional adjustment intended to preserve the “purchasing power” of the pension benefit. Additional pension benefits also generally include disability and death benefit provisions. A detailed description of the pension benefits payable by PERF to State employees is set forth in CalPERS’ actuarial valuations.

The Public Employees’ Pension Reform Act of 2013 (“PEPRA”) (AB 340, Chapter 296, Statutes of 2012) increased the retirement age for new CalPERS members hired on or after January 1, 2013 (“PEPRA members”). State Miscellaneous and State Industrial PEPRA members who retire at age 62 will be eligible for a benefit equal to 2 percent of final compensation for each year of credited service (increased to 2.5 percent of final compensation for members retiring after age 67). State Safety PEPRA members who retire at age 57 will be eligible for a benefit equal to 2 percent under the Basic Safety Plan, 2.5 percent under the Safety Option Plan One, or 2.7 percent under the Safety Option Plan Two, of final compensation for each year of credited service. Approximately 46 percent of the State active member population consisted of PEPRA members as of June 30, 2021.

 

C-28


Member and State Contributions. The pension benefits for State employee members in CalPERS are funded by contributions from members and the State, and by earnings from investments. Member and State contributions are a percentage of applicable member compensation and are determined annually on an actuarial basis. Member contribution rates are defined by law and vary by bargaining unit within the same member category. The required contribution rates of active CalPERS State members are based on a percentage of their salary ranging from 3.75 to 13 percent.

State contributions are made from the General Fund, special funds, and non-governmental cost funds. The State has made the full amount of actuarially required contribution each year.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget proposes $3.5 billion in Proposition 2 debt repayment funding in fiscal year 2022-23 to reduce the State’s unfunded liabilities. This payment is in addition to the statutorily required State pension contributions captured in the above table. The proposed payment will result in a minimum additional $7 billion in estimated savings to the State over the next three decades. Based on revenue projections, an additional $6.0 billion in Proposition 2 debt repayment funding will be paid to CalPERS over the remaining forecast period (fiscal year 2023-24 to 2025-26), depending on the availability of Proposition 2 debt funding.

The 2021 Budget Act included $1.9 billion in Proposition 2 debt repayment funding in fiscal year 2021-22 to reduce the State’s unfunded liabilities. This payment was in addition to the statutorily required state pension contributions captured in the above table. The Proposition 2 payment is estimated to result in a minimum long-term gross savings ratio of 2:1.

The 2019-20 Budget included a $3 billion General Fund allocation for supplemental pension payments to CalPERS scheduled to be made in fiscal years 2018-19 ($2.5 billion), 2020-21 ($265 million), 2021-22 ($200 million), and 2022-23 ($35 million). These amounts are in addition to the State’s ADCs for the noted fiscal years. This $3 billion payment authorized by SB 90 was adjusted by Chapter 859, Statutes of 2019 (AB 118) to attribute a share of the total payment ($243 million in fiscal year 2020-21) to the CalPERS CHP Plan, which had been previously excluded. AB 84 eliminated the $500 million in remaining General Fund payments for fiscal years 2020-21 through 2022-23 and authorized the use of Proposition 2 debt repayment funding to make the $243 million payment to the CHP Plan in fiscal year 2020-21. As part of the 2020-21 Budget, the remainder of the $2.5 billion 2018-19 payment ($2.4 billion not yet applied by CalPERS at that time) was redirected to achieve State contribution reductions over fiscal years 2020-21 and 2021-22, rather than over the next three decades. To make the General Fund whole for its supplemental payment to CalPERS that benefits all funding sources for State contributions to CalPERS, AB 84 requires other funds that make required State contributions to CalPERS to transfer their respective share of the $2.5 billion back to the General Fund over fiscal years 2020-21 and 2021-22 (an estimated $1.0 billion). Additionally, the 2019-20 Budget included a $100 million supplemental pension payment from the Motor Vehicle Account towards the unfunded liability of the CalPERS CHP Plan, to be paid in four equal installments over fiscal years 2019-20 through 2022-23. Payment of the installments in fiscal years 2021-22 and 2022-23 are contingent on the availability of sufficient revenues. Based on CalPERS actuarial assumptions used in fiscal year 2019-20, these supplemental pension payments were originally estimated to result in total savings of about $3.3 billion over the next three decades. Note that due to being redirected to achieve savings over a shorter time period, as of March 9, 2022, the $2.5 billion 2018-19 payment was now estimated to result in a gross savings ratio of 1:1 (i.e., no net savings are expected), with savings of roughly $100 million, $1.0 billion, and $1.4 billion, respectively, in fiscal years 2019-20, 2020-21 and 2021-22.

The 2019-20 Budget also included a $904 million General Fund payment to the CalPERS Schools Pool in fiscal year 2018-19. The CalPERS Schools Pool provides pension benefits to classified school employees. (School employers of these employees are solely responsible for the unfunded liabilities of the pool.) Through this payment, the State assisted school employers with their pension costs for the CalPERS Schools Pool. Of the entire amount, $144 million was used to offset the fiscal year 2019-20 employer contribution rate by 1.012 percent, and $100 million was used to offset the fiscal year 2020-21 employer contribution rate by 0.67 percent. The remaining $660 million was initially directed to be paid towards the school employers’ share of the unfunded liability for the CalPERS Schools Pool, which was estimated to reduce the long-term employer contribution rate by 0.1 percent to 0.3 percent starting in fiscal year 2020-21. AB 84 amended the statute to redirect the $660 million to offset fiscal year 2020-21 and 2021-22 employer contributions in equal amounts. This change further offsets the fiscal year 2020-21 employer contribution rate by 2.22 percent, and offsets the fiscal year 2021-22 employer contribution rate by 2.16 percent. As a result of the change enacted by AB 84, the $904 million payment was estimated to result in a gross savings ratio for school employers of 1:1 (i.e., no net savings are expected).

For the pension loan further described below that funded the fiscal year 2017-18 supplemental pension payment to CalPERS, the General Fund’s share of the remaining repayment over the expected term (approximately $3.2 billion estimated as

 

C-29


of the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget) is eligible for repayment under Proposition 2’s debt repayment requirements. The remaining balance is to be repaid from other funds that contribute to CalPERS and are expected to benefit from the supplemental pension payment.

In fiscal year 2017-18, the State made a one-time $6 billion supplemental pension payment to CalPERS to mitigate the future increase in State contributions and reduce unfunded liabilities. The supplemental pension payment was in addition to the State’s ADC and was funded through an internal cash loan from the Surplus Money Investment Fund (a State fund managed by the State Treasurer’s Office as part of the Pooled Money Investment Account to invest surplus cash from special funds held by State departments). The supplemental pension payment was apportioned accordingly to the five State retirement plans administered by CalPERS based on the unfunded liability of each plan.

As of the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget, the Department of Finance projected that the $6 billion supplemental pension payment would save an estimated $6.3 billion in State contributions (net of principal and interest on the loan) to CalPERS from all State funded sources over the next two decades.

CalSTRS

General. CalSTRS was established under the California Education Code in 1913 to provide benefits to California public school and community college teachers and to certain other employees of the State’s public school system (pre-kindergarten through community college). CalSTRS is the administrator of a multiple-employer, cost-sharing defined benefit plan, tax-deferred defined contribution plans, a Medicare Premium Payment Program, and a Teachers’ Deferred Compensation Fund.

CalSTRS administers the State Teachers’ Retirement Plan (the “STRP”), a multiple employer, cost-sharing, defined benefit plan comprised of four programs: the Defined Benefit Program (the “DB Program”), the Defined Benefit Supplement Program, the Cash Balance Benefit Program, and the Replacement Benefit Program. Within the STRP there is also a Supplemental Benefit Maintenance Account (the “SBMA”) which provides purchasing power protection for retired members.

The State is not an employer (with certain very limited exceptions) in any CalSTRS programs but does contribute to the DB Program and the SBMA from its General Fund pursuant to statutes in the Education Code. The DB Program is funded through a combination of investment earnings and statutorily set contributions from three sources: the members of CalSTRS, the employers, and the State. For contributions from employers and the State, the 12-member Teachers’ Retirement Board (the “CalSTRS Board”) was provided limited rate setting authority in 2014 under the provisions of AB 1469 (Chapter 47, Statutes of 2014).

The SBMA is a separate account within the DB Program that is funded with a combination of investment earnings and statutorily set contributions from the State. The Purchasing Power Protection Program payments for retired members are made only to the extent funds are available in the SBMA and are not a vested benefit.

CalSTRS is administered by the 12-member CalSTRS Board that includes four ex officio members: the Director of the Department of Finance, State Controller, the State Superintendent of Public Instruction, and the State Treasurer. The other eight CalSTRS Board members serve four-year terms and include three CalSTRS member-elected representatives who represent current educators, and five representatives appointed by the Governor and confirmed by the Senate including: one retired CalSTRS member, three public representatives, and one school board representative.

Members and Employers. As of June 30, 2021, the DB Program included approximately 1,800 employers. As of June 30, 2021, there were 429,681 active members, 230,770 inactive members, and 320,413 retirees and beneficiaries.

Based on information CalSTRS reported in its Annual Comprehensive Financial Report for fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, over the past six years, the number of active members had decreased by 2 percent, while the number of retirees and beneficiaries had grown by 11 percent. Over the past year, the number of active members has decreased by 4 percent, while the number of retirees and beneficiaries has grown by 2 percent.

Retirement Benefits. Member benefits are determined by statute in the Education Code and are generally based on a member’s age, final compensation, and years of credited service. Members are 100 percent vested in retirement benefits after five years of credited service and are eligible for normal retirement at age 60 and for early retirement at age 55 or at age 50 with 30 years of credited service. The normal retirement benefit is 2 percent of final compensation (as defined in the Education Code) for each year of credited service (increased to 2.4 percent of final compensation for members retiring after age 60), and members

 

C-30


who retired on or after January 1, 2001 with 30 or more years of service by December 31, 2010 receive monthly longevity bonus payments of up to $400 per month. PEPRA increased the retirement age for new CalSTRS members hired on or after January 1, 2013. PEPRA members who retire at age 62 will be eligible for a benefit equal to 2 percent of final compensation for each year of credited service (increased to 2.4 percent of final compensation for members retiring after age 62). The PEPRA member population in CalSTRS has been increasing steadily over the last few years. As of June 30, 2020, there were about 129,000 active PEPRA members. According to CalSTRS, there were about 131,000 active PEPRA members as of June 30, 2021, representing roughly 31 percent of the total active population.

Benefits are increased by 2 percent (a simple, not a compounded, cost-of-living increase) of the initial allowance, on each September 1 following the first anniversary of the effective date of the benefit.

Funding for the DB Program. The DB Program is funded with a combination of investment earnings and contributions from members, employers, and the State. The DB Program is one of the four programs under the STRP. Although specific amounts vary from year to year, approximately 64 percent of total inflows to the STRP were derived from investment earnings, according to CalSTRS. As described below, historically the contribution rates of the members, employers, and the State are determined by statute in the Education Code instead of actuarially determined amounts as is done for the CalPERS system. Over time, this has contributed to an underfunding of the DB Program.

On June 24, 2014, Governor Brown signed AB 1469, a comprehensive long-term funding solution intended to eliminate the current CalSTRS unfunded liability on the DB Program by 2046. The changes in contribution rates for members, employers and the State required by AB 1469 are described below. While the plan is intended to eliminate the unfunded liability of the DB Program by 2046, the State has indicated that there is no assurance that it will be eliminated by that date. Accordingly, there can be no assurances that the required amounts annually payable among the members, employers, and State will not significantly increase in the future.

Multiple supplemental pension payments were authorized as part of the 2019-20, 2020-21 and 2021-22 Budgets, from the State to CalSTRS.

Member Contributions. Under AB 1469, the member contribution rate increased over time from 8 percent in fiscal year 2013-14 to 10.25 percent in fiscal year 2016-17 for members not subject to PEPRA, and to 9.205 percent in fiscal year 2016-17 for members subject to PEPRA (the rates as of March 9, 2022). In addition, PEPRA members are required to pay at least one-half the normal cost of their DB Program benefits, and under PEPRA, the contribution rate for PEPRA members will be adjusted if the normal cost changes by more than 1 percent since the last time the member contribution rate was set. The contribution rate for PEPRA members was increased to 10.205 percent in fiscal year 2018-19 due to this condition being met. As of March 9, 2022, the current rate continued to be set at 10.25 percent for members not subject to PEPRA and 10.205 percent for members subject to PEPRA.

Employer Contributions. Employers are required to make contributions to the DB Program. Prior to the passage of AB 1469, the employer contribution rate was 8.25 percent of creditable compensation. Under AB 1469, employer contributions have increased from 8.25 percent of creditable compensation to the current rate as of March 9, 2022 of 19.1 percent. Beginning in fiscal year 2021-22 through fiscal year 2045-46, AB 1469 authorizes the CalSTRS Board to adjust the employer contribution rate up or down 1 percentage point each year, but no higher than 20.25 percent total and no lower than 8.25 percent, to eliminate the remaining unfunded obligation that existed on July 1, 2014. In June 2021, the CalSTRS Board elected not to adjust the employer contribution rate for fiscal year 2021-22 and, as of March 9, 2022, there was no rate change proposed for fiscal year 2022-23.

Included in the contribution rates listed above is 0.25 percent to be applied toward the cost of unused sick leave credit. Each year, a portion of the employers’ contributions is also transferred to the Medicare Premium Program, which has the effect of reducing aggregate annual contributions to the DB Program.

The 2019-20 Budget included a $2.2 billion General Fund payment to CalSTRS in fiscal year 2018-19 on behalf of CalSTRS school employers. Of this amount, an estimated $356 million was used to offset the fiscal year 2019-20 employer contribution rate by 1.03 percent, and an estimated $250 million was used to offset the fiscal year 2020-21 employer contribution rate by 0.7 percent. The remaining $1.6 billion was initially directed to be allocated in fiscal year 2018-19 towards the CalSTRS employers’ share of the unfunded liability for the DB Program, which was estimated to reduce the long-term employer contribution rate by 0.3 percent starting in fiscal year 2021-22. AB 84 amended the statute to redirect the $1.6 billion to offset fiscal year 2020-21 and 2021-22 employer contributions in equal amounts. This change further offset the fiscal year 2020-21

 

C-31


employer contribution rate by 2.25 percent, and offsets the fiscal year 2021-22 employer contribution rate by 2.18 percent. As a result of the change enacted by AB 84, the $2.2 billion payment is estimated to result in a gross savings ratio for school employers of 1:1 (i.e., no net savings are expected). It is also expected to impact the funded ratio of the DB Program prospectively, but that impact had not been projected by CalSTRS as of March 9, 2022.

State Contributions. The State’s General Fund base contribution to the DB Program is 2.017 percent of creditable compensation from two fiscal years prior. For example, for fiscal year 2011-12, the State’s contribution was based on creditable compensation from fiscal year 2009-10. Before fiscal year 2014-15, the State also contributed a supplemental contribution based on a percentage of creditable compensation from two fiscal years prior when there was an unfunded obligation or a normal cost deficit exists for benefits in place as of July 1, 1990 in an amount not to exceed 1.505 percent of creditable compensation from two fiscal years prior.

Under AB 1469, the State increased its supplemental contribution to the July 1, 1990 benefit obligation to 5.311 percent (the rate as of March 9, 2022). Beginning in fiscal year 2017-18 through fiscal year 2045-46, the CalSTRS Board is authorized to adjust the supplemental State contribution rate up 0.50 percent each year to eliminate the unfunded obligation for benefits in place as of July 1, 1990. If there is no unfunded obligation, the supplemental contribution shall be reduced to zero. In fiscal years 2017-18, 2018-19 and 2019-20, the CalSTRS Board adopted the maximum increase allowed. AB 84 amended the statute to suspend the CalSTRS Board’s authority to adjust the State contribution rate for fiscal year 2020-21. The 2020-21 Budget instead authorized the State to make supplemental pension payments to CalSTRS using available Proposition 2 debt repayment funding.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget reflected an 8.328 percent total (base and supplemental) State contribution rate to the DB Program in fiscal year 2022-23 with no supplemental pension payments.

As described above, AB 1469 provides the CalSTRS Board with limited authority to increase or decrease the school and State contributions based on changing conditions. The plan is intended to eliminate the unfunded liability of the DB Program by 2046. However, while AB 1469 provides for significant increases in the statutorily required contributions to CalSTRS from the State, employers and members, it does not provide that such statutory rates be adjusted to equal actuarially required amounts from time to time. Actuarially required amounts were expected by the State to vary from time to time based on a variety of factors, including actuarial assumptions, investment performance and member benefits. To the extent rates established pursuant to AB 1469 are less than actuarially required amounts from time to time, such circumstances could materially adversely affect the funded status of CalSTRS.

THE BUDGET PROCESS

Restrictions on Raising or Using General Fund Revenues

Over the years, a number of laws and constitutional amendments have been enacted that reduced the State’s overall budgetary flexibility by making it more difficult for the State to raise taxes or restricting or earmarking the use of certain tax revenues for specific purposes. The following examples illustrate these restrictions.

Proposition 13, approved by the voters in 1978, makes it more difficult for the State to raise taxes by requiring that any change in State taxes enacted for the purpose of increasing revenues, whether by increased rates or changes in computation, be approved by a two-thirds vote in each house of the Legislature. A related measure, Proposition 4, approved by the voters in 1979, limits government spending by establishing an annual limit on the appropriation of proceeds of taxes.

Proposition 26, approved by the voters in 2010, requires a two-thirds vote of both houses of the Legislature for any increase in any tax on any taxpayer, eliminating the prior practice where a tax increase coupled with a tax reduction could be adopted by majority vote. It also provides that any increase in a fee beyond the amount needed to provide the specific service or benefit is deemed a tax, thereby requiring two-thirds vote of approval for passage.

Proposition 98, enacted in 1988, requires a minimum portion of General Fund tax revenues to support K-14 education. Proposition 49, approved by the voters in 2002, requires additional funding for before and after school programs in the State’s public elementary, middle and junior high schools. These expenditures are part of the Proposition 98 minimum funding guarantee for K-14 education and cannot be reduced, except in certain low revenue years.

 

C-32


Proposition 10, approved by the voters in 1998, raised taxes on tobacco products and mandated how the additional revenues would be expended. Proposition 56, approved by the voters in 2016, further raised taxes on tobacco products and again specified how the additional revenues could be expended.

Proposition 63, approved by the voters in 2004, imposed a 1 percent tax surcharge on taxable income above $1 million for purposes of funding and expanding mental health services. Proposition 63 prohibits the Legislature or the Governor from redirecting these funds or from reducing General Fund support for mental health services below the levels provided in fiscal year 2003-04.

Proposition 30, approved by the voters in 2012, provided temporary increases in PIT rates for high-income taxpayers and in the State sales tax rate, and required the additional revenues be expended to support K-12 public schools and community colleges as part of the Proposition 98 guarantee. Proposition 30 also placed into the State’s Constitution the current statutory provisions transferring 1.0625 percent of the State sales tax to local governments to fund certain realigned public safety programs.

Proposition 55, approved by the voters in 2016, extended the PIT rates for high-income taxpayers included in Proposition 30, which were set to expire on December 31, 2018, through tax year 2030. Under specified conditions, beginning in fiscal year 2018-19, Proposition 55 also authorizes the use of up to $2 billion in a fiscal year from these revenues for health care.

Proposition 2, approved by the voters in 2014, directs the transfer of specified amounts of General Fund revenues to the BSA and to pay down specified debts and liabilities. It also requires spending on infrastructure including deferred maintenance once the BSA reaches the constitutional maximum balance for a fiscal year of 10 percent of General Fund tax revenues. Proposition 2 also created the PSSSA that serves as a Proposition 98 reserve and requires a deposit into the fund under specified conditions.

State Pension Systems and Retiree Health Care Costs

The two main State pension funds (CalPERS and CalSTRS) each continue to face unfunded future liabilities in the tens of billions of dollars. As of March 9, 2022, it was unknown how significantly market volatility may ultimately impact unfunded pension liabilities and the State’s annually determined General Fund pension contributions. For fiscal year 2021-22, the actuarially determined General Fund pension contributions to CalPERS and CalSTRS were approximately $3.5 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively. For fiscal year 2022-23, the actuarially determined General Fund pension contributions to CalPERS and CalSTRS were, as of March 9, 2022, approximately $4.7 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively.

Through the enactment of Chapter 33, Statutes of 2019 (SB 90) and subsequent enactment of Chapter 859, Statutes of 2019 (AB 118), the State’s budget for fiscal year 2019-20 included discretionary pension payments from the General Fund and the Motor Vehicle Account to be made to CalPERS and CalSTRS over a multi-year period. Of the entire $7.41 billion ($7.31 billion General Fund) of discretionary pension payments appropriated as of the 2021 Budget Act, $7.36 billion had already been paid as of March 9, 2022.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget uses Proposition 2 debt repayment funding in fiscal year 2022-23 to reduce the State’s unfunded liabilities for CalPERS in the amount of $3.5 billion. This payment is in addition to the actuarially determined and statutorily required State pension contribution to CalPERS.

The State also provides retiree health care and dental benefits to retired State employees and their eligible dependents and almost exclusively utilizes a “pay-as-you-go” funding policy. These benefits are referred to as OPEB. The State has reported its liability for OPEB in its financial statements under GASB Statement No. 75.

The State’s latest OPEB actuarial valuation report as of June 30, 2020, was prepared in compliance with the GASB OPEB standards with the objective of determining the liabilities associated with OPEB provided to the State’s employees and to develop the actuarial funding costs assuming the full-funding policy. Under these standards, the TOL was estimated to be $97.88 billion as of June 30, 2020 (virtually all unfunded) as compared to a TOL of $93.51 billion estimated as of June 30, 2019.

DEBTS AND LIABILITIES UNDER PROPOSITION 2

Voters approved Proposition 2 in November 2014, which revised the State’s method of funding the BSA, the State’s “rainy day fund.” For fifteen years starting in fiscal year 2015-16, 1.5 percent of annual General Fund revenues, plus the excess of capital gains tax receipts above a certain level not necessary to fund Proposition 98, is applied equally to funding the BSA (to its

 

C-33


constitutional maximum balance) and paying down State debts and liabilities. Debts and liabilities eligible under Proposition 2 include certain budgetary borrowing and specified payments over and above the base payments for State level pensions and retiree health costs. The two main retirement systems managing State level pensions, CalPERS and CalSTRS, each have substantial unfunded liabilities. The State also has a substantial unfunded liability relating to postemployment healthcare benefits for State employee retirees.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget proposes to apply Proposition 2 debt repayment funding to prefund State retiree health benefits ($365 million), make a repayment toward the $6 billion loan applied to the fiscal year 2017-18 supplemental pension payment to CalPERS, as further described below ($56 million), and make a supplemental pension payment toward the unfunded liability of CalPERS State plans ($3.508 billion).

The 2021 Budget Act used Proposition 2 debt repayment funding to prefund State retiree health benefits ($926 million), make a repayment toward the $6 billion loan applied to the fiscal year 2017-18 supplemental pension payment to CalPERS, ($225 million), make a supplemental pension payment toward the unfunded liability of the State employee pension plans ($1.881 billion), and pay down the State’s portion of the unfunded liability for teachers’ pensions ($410 million).

Pursuant to Senate Bill 84, Chapter 50, Statutes of 2017, the 2017-18 Budget included a $6 billion supplemental pension payment to CalPERS from proceeds of a loan from the Surplus Money Investment Fund (a State fund managed by the State Treasurer’s Office as part of the Pooled Money Investment Account to invest surplus cash from funds held by State departments) that was expected to reduce unfunded liabilities and stabilize State contribution rates (the “SB 84 Loan”). As of the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget, the Department of Finance projected the supplemental pension payment would save an estimated $6.3 billion (net of principal and interest on the SB 84 Loan) in State contributions to CalPERS from all State-funded sources over the next two decades. The amount of estimated savings allocable to each such fund was expected to generally be proportionate to its share of the payments on the SB 84 Loan. Approximately half of the total SB 84 Loan payments were expected to come from the General Fund. As of March 9, 2022, the State was expected to realize savings if the supplemental pension payment invested by CalPERS earns a higher return than the interest required to be paid on the loan. The projected savings were based on CalPERS achieving its assumed rate of return, which exceeds the projected interest rate on the SB 84 Loan. There is a risk that the difference between CalPERS returns and the interest rate on the loan (as described below) will be less, perhaps significantly, than projected in a given year. This occurrence, if not otherwise offset by a difference between CalPERS returns and the interest rate on the loan greater than estimated over the life of the loan, could result in a lower than anticipated benefit to the State as compared to the estimate. The SB 84 Loan was expected by the State to be repaid at a variable interest rate, equal to the quarter-to-date yield at the two-year constant maturity U.S. Treasury rate.

The SB 84 Loan is required to be repaid from the General Fund and other funds no later than June 30, 2030. From fiscal years 2017-18 through 2020-21, a total of $1.6 billion in General Fund repayments have been made. A fifth General Fund repayment of $225 million (interest and principal) was expected to be made in fiscal year 2021-22. The General Fund’s share of the repayment of the SB 84 Loan over the expected term of the loan is eligible under Proposition 2’s debt repayment requirements. The remaining balance is to be repaid from other funds that contribute to CalPERS and are expected to benefit from the supplemental pension payment.

CASH MANAGEMENT

Traditional Cash Management Tools

General. The majority of the State’s General Fund receipts are received in the latter part of the fiscal year. Disbursements from the General Fund occur more evenly throughout the fiscal year. The State’s cash management program customarily addresses this timing difference by making use of internal borrowing and by issuing short-term notes in the capital markets when necessary.

In order to mitigate the effects of COVID-19 disruptions on individuals and many businesses and conform with federal income tax deadlines, the State delayed the deadline for filing and payment of PIT and corporation taxes to July 15, 2020, and also took other actions which resulted in delays in the State’s receipt of sales and use taxes. Several counties waived penalties for the late filing of property taxes (which are a factor in determining the State’s Proposition 98 school funding obligation). All of these delays in tax filings and payments reduced the receipt of a significant portion of revenues until the summer of 2020 or later.

 

C-34


Internal Borrowing. As of March 9, 2022, the General Fund was authorized by law to borrow for cash management purposes from more than 800 special funds. Total borrowing from special funds must be approved quarterly by the Pooled Money Investment Board (“PMIB”). The State Controller submits an authorization request to the PMIB quarterly, based on forecasted available funds and borrowing needs. The Legislature may from time to time adopt legislation establishing additional authority to borrow from special funds. As of the 2022-23 Governor’s Budget, the General Fund was projected to have at least $40 billion of internal funds (excluding the BSA and the SFEU) available to borrow through fiscal year 2022-23.

One fund from which moneys may be borrowed to provide additional cash resources to the General Fund is the BSA, which was reduced to $8.3 billion in September 2020 and was increased to $15.8 billion in September 2021. The State also may transfer funds into the General Fund from the SFEU, which is not a special fund.

External Borrowing. External borrowing has typically been done with RANs that are payable no later than the last day of the fiscal year in which they are issued. Prior to fiscal year 2015-16, RANs had been issued in all but one fiscal year since the mid-1980’s and have always been paid at maturity. The State also is authorized under certain circumstances to issue RAWs that are payable in the succeeding fiscal year. The State issued RAWs to bridge short-term cash management shortages in the early 1990’s and early 2000’s.

RANs and RAWs are both payable from any “Unapplied Money” in the General Fund on their maturity date, subject to the prior application of such money in the General Fund to pay Priority Payments. “Priority Payments” consist of: (i) the setting apart of State revenues in support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education (as provided in Section 8 of Article XVI of the State Constitution); (ii) payment of the principal of and interest on general obligation bonds and general obligation CP notes of the State as and when due; (iii) a contingent obligation for General Fund payments to local governments for certain costs for realigned public safety programs if not provided from a share of State sales and use taxes, as provided in Article XIII, Section 36 of the State Constitution, enacted by Proposition 30; (iv) reimbursement from the General Fund to any special fund or account to the extent such reimbursement is legally required to be made to repay borrowings therefrom pursuant to Government Code Sections 16310 or 16418; and (v) payment of State employees’ wages and benefits, required State payments to pension and other State employee benefit trust funds, State Medi-Cal claims, lease payments to support lease-revenue bonds, and any amounts determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be required by federal law or the State Constitution to be paid with State warrants that can be cashed immediately.

Cash Management in Fiscal Years 2019-20, 2020-21 and 2021-22

The State General Fund entered fiscal year 2020-21 with an outstanding loan balance of $20 billion. Internal resources were sufficient and available to meet the normal peaks and valleys of the State’s cash needs, while maintaining a cushion of at least $2.5 billion at all times. The State did not issue any RANs in fiscal year 2020-21.

The State entered fiscal year 2021-22 with a General Fund positive cash balance at June 30, 2020 of $50.9 billion. The State’s cash flow projections for fiscal year 2021-22 indicate that internal resources are sufficient and available to meet the State’s cash needs, while maintaining a cushion of at least $2.5 billion at all times.

The 2022-23 Governor’s Budget cash flow projections for fiscal year 2022-23 assume an estimated cash cushion of unused internal borrowable resources of at least $39 billion at the end of each month. The State does not plan to issue any RANs in fiscal year 2022-23, the eighth consecutive year in which external borrowing is not required.

State fiscal officers constantly monitor the State’s cash position and if it appears that cash resources may become inadequate (including the goal of the maintenance of a projected cash reserve of at least $2.5 billion at any time), they will consider the use of other cash management techniques, including seeking additional legislation.

Other Cash Management Tools

The State has employed additional cash management measures during some fiscal years; all of the following techniques were used at one time or another, but, as of March 9, 2022, none of them were planned to be used through fiscal year 2022-23.

 

 

The State Controller has delayed certain types of disbursements from the General Fund.

 

 

Legislation was enacted increasing the State’s internal borrowing capability, and the State has increased the General Fund’s internal borrowings.

 

C-35


 

Legislation has been enacted deferring some of the State’s disbursements until later in the then-current fiscal year, when more cash receipts were expected.

 

 

The issuance of registered warrants (commonly referred to as “IOUs”) because of insufficient cash resources (last occurred in 2009).

From time to time, the Legislature changes by statute the due date for various payments, including those owed to public schools, universities and local governments, until a later date in the fiscal year to more closely align the State’s revenues with its expenditures. This technique has been used several times in the past, including the fiscal year 2019-20 and 2020-21 school payments deferrals. Some of these statutory deferrals were made permanent, and others were implemented only for one fiscal year.

In addition, State law gives the State Controller some flexibility as to how quickly the State must pay its bills. For instance, income tax refunds for PIT are not legally due until 45 days after the return filing deadline, which is normally April 15. Accordingly, while the State has typically paid tax refunds as returns are filed, it can conserve cash by withholding refund payments until May 30. Payments to vendors generally must be made within 45 days of receipt of an invoice. The State may delay payment until the end of this period, or it may even choose to make these payments later and pay interest. These delays are only used if the State Controller foresees a relatively short-term cash flow shortage.

LITIGATION

The State is a party to numerous litigation matters. The following describes only those litigation matters that are pending with service of process on the State accomplished and that have been identified by the State as having a potentially significant fiscal impact upon revenues or expenditures of the State’s General Fund or the amount of State funds available to be borrowed by the General Fund as of March 9, 2022.

This description was developed by the State with the participation of the Office of the Attorney General and other State entities. The Office of the Attorney General does not represent the State, its subdivisions, departments, agencies and other units in all matters, and accordingly there may be litigation matters of which the Office of the Attorney General is not aware. The State does not conduct a docket search of federal or State court litigation filings to identify pending litigation matters, and no inquiry has been made into administrative claims and matters. There may be claims and matters with potentially significant fiscal impacts that have not been described below.

The State makes no representation regarding the likely resolution of any specific litigation matter described below.

COVID-19 Litigation

California, like other state and local government authorities, has implemented, and revised from time to time, restrictions on mass gatherings and widespread closings and modifications of the operations of businesses, universities and schools. In 640 Tenth LLP, et al. v. Gavin Newsom (San Diego County Superior Court, Case No. 37-2020-00041316-CU-MC-CTL), a putative class action complaint was filed by a group of Southern California restaurants and gyms against the Governor and State public health officials challenging COVID-19 orders that required them to cease indoor operations. On April 23, 2021, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint defining the putative class to include all businesses affected by such orders. Plaintiffs allege that the Governor and health officials violated various State and federal provisions, and that the restrictions on the operation of their businesses “caused both a regulatory and physical taking of plaintiffs’ property without just compensation.” As part of the requested relief, plaintiffs seek “appropriate allowable monetary damages to compensate [p]laintiffs[’] injuries.”

In July 2021, the Court sustained the State’s demurrer and dismissed the case. The plaintiffs appealed the dismissal and separately sought relief from the Court of Appeal by filing a writ petition. In September 2021, the Court of Appeal denied the writ petition (Court of Appeal, Fourth Appellate District, Case No. D079242). As of March 9, 2022, the appeal on the dismissal was fully briefed and the parties were awaiting oral argument (Court of Appeal, Fourth Appellate District, Case No. D079339).

As of March 9, 2022, the case was not certified as a class action. If the case is certified and achieves success on such claims, then the impact of the litigation on the State’s General Fund could be significant.

 

C-36


Oroville Dam Litigation

The California Department of Water Resources (the “Department”) administers the State Water Project, which encompasses a complex of dams, reservoirs, pumping facilities, power plants, aqueducts and pipelines owned and operated by the State, including the Oroville Dam. The State Water Project provides water to 29 public agencies, and the Department is compensated by those agencies, under contracts with the Department.

On February 7, 2017, erosion was discovered on the lower portion of the main spillway of the Oroville Dam. Because of successive severe storms (caused by atmospheric rivers) impacting Northern California, releases down the damaged main spillway were unable to prevent the reservoir from overtopping. Water flowed down the emergency spillway, triggering the evacuation of more than 180,000 people downstream of Lake Oroville on February 11, 2017. Seven lawsuits filed on behalf of individuals, businesses and public agencies are pending against the Department as of March 9, 2022. The suits claim damages arising out of these events, including alleged damage to real and personal property, business losses, and relocation expenses. As of March 9, 2022, all the lawsuits had been coordinated and ordered to mediation.

In addition to the seven lawsuits, the Butte County District Attorney seeks to impose up to $51 billion in civil penalties upon the Department for allegedly violating California Fish and Game Code Section 5650, which regulates the deposit of materials deleterious to fish and other plant and animals into State waters. (People of the State of California v. California Department of Water Resources, Butte County Superior Court, Case No. 18CV00415.) On December 18, 2020, the court granted the Department’s motion for summary judgment of the Butte County District Attorney’s entire case. On February 9, 2021, the Butte County District Attorney filed its notice of appeal of the judgment in the matter.

As of March 9, 2022, it was unknown what future net financial impact this litigation may have on the State’s General Fund.

Tax Cases

As of March 9, 2022, two pending class action cases challenged the fee imposed by former Revenue and Taxation Code Section 17942 on LLCs registered in California, alleging that the fee violates the federal and State Constitutions, is an improper exercise of the State’s police powers, and has been misapplied by the FTB. Bakersfield Mall LLC v. Franchise Tax Board (San Francisco County Superior Court, Case No. CGC-07-462728) and CA-Centerside II, LLC v. Franchise Tax Board (Fresno County Superior Court, Case No. 10 CECG00434). In each case, the individual plaintiff sought a refund of $56,000 for itself and a class of over 50,000 members. The cases are coordinated for hearing in San Francisco as the Franchise Tax Board LLC Tax Refund Cases, Judicial Council Proceeding No. 4742. If plaintiffs ultimately prevail on the merits on behalf of the classes, the potential refunds could total $1.2 billion.

As of March 9, 2022, a pending case challenged the validity of California Code of Regulations, title 18, Section 1585, which requires the sales tax on mobile telephones to be based on the full “unbundled” price of the telephone rather than any discounted price that is contingent on a service plan commitment, as applied to cellular device sales in carrier-operated stores. In Bekkerman et al. v. California Department of Tax and Fee Administration (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2015-80002242), the trial court ruled that the regulation is inconsistent with statute and therefore invalid. The California Department of Tax and Fee Administration has appealed (Court of Appeal, Third App. Dist., Case No. C093763). Petitioners have filed a second action, a class action lawsuit seeking refunds of any excess sales tax paid, Bekkerman et al. v. California Department of Tax and Fee Administration, et al. (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2016-80002287). The trial court dismissed the State defendants from the second action on the basis that the class action claim for sales tax refunds was premature and stayed the action pending the result in the first action. If plaintiffs revive their claims in the second action, or if they bring a new class action tax refund claim, the court could order sales tax refunds potentially exceeding $1 billion.

High-Speed Rail Litigation

In Tos, et al. v. California High-Speed Rail Authority, et al. (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2016-00204740), plaintiffs seek a declaration that a State law enacted in 2016 is an unconstitutional amendment of the high-speed rail bond act and to prevent the California High-Speed Rail Authority from expending bond proceeds in reliance on the challenged State law. The trial court denied plaintiffs’ requests for a temporary restraining order and a preliminary injunction. Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint adding a claim challenging the approval of the Authority’s plans for expenditure of bond proceeds by the Director of the Department of Finance. The trial court denied plaintiff’s motion for judgment on the pleadings on the

 

C-37


constitutional claim. Plaintiffs agreed that the court’s ruling was determinative of their claims, and stipulated to a judgment in favor of the Authority. Plaintiffs appealed the judgment and the Court of Appeal affirmed. (Tos v. State (2021) 72 Cal.App.5th 184). A petition for review in the California Supreme Court was pending as of March 9, 2022.

The federal government authorized $3.5 billion in grants (of which $2.6 billion had been expended) for the Central Valley segment of the high-speed rail project. In the event the State does not meet the requirement of the grant agreements, such as because a final decision in this matter prevents the use of bond proceeds, and the State is unable to complete the Central Valley segment with other funds or provide other matching funds consistent with the grant agreements, the State may be required to repay the federal grant moneys. 

State Mandates

Petitioners in Coast Community College District, et al. v. Commission on State Mandates (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2014-80001842) assert that costs for complying with certain laws and regulations prescribing standards for the formation and basic operation of State community colleges are State-mandated costs that must be reimbursed by the State. The trial court denied the petition. Petitioners appealed and the Court of Appeal reversed and remanded much of the matter to the Commission on State Mandates to determine whether several minimum conditions for State aid are new programs or higher levels of service requiring State reimbursement. (Court of Appeal, Third Appellate District, Case No. C080349.) The Supreme Court granted review and depublished the Court of Appeal’s opinion (California Supreme Court, Case No. S262663). As of March 9, 2022, the potential amount of reimbursement for such costs could not be determined.

Medi-Cal Reimbursements

In Perea, et al. v. Dooley, et al. (Alameda County Superior Court, Case No. RG-17-867262), petitioners allege that access to care under Medi-Cal is inadequate because reimbursement rates to doctors and clinicians under Medi-Cal are insufficient to attract enough providers, and that this has a disparate impact on and constitutes intentional discrimination against Latinos. Petitioners seek a writ of mandate and declaratory and injunctive relief that could require defendants to raise Medi-Cal reimbursement rates.

As of March 9, 2022, it was unknown what future financial impact this litigation would have on the State’s General Fund.

School Funding

In Atkins v. State of California (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2020-80003436), plaintiffs allege that recent amendments to the Education Code unfairly restrict new enrollment at charter schools. They argue that the requirements that schools be funded in fiscal year 2020-21 according to their average daily attendance during fiscal year 2019-20, and that charter schools offer fewer days of instruction compared to non-charter public schools, violate various provisions of the California Constitution, including the right to due process and the contracts clause. Plaintiffs seek a writ of mandate and declaratory and injunctive relief.

In Reyes v. State of California (Sacramento County Superior Court, Case No. 34-2020-80003489), plaintiffs filed a class action suit, alleging that recent amendments to the Education Code requiring that non-classroom-based schools be funded in fiscal year 2020-21 according to their average daily attendance during fiscal year 2019-20 unfairly restricts new enrollment at these schools in violation of various provisions of the California Constitution, including the right to due process and the contracts clause. Plaintiffs seek relief similar to that sought in the Atkins case described above. On March 10, 2021, the court certified non-classroom-based schools as a class.

After briefing and oral argument, the Court denied all claims on the merits in both Atkins and Reyes and entered final judgment in each case. Plaintiffs in both cases have appealed.

As of March 9, 2022, it was unknown what future financial impact this litigation may have on the State’s General Fund.

ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

California municipal obligations may also include obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico and other U.S. territories and their political subdivisions to the extent that these obligations are exempt from California State PITs. Accordingly,

 

C-38


investments in such securities may be adversely affected by local political and economic conditions and developments within Puerto Rico and certain other U.S. territories affecting the issuers of such obligations.

 

C-39


 

[This page intentionally left blank.]


Appendix D

Procedures for Shareholders to Submit Nominee Candidates

A Fund shareholder must follow the following procedures in order to properly submit a nominee recommendation for the Governance and Nominating Committee’s consideration.

 

  1.

The shareholder must submit any such recommendation (a “Shareholder Recommendation”) in writing to the Fund, to the attention of the Secretary, at the address of the principal executive offices of the Fund.

 

  2.

The Shareholder Recommendation must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Fund not less than one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days nor more than one hundred and thirty-five (135) calendar days prior to the date of the Board or shareholder meeting at which the nominee would be elected.

 

  3.

The Shareholder Recommendation must include: (i) a statement in writing setting forth (A) the name, age, date of birth, business address, residence address and nationality of the person recommended by the shareholder (the “candidate”); (B) the class or series and number of all shares of the Fund owned of record or beneficially by the candidate, as reported to such shareholder by the candidate; (C) any other information regarding the candidate called for with respect to director nominees by paragraphs (a), (d), (e) and (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K or paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Rule 14a-101 (Schedule 14A) under the 1934 Act, adopted by the SEC (or the corresponding provisions of any regulation or rule subsequently adopted by the SEC or any successor agency applicable to the Fund); (D) any other information regarding the candidate that would be required to be disclosed if the candidate were a nominee in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees or directors pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (E) whether the recommending shareholder believes that the candidate is or will be an “interested person” of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) and, if not an “interested person,” information regarding the candidate that will be sufficient for the Fund to make such determination; (ii) the written and signed consent of the candidate to be named as a nominee and to serve as a Trustee if elected; (iii) the recommending shareholder’s name as it appears on the Fund’s books; (iv) the class or series and number of all shares of the Fund owned beneficially and of record by the recommending shareholder; and (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the recommending shareholder and the candidate and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made by the recommending shareholder. In addition, the Governance and Nominating Committee may require the candidate to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require or deem necessary to determine the eligibility of such candidate to serve on the Board.

 

D-1